SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549



                                    FORM 6-K

                        REPORT OF FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER
                    PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-16 OR 15D-16 OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                            DATED: November 29, 2006
Commission File No. 000-51047

                          NAVIOS MARITIME HOLDINGS INC.


                     85 AKTI MIAOULI, PIRAEUS, GREECE 185 38
                    (Address of Principal Executive Offices)




Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports
under cover Form 20-F or Form 40-F:

                          Form 20-F   X        Form 40-F
                                   -------              -------

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as
permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1):

                                Yes         No  X
                                   ------     ------

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as
permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7):

                                Yes         No  X
                                   ------     ------

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant by furnishing the information
contained in this Form is also thereby furnishing the information to the
Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

                                Yes         No  X
                                   ------     ------






                          NAVIOS MARITIME HOLDINGS INC.

                                    FORM 6-K

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                         Page
                                                                         ----

Proposed $300 Million Senior Notes Offering Announcement, Pricing
and Closing                                                               1

FFA Trading Counterparty Bankruptcy                                       1

Long-Term Time Charter for new Ultra-Handymax                             1

Delivery of Panamax Navios Star and Associated Loan Agreement             1





PROPOSED $300 MILLION SENIOR NOTES OFFERING, PRICING AND CLOSING; FFA TRADING
COUNTERPARTY BANKRUPTCY; LONG-TERM CHARTER FOR NEW ULTRA-HANDYMAX; DELIVERY OF
PANAMAX NAVIOS STAR AND ASSOCIATED LOAN AGREEMENT


         On November 29, 2006, Navios issued a press release announcing its
intent to offer approximately $300 million of senior notes due 2014. A copy of
the press release is furnished as Exhibit 99.1 to this Report and is
incorporated herein by reference. On December 14, 2006, Navios issued a press
release announcing the pricing of $300 million aggregate principal amount of
9 1/2% senior notes due 2014 (the "Senior Notes"). A copy of the press release
is furnished as Exhibit 99.2 to this Report and is incorporated herein by
reference.

         Subsequently, on December 18, 2006, Navios announced the completion of
the sale of the Senior Notes. A copy of the press release is furnished as
Exhibit 99.3 to this Report and is incorporated herein by reference. The Senior
Notes were issued under an Indenture, dated as of December 18, 2006, by and
among Navios, the Guarantors, as identified therein, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.,
as trustee. Interest on the Senior Notes will be payable each year on June 15
and December 15, commencing on June 15, 2007 and interest will accrue on the
Senior Notes from December 18, 2006. The Senior Notes, by virtue of the
indenture, contain a number of provisions, including redemption provisions and
covenants governing the operations of Navios and its subsidiaries. All of the
terms and conditions of the Senior Notes are contained in the indenture which is
attached hereto as Exhibit 99.4 and is incorporated herein by reference.

         In addition, Navios has entered into a Registration Rights Agreement,
dated as of December 18, 2006, with the parties identified therein, which
agreement is attached hereto as Exhibit 99.5, and is incorporated herein by
reference. Under the Registration Rights Agreement, Navios has agreed to use its
commercially reasonable efforts to: file a registration statement not later than
June 29, 2007 enabling holders of notes to exchange the privately placed notes
for publicly registered notes with identical terms; cause the registration
statement to become effective not later than October 1, 2007; complete the
exchange offer not later than November 1, 2007; and file a shelf registration
statement for the resale of the notes if we cannot effect an exchange offer
within the time periods listed above and in other circumstances.

         On November 30, 2006, Navios received notification that one of its FFA
trading counterparties filed for bankruptcy in Canada. Navios' exposure to such
counterparty is currently estimated to be approximately $5.9 million in 2006 and
$1.6 million in 2007. While it is too early to determine what recovery Navios
may obtain in any liquidation proceeding, Navios may be required to take a
charge for all or a portion of the exposure. Navios does not believe this will
have a material impact on its liquidity, or on its ability to meet its
commitments.

         On December 4, 2006, Navios announced it has secured a long-term time
charter for a new ultra-handymax vessel, the Navios Primavera. A copy of the
press release is furnished as Exhibit 99.6 to this Report and is incorporated
herein by reference.

         On December 7, 2006, Navios announced delivery of the Panamax Navios
Star that it received ownership of through the exercise of a purchase option,
which was previously announced in August of 2006. A copy of the press release
is furnished as Exhibit 99.7 to this Report and is incorporated herein by
reference. The exercise of the purchase option was fully financed by HSH
Nordbank with a new $19.5 million term loan facility ("Loan Agreement"). The
Loan Agreement with HSH Nordbank AG, dated November 30, 2006, is attached hereto
as Exhibit 99.8 and the terms of such agreement are incorporated herein by
reference.


         This Report on Form 6-K is hereby incorporated by reference into the
Navios Registration Statements on Form F-3, File Nos. 333-136396 and 333-129382.





                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


                                                NAVIOS MARITIME HOLDINGS INC.


                                                By: /s/ Angeliki Frangou
                                                    ---------------------------
                                                Angeliki Frangou
                                                Chief Executive Officer
                                                Date: December 18, 2006







                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

 EXHIBIT NO.     EXHIBIT
 -----------     -------
    99.1        Press Release dated November 29, 2006.

    99.2        Press Release dated December 14, 2006.

    99.3        Press Release dated December 18, 2006.

    99.4        Indenture by and among, Navios Maritime Holdings Inc., the
                Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., dated December 18, 2006.

    99.5        Registration Rights Agreements, dated as of December 18, 2006,
                among Navios Maritime Holdings Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
                Fenner & Smith Incorporated, J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc., Banc
                of America Securities LLC and S. Goldman Advisors LLC.

    99.6        Press Release dated December 4, 2006.

    99.7        Press Release dated December 7, 2006.

    99.8        Loan Agreement for $19,500,000 with HSH Nordbank AG for the
                Navios Star.

PRESS RELEASE

FINAL RELEASE – FOR IMMEDIATE DISTRIBUTION

Navios Maritime Holdings Inc. Announces Proposed $300 Million Senior Notes Offering

PIRAEUS, GREECE – November 29, 2006 – Navios Maritime Holdings Inc. (‘‘Navios’’) announced today it intends to offer, subject to market and other conditions, approximately $300 million of senior notes due 2014 (the ‘‘Notes’’). The Notes will be offered and sold in the United States only to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the ‘‘Securities Act’’)-, and in offshore transactions to non-United States persons in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act.

The Notes to be issued by Navios will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company’s existing subsidiaries, except for Corporacion Navios Sociedad Anonima, and certain future subsidiaries. The net proceeds of the offering are intended to be used to repay borrowings under the Company’s existing credit facility.

The Notes and related guarantees have not been registered under the Securities Act or the securities laws of any other jurisdiction and may not be offered or sold in the United States or to or for the benefit of U.S. persons unless so registered except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable securities laws in other jurisdictions. This press release shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy the Notes and the related guarantees, nor shall there by any sale of the Notes and the related guarantees in any jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale is unlawful. This press release is being issued pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 135c under the Securities Act.

About Navios Maritime Holdings Inc.

Navios is a vertically integrated global seaborne shipping company, specializing in the worldwide carriage, trading, storing, and other related logistics of international dry bulk cargo transportation. For over 50 years, Navios has worked with raw materials producers, agricultural traders and exporters, industrial end-users, ship owners, and charterers. Navios also owns and operates a port/storage facility in Uruguay and has in-house technical ship management expertise. Navios maintains offices in Piraeus, Greece, South Norwalk, Connecticut and Montevideo, Uruguay. Navios’ stock is listed in the NASDAQ’s National Market System where its Common Shares, Units and Warrants trade under the symbols ‘‘BULK’’, ‘‘BULKU’’, ‘‘BULKW’’, respectively. Risks and uncertainties are described in reports filed by Navios Maritime Holdings Inc. with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Safe Harbor

This press release may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 about Navios Maritime Holdings Inc. (Navios). Forward looking statements are statements that are not historical facts. Such forward-looking statements, based upon the current beliefs and expectations of Navios’s management, are subject to risks and uncertainties, which could cause actual results to differ from the forward looking statements. The information set forth herein should be read in light of such risks. Navios does not assume any obligation to update the information contained in this press release.

Public & Investor Relations Contact:

Navios Maritime Holdings Inc.
Investor Relations
212-279-8820
investors@navios.com

# # #






 NAVIOS MARITIME HOLDINGS INC. ANNOUNCES PRICING OF $300 MILLION OF SENIOR NOTES

PIRAEUS, Greece .--(BUSINESS WIRE)--Dec. 14, 2006--Navios Maritime Holdings Inc.
(Nasdaq: BULK, BULKU, BULKW) ("Navios"), a large, global, vertically integrated
seaborne shipping company, today announced the pricing of $300 million aggregate
principal amount of 9.5% senior notes due 2014 (the "Notes"). The Notes were
offered in the United States only to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to
Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"),
and in offshore transactions to non-United States persons in reliance on
Regulation S under the Securities Act.

The Notes will initially be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the all of
Navios' existing subsidiaries, other than Corporacion Navios Sociedad Anonima.
Navios intends to use the net proceeds of the offering to repay amounts
currently outstanding under its senior secured credit facility.

The Notes and related guarantees have not been registered under the Securities
Act or the securities laws of any other jurisdiction and may not be offered or
sold in the United States or to or for the benefit of U.S. persons unless so
registered except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject
to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable
securities laws in other jurisdictions. This press release shall not constitute
an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy the Notes and the
related guarantees, nor shall there by any sale of the Notes and the related
guarantees in any jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale is
unlawful.

ABOUT NAVIOS MARITIME HOLDINGS INC.
Navios Maritime Holdings Inc. is a large, global, vertically integrated seaborne
shipping company transporting a wide range of drybulk commodities including iron
ore, coal and grain. For over 50 years, Navios has worked with raw materials
producers, agricultural traders and exporters, industrial end- users, ship
owners, and charterers. Navios also owns and operates a port/storage facility in
Uruguay and has in-house technical ship management expertise. Navios maintains
offices in Piraeus, Greece, South Norwalk, Connecticut and Montevideo, Uruguay.
Navios' stock is listed in the NASDAQ's National Market System where its Common
Shares, Units and Warrants trade under the symbols "BULK", "BULKU", "BULKW",
respectively. Risks and uncertainties are described in reports filed by Navios
Maritime Holdings Inc. with the United States Securities and Exchange
Commission.

SAFE HARBOR
This press release may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of
the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 about Navios Maritime
Holdings Inc.. Forward looking statements are statements that are not historical
facts. Such forward-looking statements, based upon the current beliefs and
expectations of Navios's management, are subject to risks and uncertainties,
which could cause actual results to differ from the forward looking statements.
The information set forth herein should be read in light of such risks. Navios
does not assume any obligation to update the information contained in this press
release.

Public & Investor Relations Contact:
Navios Maritime Holdings Inc.
Investor Relations
212-279-8820
investors@navios.com



              NAVIOS MARITIME HOLDINGS INC. ANNOUNCES COMPLETION OF
                        $300 MILLION SENIOR NOTE OFFERING


PIRAEUS, Greece .--(BUSINESS WIRE)--Dec. 18, 2006-Navios Maritime Holdings Inc.
(Nasdaq: BULK, BULKU, BULKW) ("Navios"), a large, global, vertically integrated
seaborne shipping company, today announced that it has completed the sale of
$300 million aggregate principal amount of 9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 (the
"Notes"). The Notes were sold in the United States only to qualified
institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Securities Act"), and in offshore transactions to non-United
States persons in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act.

The Notes will initially be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by all of
Navios' existing subsidiaries, other than Corporacion Navios Sociedad Anonima.
Navios intends to use the net proceeds of the offering to repay amounts
currently outstanding under its senior secured credit facility.

The Notes and related guarantees have not been registered under the Securities
Act or the securities laws of any other jurisdiction and may not be offered or
sold in the United States or to or for the benefit of U.S. persons unless so
registered except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject
to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable
securities laws in other jurisdictions. This press release shall not constitute
an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy the Notes and the
related guarantees, nor shall there by any sale of the Notes and the related
guarantees in any jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale is
unlawful.

ABOUT NAVIOS MARITIME HOLDINGS INC.
Navios Maritime Holdings Inc. is a large, global, vertically integrated seaborne
shipping company transporting a wide range of drybulk commodities including iron
ore, coal and grain. For over 50 years, Navios has worked with raw materials
producers, agricultural traders and exporters, industrial end- users, ship
owners, and charterers. Navios also owns and operates a port/storage facility in
Uruguay and has in-house technical ship management expertise. Navios maintains
offices in Piraeus, Greece, South Norwalk, Connecticut and Montevideo, Uruguay.
Navios' stock is listed in the NASDAQ's National Market System where its Common
Shares, Units and Warrants trade under the symbols "BULK", "BULKU", "BULKW",
respectively. Risks and uncertainties are described in reports filed by Navios
Maritime Holdings Inc. with the United States Securities and Exchange
Commission.

SAFE HARBOR
This press release may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of
the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 about Navios Maritime
Holdings Inc.. Forward looking statements are statements that are not historical
facts. Such forward-looking statements, based upon the current beliefs and
expectations of Navios's management, are subject to risks and uncertainties,
which could cause actual results to differ from the forward looking statements.
The information set forth herein should be read in light of such risks. Navios
does not assume any obligation to update the information contained in this press
release.

Public & Investor Relations Contact:
Navios Maritime Holdings Inc.
Investor Relations
212-279-8820
investors@navios.com






================================================================================

                          NAVIOS MARITIME HOLDINGS INC.
                                   as Company,

                          the GUARANTORS party hereto,
                                 as Guarantors,

                                       and

                             WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.,
                                   as Trustee

                                   ----------

                                    INDENTURE

                                   ----------

                          Dated as of December 18, 2006

                                   ----------

                          9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014

================================================================================



                              CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

                  Trust Indenture Act                           Indenture
                        Section                                  Section
- ------------------------------------------------------   -----------------------
310(a)(1).............................................   7.10
   (a)(2).............................................   7.10
   (a)(3).............................................   7.10
   (a)(4).............................................   N.A.
   (a)(5).............................................   7.08; 7.10
   (b)................................................   7.03; 7.08; 7.10; 11.02
   (c)................................................   N.A.
311(a)................................................   7.03; 7.11
   (b)................................................   7.03; 7.11
   (c)................................................   N.A.
312(a)................................................   2.05
   (b)................................................   11.03
   (c)................................................   11.03
313(a)................................................   7.06
   (b)(1).............................................   7.06
   (b)(2).............................................   7.06
   (c)................................................   7.06; 11.02
   (d)................................................   7.06
314(a)................................................   4.06; 4.17; 11.02
   (b)................................................   N.A.
   (c)(1).............................................   7.02; 11.04; 11.05
   (c)(2).............................................   7.02; 11.04; 11.05
   (c)(3).............................................   N.A.
   (d)................................................   N.A.
   (e)................................................   11.05
   (f)................................................   N.A.
315(a)................................................   7.01(b); 7.02(a)
   (b)................................................   7.05; 11.02
   (c)................................................   7.01
   (d)................................................   6.05; 7.01(c)
   (e)................................................   6.11
316(a)(last sentence).................................   2.09
   (a)(1)(A)..........................................   6.05
   (a)(1)(B)..........................................   6.04
   (a)(2).............................................   9.02
   (b)................................................   6.07
   (c)................................................   9.04
317(a)(1).............................................   6.08
   (a)(2).............................................   6.09
   (b)................................................   2.04
318(a)................................................   11.01
   (c)................................................   11.01

                                   ----------

N.A. means Not Applicable

Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a
      part of this Indenture.



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

                                   ARTICLE ONE

                   DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.01.  Definitions...............................................      1
SECTION 1.02.  Other Definitions.........................................     31
SECTION 1.03.  Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.........     32
SECTION 1.04.  Rules of Construction.....................................     32

                                   ARTICLE TWO

                                    THE NOTES

SECTION 2.01.  Form and Dating...........................................     33
SECTION 2.02.  Execution, Authentication and Denomination; Additional
                  Notes; Exchange Securities.............................     34
SECTION 2.03.  Registrar and Paying Agent................................     36
SECTION 2.04.  Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust......................     36
SECTION 2.05.  Holder Lists..............................................     37
SECTION 2.06.  Transfer and Exchange.....................................     37
SECTION 2.07.  Replacement Notes.........................................     38
SECTION 2.08.  Outstanding Notes.........................................     38
SECTION 2.09.  Treasury Notes............................................     38
SECTION 2.10.  Temporary Notes...........................................     39
SECTION 2.11.  Cancellation..............................................     39
SECTION 2.12.  Defaulted Interest........................................     39
SECTION 2.13.  CUSIP and ISIN Numbers....................................     39
SECTION 2.14.  Deposit of Moneys.........................................     40
SECTION 2.15.  Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes....................     40
SECTION 2.16.  Special Transfer and Exchange Provisions..................     41
SECTION 2.17.  Persons Deemed Owners.....................................     44

                                  ARTICLE THREE

                                   REDEMPTION

SECTION 3.01.  Notices to Trustee........................................     44
SECTION 3.02.  Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed.........................     45
SECTION 3.03.  Notice of Redemption......................................     45
SECTION 3.04.  Effect of Notice of Redemption............................     46
SECTION 3.05.  Deposit of Redemption Price...............................     47
SECTION 3.06.  Notes Redeemed in Part....................................     47


                                      -i-



                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

                                  ARTICLE FOUR

                                    COVENANTS

SECTION 4.01.  Payment of Notes..........................................     47
SECTION 4.02.  Maintenance of Office or Agency...........................     48
SECTION 4.03.  Corporate Existence.......................................     48
SECTION 4.04.  Payment of Taxes..........................................     48
SECTION 4.05.  [RESERVED]................................................     49
SECTION 4.06.  Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default.................     49
SECTION 4.07.  Payments for Consent......................................     49
SECTION 4.08.  Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws...................     49
SECTION 4.09.  Change of Control.........................................     50
SECTION 4.10.  Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified
                  Stock and Preferred Stock..............................     52
SECTION 4.11.  Limitations on Restricted Payments........................     56
SECTION 4.12.  Limitations on Liens......................................     61
SECTION 4.13.  Limitations on Asset Sales................................     61
SECTION 4.14.  Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates...............     65
SECTION 4.15.  Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting
                  Subsidiaries...........................................     67
SECTION 4.16.  Subsidiary Guarantees.....................................     69
SECTION 4.17.  Reports to Holders........................................     70
SECTION 4.18.  Limitations on Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted
                  Subsidiaries...........................................     71
SECTION 4.19.  Additional Interest Notice................................     71
SECTION 4.20.  Payment of Additional Amounts.............................     72

                                  ARTICLE FIVE

                              SUCCESSOR CORPORATION

SECTION 5.01.  Mergers, Consolidations, Etc..............................     73

                                   ARTICLE SIX

                              DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.01.  Events of Default.........................................     75
SECTION 6.02.  Acceleration..............................................     77
SECTION 6.03.  Other Remedies............................................     77
SECTION 6.04.  Waiver of Past Defaults...................................     78
SECTION 6.05.  Control by Majority.......................................     78
SECTION 6.06.  Limitation on Suits.......................................     78
SECTION 6.07.  Rights of Holders To Receive Payment......................     79
SECTION 6.08.  Collection Suit by Trustee................................     79
SECTION 6.09.  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim..........................     79
SECTION 6.10.  Priorities................................................     80


                                      -ii-



                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

SECTION 6.11.  Undertaking for Costs.....................................     80

                                  ARTICLE SEVEN

                                     TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.01.  Duties of Trustee.........................................     81
SECTION 7.02.  Rights of Trustee.........................................     82
SECTION 7.03.  Individual Rights of Trustee..............................     83
SECTION 7.04.  Trustee's Disclaimer......................................     84
SECTION 7.05.  Notice of Default.........................................     84
SECTION 7.06.  Reports by Trustee to Holders.............................     84
SECTION 7.07.  Compensation and Indemnity................................     84
SECTION 7.08.  Replacement of Trustee....................................     85
SECTION 7.09.  Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc..........................     86
SECTION 7.10.  Eligibility; Disqualification.............................     86
SECTION 7.11.  Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company.....     87

                                  ARTICLE EIGHT

               SATISFACTION OR DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.01.  Termination of the Company's Obligations..................     87
SECTION 8.02.  Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance..     88
SECTION 8.03.  Legal Defeasance..........................................     88
SECTION 8.04.  Covenant Defeasance.......................................     89
SECTION 8.05.  Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance................     89
SECTION 8.06.  Deposited Money and Government Securities To Be Held in
                  Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions..................     91
SECTION 8.07.  Repayment to the Company..................................     91
SECTION 8.08.  Reinstatement.............................................     92

                                  ARTICLE NINE

                       AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

SECTION 9.01.  Without Consent of Holders................................     92
SECTION 9.02.  With Consent of Holders...................................     93
SECTION 9.03.  Compliance with the Trust Indenture Act...................     95
SECTION 9.04.  Revocation and Effect of Consents.........................     95
SECTION 9.05.  Notation on or Exchange of Notes..........................     96
SECTION 9.06.  Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc...........................     96


                                     -iii-



                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

                                   ARTICLE TEN

                                 NOTE GUARANTEE

SECTION 10.01. Unconditional Guarantee...................................     96
SECTION 10.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability.........................     97
SECTION 10.03. Execution and Delivery of Guarantee.......................     98
SECTION 10.04. Release of a Guarantor....................................     98
SECTION 10.05. Waiver of Subrogation.....................................     99
SECTION 10.06. Immediate Payment.........................................     99
SECTION 10.07. No Set-Off................................................     99
SECTION 10.08. Guarantee Obligations Absolute............................     99
SECTION 10.09. Note Guarantee Obligations Continuing.....................    100
SECTION 10.10. Note Guarantee Obligations Not Reduced....................    100
SECTION 10.11. Note Guarantee Obligations Reinstated.....................    100
SECTION 10.12. Note Guarantee Obligations Not Affected...................    100
SECTION 10.13. Waiver....................................................    101
SECTION 10.14. No Obligation To Take Action Against the Company..........    102
SECTION 10.15. Dealing with the Company and Others.......................    102
SECTION 10.16. Default and Enforcement...................................    102
SECTION 10.17. Acknowledgment............................................    103
SECTION 10.18. Costs and Expenses........................................    103
SECTION 10.19. No Merger or Waiver; Cumulative Remedies..................    103
SECTION 10.20. Survival of Note Guarantee Obligations....................    103
SECTION 10.21. Note Guarantee in Addition to Other Guarantee Obligations.    103
SECTION 10.22. Severability..............................................    103
SECTION 10.23. Successors and Assigns....................................    104

                                 ARTICLE ELEVEN

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 11.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls..............................    104
SECTION 11.02. Notices...................................................    104
SECTION 11.03. Communications by Holders with Other Holders..............    105
SECTION 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent........    106
SECTION 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.............    106
SECTION 11.06. Rules by Paying Agent or Registrar........................    106
SECTION 11.07. Legal Holidays............................................    107
SECTION 11.08. GOVERNING LAW; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL; SUBMISSION TO
                  JURISDICTION...........................................    107
SECTION 11.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.............    107
SECTION 11.10. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees
                  and Stockholders.......................................    107
SECTION 11.11. Successors................................................    108
SECTION 11.12. Duplicate Originals.......................................    108


                                      -iv-



SECTION 11.13. Severability..............................................    108
SECTION 11.14. Force Majeure.............................................    108
SECTION 11.15. Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of
                  Immunities.............................................    108
SECTION 11.16. Currency of Account; Conversion of Currency; Foreign
                  Exchange Restrictions..................................    110

Signatures...............................................................    S-1

Exhibit A -    Form of Note
Exhibit B -    Form of Legends
Exhibit C -    Form of Certificate To Be Delivered in Connection with
               Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S
Exhibit D -    Form of Supplemental Indenture for Additional Guarantor(s)
Exhibit E -    Form of Notation of Guarantee

Note: This Table of Contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of
      this Indenture.


                                      -v-



          INDENTURE dated as of December 18, 2006 among Navios Maritime Holdings
Inc., a Marshall Islands corporation, as issuer ("NAVIOS" or the "COMPANY") and
each of the Guarantors named herein, as Guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.,
a national banking association, as Trustee (the "TRUSTEE").

          The Company has duly authorized the creation of an issue of 9 1/2%
Senior Notes due 2014 and, to provide therefor, the Company and the Guarantors
have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture. All things
necessary to make the Notes, when duly issued and executed by the Company and
authenticated and delivered hereunder, the valid and binding obligations of the
Company and to make this Indenture a valid and binding agreement of the Company
and the Guarantors have been done.

          For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes
by the Holders thereof, the parties hereto covenant and agree, for the equal and
proportionate benefit of all Holders, as follows:

                                   ARTICLE ONE

                   DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.01. Definitions.

          Set forth below are certain defined terms used in this Indenture.

          "ACQUIRED DEBT" means, with respect to any specified Person:

          (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other
     Person is merged with or into or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of such
     specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in
     connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or
     into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

          (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by
     such specified Person.

          "ADDITIONAL INTEREST" means (i) "Additional Interest" as defined in
the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the Notes issued on the Issue
Date and (ii) "Special Interest," "Additional Interest," "Liquidated Damages" or
similar term as such term is defined in any registration rights agreement with
respect to additional Notes issued after the Issue Date.

          "AFFILIATE" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, "control,"
as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or
indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or
policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
agreement or



otherwise. For the purposes of this definition, the terms "controlling,"
"controlled by" and "under common control with" have correlative meanings.

          "AGENT" means any Registrar or Paying Agent.

          "APPLICABLE PREMIUM" means, with respect to a Note at any time, the
greater of (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note at such time and (2)
the excess of (A) the present value at such time of (i) the redemption price of
such Note at December 15, 2010 plus (ii) all remaining interest payments due on
such Note through and including December 15, 2010 (excluding any interest
accrued to the Make-Whole Redemption Date), discounted on a semi-annual basis
(assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) from December 15,
2010 to the Make-Whole Redemption Date, computed using a discount rate equal to
the Applicable Treasury Rate plus 0.50%, over (B) the principal amount of such
Note on the Make-Whole Redemption Date.

          "APPLICABLE TREASURY RATE" for any redemption date, means the yield to
maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a
constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve
Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least two
Business Days prior to the Make-Whole Redemption Date of such note (or, if such
Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of
similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Make-Whole
Redemption Date to December 15, 2010; provided, however, that if the period from
the Make-Whole Redemption Date to December 15, 2010 is not equal to the constant
maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield
is given, the Applicable Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation
(calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields
of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given except that
if the period from the Make-Whole Redemption Date to December 15, 2010 is less
than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States
Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

          "ASSET SALE" means:

          (1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets;
     provided that the sale, conveyance or other disposition of all or
     substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted
     Subsidiaries taken as a whole shall be governed by the provisions of
     Sections 4.09 and/or 5.01 and not by the provisions of Section 4.13; and

          (2) the issuance by any of the Company's Restricted Subsidiaries of
     any Equity Interest of such Restricted Subsidiary or the sale by the
     Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Equity Interests in any Restricted
     Subsidiaries (other than directors' qualifying shares or shares required by
     applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company or any of its
     Subsidiaries).

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the following items shall be
deemed to be an Asset Sale:

          (1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that
     involves assets having a fair market value of less than $10.0 million;


                                      -2-



          (2) a sale, lease, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets
     between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

          (3) an issuance, sale, transfer or other disposition of Equity
     Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to
     another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

          (4) the sale or other disposition of damaged, worn-out or obsolete
     assets;

          (5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

          (6) (i) a Restricted Payment that does not violate Section 4.11 or a
     Permitted Investment; and (ii) any issuance, sale, transfer or other
     disposition of Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

          (7) sales of accounts receivable and inventory (other than Vessels and
     Related Assets) in the ordinary course of business for cash or Cash
     Equivalents;

          (8) a Permitted Asset Swap;

          (9) sales and/or contributions of Securitization Assets to a
     Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Transaction for the
     fair market value thereof including cash in an amount at least equal to 75%
     of the fair market value thereof (for the purposes of this clause (9),
     Purchase Money Notes shall be deemed to be cash); and

          (10) any transfer of Securitization Assets or a fractional undivided
     interest therein, by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified
     Securitization Transaction.

          "ATTRIBUTABLE INDEBTEDNESS" in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction
means, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the
interest rate equal to the rate implicit in such transaction for the relevant
lease period, determined in accordance with GAAP) of the total obligations of
the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease
included in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such
lease has been extended); provided, however, that if such Sale/Leaseback
Transaction results in a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness
required thereby shall be determined in accordance with the definition of
"Capital Lease Obligation."

          "BANKRUPTCY LAW" means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended,
or any applicable United States federal, state or foreign law for the relief of
debtors, or bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law.

          "BENEFICIAL OWNER" has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3
and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial
ownership of any particular "person" (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3)
of the Exchange Act), such "person" shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership
of all securities that such "person" has the right to acquire by conversion or
exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is
exercisable only after the passage of time; provided that, notwithstanding the
foregoing, the holders of the Company's warrants outstanding on the Issue Date
shall not be deemed to beneficially own the underlying shares


                                      -3-



until such warrants have been exercised. The terms "BENEFICIALLY OWNS,"
"BENEFICIALLY OWNED" and "BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP" shall have correlative meanings.

          "BOARD OF DIRECTORS" means:

          (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the
     corporation or, other than for purposes of the definition of "Change of
     Control," any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such
     board; and

          (2) with respect to any other Person, the functional equivalent of a
     board of directors of a corporation or, other than for purposes of the
     definition of "Change of Control," any committee thereof duly authorized to
     act on behalf thereof.

          "BUSINESS DAY" means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day
on which banking institutions in New York, the location of the office of the
Paying Agent or the location of the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee are
authorized or required by law to close.

          "CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATION" means, at the time of determination, the
amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be
required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.

          "CAPITAL STOCK" means:

          (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

          (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all
     shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however
     designated) in the equity of such association or entity;

          (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company,
     partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests;
     and

          (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the
     right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of
     assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any
     debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt
     securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

          "CASH EQUIVALENTS" means:

          (1) United States dollars or Euro or other currency of a member of the
     Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (including such
     currencies as are held as overnight bank deposits and demand deposits with
     banks);

          (2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by
     the government of the United States or any Member State of the European
     Union or any other country whose sovereign debt has a rating of at least A3
     from Moody's and at least A- from S&P or any agency or instrumentality
     thereof having maturities of not more than one year from the date of
     acquisition;


                                      -4-



          (3) demand and time deposits and eurodollar time deposits and
     certificates of deposit or bankers' acceptances with maturities of one year
     or less from the date of acquisition, in each case, with any financial
     institution organized under the laws of any country that is a member of the
     Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development having capital and
     surplus and undivided profits in excess of US$500.0 million;

          (4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 60 days for
     underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) above entered
     into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in
     clause (3) above;

          (5) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate Notes rated P-1 or
     higher by Moody's or A-1 or higher by S&P and, in each case, maturing
     within one year after the date of acquisition; and

          (6) money market funds that invest primarily in Cash Equivalents of
     the kinds described in clauses (1) through (5) of this definition.

          "CHANGE OF CONTROL" means the occurrence of any of the following
events:

          (1) any "person" or "group" (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d)
     and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders,
     is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of Voting Stock
     representing more than 35% of the voting power of the total outstanding
     Voting Stock of the Company; provided, however, that such event shall not
     be deemed to be a Change of Control so long as the Permitted Holders own
     Voting Stock representing in the aggregate a greater percentage of the
     total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company than such other
     person or group;

          (2) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the
     beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors (together with
     any new directors whose election to such Board of Directors or whose
     nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by
     a vote of the majority of the directors of the Company then still in office
     who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election
     or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason
     to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company;

          (3) (a) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and the
     Restricted Subsidiaries are sold or otherwise transferred to any Person
     other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or one or more Permitted
     Holders or (b) the Company consolidates or merges with or into another
     Person or any Person consolidates or merges with or into the Company, in
     either case under this clause (3), in one transaction or a series of
     related transactions in which immediately after the consummation thereof
     Persons Beneficially Owning, directly or indirectly, Voting Stock
     representing in the aggregate a majority of the total voting power of the
     Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to such consummation do not
     Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, Voting Stock representing a
     majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or
     the surviving or transferee Person; or


                                      -5-



          (4) the Company shall adopt a plan of liquidation or dissolution or
     any such plan shall be approved by the stockholders of the Company.

          "CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW" means, for any period, for any Person, an
amount determined for such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis equal to:

          (1) Consolidated Net Income for such period; plus

          (2) the sum, without duplication, of the amounts for such Person and
     its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (in each case to the extent
     reducing such Consolidated Net Income) of:

               (a) Fixed Charges;

               (b) provision for taxes based on income;

               (c) total depreciation expenses;

               (d) total amortization expenses (including, without limitation,
          the amoritization of capitalized drydocking expenses);

               (e) other non-cash items reducing such Consolidated Net Income
          (excluding any such non-cash item to the extent that it represents an
          accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period or
          amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period);
          and

               (f) to the extent any Attributable Indebtedness is outstanding
          and is not a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of any payments
          therefor less the amount of interest implicit in such payments; minus

          (3) the amount for such period (to the extent increasing such
     Consolidated Net Income) of non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net
     Income (other than any such non-cash item to the extent it represents the
     reversal of an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any prior
     period);

provided that the items listed in clauses (2)(a) through (f) of a Restricted
Subsidiary shall be included in Consolidated Cash Flow only to the extent (and
in the same proportion) that the net income of such Subsidiary was included in
calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period.

          "CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME" means, for any period, the net income (or
net loss) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, adjusted to the
extent included in calculating such net income or loss by excluding (without
duplication):

          (1) any net after-tax extraordinary or nonrecurring gains or losses
     (less all fees and expenses relating thereto);


                                      -6-



          (2) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses
     relating thereto) attributable to Asset Sales or dispositions of
     securities;

          (3) the portion of net income (or loss) of any Person (other than the
     Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) in which the Company or any Restricted
     Subsidiary has an ownership interest, except to the extent of the amount of
     dividends or other distributions actually paid to the Company or any
     Restricted Subsidiary in cash during such period;

          (4) the net income (but not the net loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary
     to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar
     distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary is at the date of determination
     restricted, directly or indirectly, except to the extent that such net
     income is actually, or permitted to be, paid to the Company or a Restricted
     Subsidiary thereof by loans, advances, intercompany transfers, principal
     repayments or otherwise; provided that with respect to a Guarantor (or a
     Securitization Subsidiary this clause (4) shall be applicable solely for
     purpose of calculating Consolidated Net Income to determine the amount of
     Restricted Payments permitted under Section 4.11;

          (5) any non-cash expenses or charges resulting from the stock, stock
     options or other equity-based awards;

          (6) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;

          (7) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, in each
     case, pursuant to GAAP, and the amoritization of intangibles arising
     pursuant to GAAP;

          (8) the net after-tax effects of adjustments in the inventory,
     property and equipment, goodwill, intangible assets, deferred revenue and
     debt line items in such Person's consolidated financial statements pursuant
     to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting or the
     amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof; and

          (9) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any
     amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition,
     Investment, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of
     Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of
     any debt instrument (including without limitation any such transaction
     undertaken but not completed);

provided, however, that Consolidated Net Income shall be reduced by the amount
of all dividends on Designated Preferred Stock (other than dividends paid in
Qualified Equity Interests) paid, accrued or scheduled to be paid or accrued
during such period.

          "CORPORATE TRUST OFFICE" means the corporate trust office of the
Trustee located at Sixth and Marquette, MAC N9303-120, Minneapolis, MN 55479, or
such other office, designated by the Trustee by written notice to the Company,
at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be
principally administered.


                                      -7-



          "CREDIT AGREEMENT" means that certain Facilities Agreement, dated as
of December 21, 2005, among the Company, HSH Nordbank AG as lead arranger, agent
and security agent and the lenders party thereto, including any related notes,
guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in
connection therewith, and in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed,
refunded, replaced (whether upon termination or otherwise), increased or
refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional
investors) including by means of a Qualified Securitization Transaction in whole
or in part from time to time (and without limitation as to amount, terms,
conditions, covenants and other provisions, including increasing the amount of
available borrowings thereunder, changing or replacing agent banks and lenders
thereunder or adding, removing or reclassifying Subsidiaries of the Company as
borrowers or guarantors thereunder), including, without limitation, pursuant to
the Amendment and Consent dated as of November 29, 2006, among the Company and
HSH Nordbank AG.

          "CREDIT FACILITIES" means one or more debt facilities or agreements
(including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement) or commercial paper
facilities, in each case, with banks, other institutional lenders, commercial
finance companies or other lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term
loans, bonds, debentures, securitization financing (including through the
transfer of Securitization Assets to special purpose entities formed to borrow
from such lenders against, or sell undivided interests in, such assets in a
Qualified Securitization Transaction) or letters of credit, pursuant to
agreements or indentures, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed,
refunded, replaced, increased or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt
securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time
(and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other
provisions, including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder,
changing or replacing agent banks and lenders thereunder or adding, removing or
reclassifying Subsidiaries of the Company as borrowers or guarantors
thereunder).

          "CUSTODIAN" means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or
similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

          "DEFAULT" means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the
giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

          "DEPOSITORY" means, with respect to the Global Notes, The Depository
Trust Company, New York, New York, its nominees and any and all successors
thereto appointed as depository hereunder and having become such pursuant to the
applicable provisions of this Indenture.

          "DESIGNATED NON-CASH CONSIDERATION" means the Fair Market Value of
non-cash consideration received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in
connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash
Consideration pursuant to an Officers' Certificate setting forth the basis of
such valuation executed by an authorized officer of the Company, less the amount
of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of
such Designated Non-cash Consideration.


                                      -8-



          "DESIGNATED PREFERRED STOCK" means preferred stock of the Company
(other than Disqualified Stock) issued and sold for cash in a bona-fide
financing transaction that is designated as Designated Preferred Stock pursuant
to an Officers' Certificate on the issuance date thereof, the net cash proceeds
of which are excluded from the calculation of Restricted Payments for purposes
of Section 4.11(a)(3) and are not used for purposes of Section 4.11(a)(3)(B).

          "DISQUALIFIED STOCK" means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by
the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is
exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily
redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable
at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or
prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature.
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute
Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the
right to require the issuer thereof to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock
upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale prior to the stated
maturity of the Notes shall not constitute Disqualified Stock. The amount of
Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this
Indenture shall be the maximum amount that the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to
any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock.

          "ELIGIBLE JURISDICTION" means any of the Marshall Islands, the United
States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia,
the Commonwealth of the Bahamas, the Republic of Liberia, the Republic of
Panama, the Commonwealth of Bermuda, the British Virgin Islands, the Cayman
Islands, the Isle of Man, Cyprus, Norway, Greece, Hong Kong, the United Kingdom,
Malta, any Member State of the European Union and any other jurisdiction
generally acceptable to institutional lenders in the shipping industry, as
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

          "EQUITY INTERESTS" means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or
other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is
convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

          "EQUITY OFFERING" means any issuance and sale by the Company of its
Qualified Equity Interests.

          "EXCHANGE ACT" means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, or any successor statute or statutes thereto and, in each case, the
rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.

          "EXCHANGE OFFER" means an offer that may be made by the Company
pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement to exchange Notes bearing the
Private Placement Legend for the Exchange Securities.

          "EXCHANGE SECURITIES" has the meaning set forth in the Registration
Rights Agreement.

          "EXERCISED VESSEL PURCHASE OPTION CONTRACT" means any Vessel Purchase
Option Contract which has been exercised by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary,


                                      -9-



obligating the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to purchase such Vessel and
any Related Assets, subject only to customary conditions precedent.

          "EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS" means Indebtedness of the Company and its
Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement) in existence
on the date of this Indenture after giving effect to the issuance of the Notes
on the Issue Date and the use of proceeds therefrom.

          "FAIR MARKET VALUE" means, with respect to any asset or property, the
value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in
an arm's length transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party.
Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by (i) if the value of such
property or asset is less than $25 million, an officer of the Company and
evidenced by an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee and (ii) if the
value of such property or asset equals or exceeds $25 million, the Board of
Directors of the Company; provided, however, that (x) if such determination is
with respect to one or more Vessels, Fair Market Value shall be based on the
written appraisal of an Independent Appraiser dated not more than 60 days prior
to the relevant date of determination and (y) if such determination relates to
the determination by the Company of compliance with clause (7) of the definition
of "Permitted Liens," such determination shall comply with clause (x) to the
extent such determination relates to one or more Vessels and in all other cases
such determination shall be based on the written opinion of an independent
investment banking firm of international standing qualified to perform the task
for which such firm has been engaged (as determined by the Company in good
faith).

          "FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO" means with respect to any specified
Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person
for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the
event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs,
assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise
discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or
issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or preferred stock subsequent
to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is
being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the
calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made occurred (the
"CALCULATION DATE"), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated
giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, repayment,
repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such
issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, and
the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning
of the applicable four-quarter reference period.

          In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio:

          (1) acquisitions (including of Vessels and Related Assets including,
     without limitation, chartered-in Vessels) that have been made by the
     specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through
     mergers or consolidations, of any other Person or any of its Subsidiaries
     acquired by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and
     including any related financing transactions and any prior acquisitions by
     such other Person to the extent not fully reflected in the historical
     results of operations of such other Person, and including increases in
     ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference
     period or subsequent to such reference period and on or


                                      -10-



     prior to the Calculation Date shall be given pro forma effect as if they
     had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period;

          (2) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to operations (including
     Vessels and Related Assets) or businesses (and ownership interests therein)
     disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be excluded;

          (3) the Fixed Charges attributable to operations (including Vessels
     and Related Assets) or businesses (and ownership interests therein)
     disposed of prior to the Calculation Date shall be excluded, but only to
     the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges shall not
     be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date;

          (4) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date
     (or would become a Restricted Subsidiary on such Calculation Date in
     connection with the transaction requiring determination of such
     Consolidated Cash Flow) shall be deemed to have been a Restricted
     Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period;

          (5) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation
     Date (or would cease to be a Restricted Subsidiary on such Calculation Date
     in connection with the transaction requiring determination of such
     Consolidated Cash Flow) shall be deemed not to have been a Restricted
     Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period; and

          (6) if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the
     interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated at the actual
     rate that was in effect from time to time (taking into account any Hedging
     Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a
     remaining term as at the Calculation Date in excess of 12 months).

          For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be
given to an acquisition (including without limitation, the charter-in of a
Vessel) or construction of a Vessel or the Capital Stock of a Person that owns,
or charters in, one or more Vessels or the financing thereof, such Person may
(i) if a relevant Vessel is to be subject to a time charter-out with a remaining
term of twelve months or longer, apply for the period for which the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio is being calculated pro forma earnings (losses) for such Vessel
based upon such charter-out, (ii) if a relevant Vessel is to be subject to a
time charter-out with a remaining term of between six and twelve months, apply
for the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated the
annualized amount of pro forma earnings (losses) for such Vessel based upon such
charter-out, or (iii) if a relevant Vessel is not to be subject to a time
charter-out, is under time charter-out that is due to expire in six months or
less, or is to be subject to charter on a voyage charter basis (whether or not
any such charter is in place for such Vessel), then in each case, apply for the
period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated earnings
(losses) for such Vessel based upon the average of the historical earnings of
comparable Vessels in such Person's fleet in the most recent four quarter period
(as determined in good faith by the chief financial officer of the Company) or
if there is no such comparable Vessel, then based upon industry average earnings
for comparable Vessels (as determined in good faith by the chief financial
officer of the Company).


                                      -11-



          Additionally, any pro forma calculations may include the reduction or
increase in costs for the applicable period resulting from, or in connection
with, the acquisition of assets, an asset sale or other transaction or event
which is being given pro forma effect that (a) would be permitted to be
reflected on pro forma financial statements pursuant to Regulation S-X under the
Securities Act or (b) have been realized at the time such pro forma calculation
is made or are reasonably expected to be realized within twelve months following
the consummation of the transaction to which such pro forma calculations relate,
which actions shall be certified by the chief financial officer of the Company;
provided that, in the case of adjustments pursuant to this clause (b), such
adjustments shall be set forth in a certificate signed by the Company's chief
financial officer which states in detail (i) the amount of such adjustment or
adjustments and (ii) that such adjustment or adjustments are based on the
reasonable good faith beliefs of the Company at the time of such execution. Any
such certificate shall be provided to the Trustee if the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary incurs Indebtedness, issues Disqualified Stock or
preferred stock, makes any Restricted Payment or consummates any transaction
described under Section 5.01 necessitating the calculation of the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio.

          "FIXED CHARGES" means, with respect to any specified Person for any
period, the sum, without duplication, of:

          (1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its
     Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, (x)
     including, without limitation, amortization of original issue discount,
     non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment
     obligations, the interest component of any Securitization Fees, the
     interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease
     Obligations and the net payments made pursuant to Hedging Obligations in
     respect of interest rates and (y) excluding amortization of deferred
     financing fees, debt issuance costs and commissions, fees and expenses
     incurred in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness and any
     expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees; plus

          (2) the consolidated interest of such Person and its Restricted
     Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus

          (3) any interest accruing on Indebtedness of another Person that is
     guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured
     by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
     whether or not such guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus

          (4) all dividends accrued paid of any series of Disqualified Stock or
     Designated Preferred Stock of the Company or any Disqualified Stock or
     preferred stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any such
     Disqualified Stock, Designated Preferred Stock or preferred stock held by
     the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or to the extent paid
     in Qualified Equity Interests); plus

          (5) to the extent any Attributable Indebtedness is outstanding and is
     not a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of interest implicit in any
     payments related to such Attributable Indebtedness during such period.


                                      -12-



          "FORWARD FREIGHT AGREEMENT" means, with respect to any Person, any
forward freight agreement or comparable swap, future or similar agreement or
arrangement relating to derivative trading in freight or similar rates.

          "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United
States of America as in effect on the Issue Date, as set forth in the opinions
and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute
of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the
Financial Accounting Standards Board, in each case, as in effect on the Issue
Date, or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by
a significant segment of the accounting profession, in each case, as in effect
on the Issue Date.

          "GOVERNMENT SECURITIES" means direct obligations of, or obligations
guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for which the
United States pledges its full faith and credit.

          "GUARANTEE" means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable
instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or
indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, through letters of credit
or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any
Indebtedness.

          "GUARANTEE" or "NOTE GUARANTEE" means the guarantee by each Guarantor
of the Company's obligations under this Indenture and on the Notes, executed
pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture.

          "GUARANTOR" means each Subsidiary of the Company that executes a
Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and its successors
and assigns, until such Subsidiary is released from its Guarantee in accordance
with the provisions of this Indenture.

          "HEDGING OBLIGATIONS" means, with respect to any Person, the
obligations of such Person under swap, cap, collar, forward purchase, Forward
Freight Agreements or agreements or arrangements similar to any of the foregoing
and dealing with interest rates, currency exchange rates, commodity prices or
freight rates, either generally or under specific contingencies.

          "HEIRS" of any individual means such individual's estate, spouse,
lineal relatives (including adoptive descendants), administrator, committee or
other personal representative or other estate planning vehicle and any custodian
or Trustee for the benefit of any spouse or lineal relatives (including adoptive
descendants) of such individual.

          "HOLDER" means a Person in whose name a Note is registered on the
books maintained by the Registrar.

          "INDEBTEDNESS" of any Person at any date means, without duplication:

          (1) all liabilities, contingent or otherwise, of such Person for
     borrowed money (whether or not the recourse of the lender is to the whole
     of the assets of such Person or only to a portion thereof);


                                      -13-



          (2) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures,
     notes or other similar instruments;

          (3) all reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters
     of credit, letters of guaranty, bankers' acceptances and similar credit
     transactions;

          (4) all obligations of such Person representing the balance deferred
     and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services due more than
     six months after such property is acquired or such services are completed
     and which is treated as indebtedness under GAAP, except any such balance
     that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable, or similar
     obligations to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

          (5) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person;

          (6) all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such
     Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person;

          (7) all Indebtedness of others guaranteed by such Person to the extent
     of such guarantee; provided that Indebtedness of the Company or its
     Subsidiaries that is guaranteed by the Company or the Company's
     Subsidiaries shall only be counted once in the calculation of the amount of
     Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis;
     provided, further, that Standard Securitization Undertakings in connection
     with a Qualified Securitization Transaction shall not be considered to be a
     guarantee of Indebtedness;

          (8) all Attributable Indebtedness;

          (9) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, Hedging
     Obligations of such Person; and

          (10) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other
     title retention agreements relating to assets purchased by such Person.

          Notwithstanding clause (4) above, the obligation of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary to pay the purchase price for an Exercised Vessel Purchase
Option Contract entered into and exercised in the ordinary course of business
and consistent with past practices of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries shall not constitute "Indebtedness" under clause (4) above even
though the purchase price therefor may be due more than six months after
exercise thereof.

          "INDENTURE" means this Indenture, as amended, supplemented or
otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof
including, for all purposes of this Indenture and any such supplemental
indenture, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are deemed to be a
part of and govern this Indenture.

          "INDEPENDENT APPRAISER" means a Person:


                                      -14-



          (1) engaged in the business of appraising vessels who is generally
     acceptable to institutional lenders to the shipping industry; and

          (2) who (a) is independent of the parties to the transaction in
     question and their Affiliates and (b) is not connected with the Company,
     any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any of such Affiliates as an officer,
     director, employee, partner or person performing similar functions.

          "INITIAL PURCHASERS" means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC and S.
Goldman Advisors LLC.

          "INTEREST" means, with respect to the Notes, interest and Additional
Interest, if any, on the Notes (regardless of whether so stated).

          "INTEREST PAYMENT DATE" means each June 15 and December 15 starting
with June 15, 2007.

          "INVESTMENTS" means, with respect to any Person, all direct or
indirect investments by such Person in other Persons in the forms of loans
(including guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions,
purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity
Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be
classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP
but excluding extensions of trade credit or advances, deposits and payments to
or with suppliers, lessors or utilities or for workers' compensation in the
ordinary course of business or prepaid expenses or deposits on the balance sheet
of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity
Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving
effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an
Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market
Value of the Company's Investments in such Subsidiary that were not sold or
disposed of in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.11(c). The
acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of a
Person that holds an Investment in a third Person shall be deemed to be an
Investment by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in
an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired
Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in Section
4.11(c). Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the amount of an
Investment shall be determined at the time the Investment is made and without
giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

          "ISSUE DATE" means December 18, 2006, the date of the original
issuance of the Notes under this Indenture.

          "LIEN" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge,
charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind on such asset, whether or
not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any
conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature
thereof, filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the
Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided,
that in


                                      -15-



no event shall an operating lease that is not a Capital Lease Obligation be
deemed to constitute a Lien.

          "MAKE-WHOLE REDEMPTION" has the meaning given in Section 5 of the
Notes.

          "MAKE-WHOLE REDEMPTION DATE" with respect to a Make-Whole Redemption,
means the date such Make-Whole Redemption is effected.

          "MATURITY DATE" when used with respect to any Note, means the date on
which the principal amount of such Note becomes due and payable as therein or
herein provided.

          "MOODY'S" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.

          "NET FFA LOSS AMOUNT" means, for each applicable period, the amount of
net recorded losses (whether realized or unrealized), net of recorded gains
during such period (whether realized or unrealized), in respect of Forward
Freight Agreements not permitted to be entered into under clause (i) of the
definition of "Permitted Hedging Obligations" and related net recorded trading
losses (whether realized or unrealized), net of related cash trading gains for
such period (whether realized or unrealized), of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period.

          "NET PROCEEDS" means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale
(including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other
disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of
fees, commissions, expenses and other direct costs relating to such Asset Sale,
including, without limitation, (a) fees and expenses related to such Asset Sale
(including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, title and recording
tax fees and sales and brokerage commissions, and any relocation expenses and
severance or shutdown costs incurred as a result of such Asset Sale), (b) all
federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes paid or payable as a result
of the Asset Sale, (c) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of
Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness under a Credit Facility, secured by a Lien
on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale, (d) amounts
required to be paid to any Person (other than the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries) owning a beneficial interest in the assets which are
subject to such Asset Sale and (e) any escrow or reserve for adjustment in
respect of the sale price of such assets established in accordance with GAAP and
any reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with such
Asset Sale and retained by the seller after such Asset Sale, including pension
and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to
environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations
associated with such Asset Sale except to the extent that such proceeds are
released from any such escrow or to the extent such reserve is reduced or
eliminated.

          "NON-RECOURSE DEBT" means Indebtedness:

          (1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any
     undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness
     (other than, with respect to a Securitization Subsidiary, pursuant to
     Standard Securitization Undertakings in connection with a Qualified
     Securitization Transaction)), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a
     guarantor or


                                      -16-



     otherwise (other than, with respect to a Securitization Subsidiary,
     pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertaking in connection with a
     Qualified Securitization Transaction), or (c) constitutes the lender; and

          (2) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing or have
     contractually agreed that they shall not have any recourse to the stock or
     assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than, in
     the case of a Qualified Securitization Transaction, the equity interests
     in, any Purchase Money Notes of and the assets of the applicable
     Securitization Subsidiary).

          "NON-U.S. PERSON" has the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation
S.

          "NOTES" means, collectively, the Company's 9 1/2% Senior Notes due
2014 issued in accordance with Section 2.02 (whether issued on the Issue Date,
issued as Additional Notes, issued as Exchange Securities or otherwise issued
after the Issue Date) treated as a single class of securities under this
Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the
terms of this Indenture.

          "OBLIGATIONS" means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, costs
and expenses, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities
payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

          "OFFERING MEMORANDUM" means the offering memorandum of the Company
relating to the Notes dated December 13, 2006.

          "OFFICER" means, with respect to any Person, any of the following: the
Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief
Financial Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, any Vice
President, any Assistant Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer,
the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Controller or any other officer
designated by the relevant Board of Directors serving in a similar capacity.

          "OFFICERS' CERTIFICATE" means a certificate signed by two Officers.

          "OPINION OF COUNSEL" means a written opinion from legal counsel that
meets the requirements of Sections 11.04 and 11.05. The counsel may be an
employee of, or counsel to, the Company, a Guarantor or the Trustee. Opinions of
Counsel required to be delivered under this Indenture may have qualifications
customary for opinions of the type required and counsel delivering such Opinions
of Counsel may rely on certificates of the Company or government or other
officials customary for opinions of the type required, including certificates
certifying as to matters of fact, including that various covenants have been
complied with.

          "PARI PASSU INDEBTEDNESS" means any Indebtedness of the Company or any
Guarantor that ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or the Note
Guarantees, as applicable.

          "PERMITTED ASSET SWAP" means the exchange of property or assets of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for assets to be used by the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary in a Permitted Business.


                                      -17-



          "PERMITTED BUSINESS" means any business conducted by the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries as described in the Offering Memorandum and any
businesses that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the
Company, are reasonably related, ancillary, supplemental or complementary
thereto, or reasonable extensions thereof.

          "PERMITTED HEDGING OBLIGATIONS" means:

          (i) at any time, Hedging Obligations designed to manage interest rates
     or interest rate risk or protect against fluctuations in currency exchange
     rates, commodity prices or freight rates and not for speculative purposes
     (all as determined by the Company on the date of entering into such Hedging
     Obligation); and

          (ii) obligations in respect of one or more Forward Freight Agreements
     not covered by clause (i) above if at the time each such Forward Freight
     Agreement is entered into either:

               (x) after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Forward
          Freight Agreement had been entered into at the beginning of the
          applicable four-quarter period, the Company would have been permitted
          to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the
          Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.10(a); or

               (y) the Net FFA Loss Amount shall not have exceeded either (I)
          $12.5 million for the calendar year in which such Forward Freight
          Agreement is entered into, determined as of the end of the Company's
          most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial
          statements are available at the time the applicable Forward Freight
          Agreement shall be entered into, provided that, to the extent that any
          portion of the Net FFA Loss Amount for any prior calendar year is less
          than $12.5 million, such unused portion may be carried forward and
          utilized in one or more subsequent years until so utilized or (II)
          $50.0 million for the period (taken as one accounting period) from
          January 1, 2007, to the end of the Company's most recently ended
          fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available
          at the time the applicable Forward Freight Agreement shall be entered
          into;

provided that the restrictions set forth in this clause (ii) shall not apply
with respect to:

          (I) the settling of a position in respect of an outstanding Forward
     Freight Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof; or

          (II) the entering into of any Forward Freight Agreement by the Company
     or any Restricted Subsidiary if the sole purpose thereof is to offset, in
     whole or in part, the risk of loss with respect to any then outstanding
     Forward Freight Agreement.

          "PERMITTED HOLDERS" each of: (i) Angeliki Frangou; (ii) each of her
spouse, siblings, ancestors, descendants (whether by blood, marriage or
adoption, and including stepchildren) and the spouses, siblings, ancestors and
descendants thereof (whether by blood, marriage or adoption, and including
stepchildren) of such natural persons, the beneficiaries,


                                      -18-



estates and legal representatives of any of the foregoing, the trustee of any
bona fide trust of which any of the foregoing, individually or in the aggregate,
are the majority in interest beneficiaries or grantors, and any corporation,
partnership, limited liability company or other Person in which any of the
foregoing, individually or in the aggregate, own or control a majority in
interest; and (iii) all Affiliates controlled by the Persons named in clauses
(i) and (ii) above.

          "PERMITTED INVESTMENTS" means:

          (1) any Investment in cash or Cash Equivalents;

          (2) any Investment in the Company or in a Guarantor;

          (3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
     Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

               (a) such Person becomes a Guarantor; or

               (b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or
          into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or
          is liquidated into, the Company or a Guarantor;

          (4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash
     consideration from an asset sale that was made pursuant to and in
     compliance with Section 4.13;

          (5) any Investment made for consideration consisting of Qualified
     Equity Interests of the Company;

          (6) any Investments received in compromise, settlement or resolution
     of (A) obligations of trade creditors or customers, including, without
     limitation, pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement
     upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer; or (B)
     litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not
     Affiliates;

          (7) Investments represented by Permitted Hedging Obligations;

          (8) Investments in existence on the Issue Date;

          (9) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for
     collection and lease, endorsements for deposit or collection in the
     ordinary course of business, utility or workers' compensation, performance
     and similar deposits entered into as a result of the operations of the
     business in the ordinary course of business;

          (10) loans and advances to employees and officers of the Company and
     its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business not to
     exceed $5.0 million at any one time outstanding;


                                      -19-



          (11) payroll, travel and similar advances made in the ordinary course
     of business to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances
     to be treated as expenses in accordance with GAAP;

          (12) Investments held by a Person at the time such Person becomes a
     Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or is merged into the Company or a
     Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and not made in contemplation of such
     Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or merger;

          (13) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a
     Securitization Subsidiary (including, without limitation, the payment of
     Securitization Fees in connection with a Qualified Securitization
     Transaction) or any Investment by a Securitization Subsidiary in any other
     Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction (including
     Investments of funds held in accounts required by customary arrangements
     governing such Qualified Securitization Transaction in the manner required
     by such arrangements), so long as any Investment in a Securitization
     Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, a contribution of
     additional Securitization Assets or an Equity Interest;

          (14) Investments in any Person engaged in a Permitted Business the
     Fair Market Value of which, when taken together with all other Investments
     made pursuant to this clause (14) since the Issue Date and that remain
     outstanding, do not exceed $25.0 million;

          (15) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries the Fair Market Value of
     which, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this
     clause (15) since the Issue Date and that remain outstanding, do not exceed
     $10.0 million; and

          (16) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market
     Value, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this
     clause (16) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of
     (x) $25.0 million and (y) 3.5% of Total Tangible Assets.

          "PERMITTED LIENS" means:

          (1) Liens on assets and property of the Company or any of its
     Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness and other related Obligations under
     Credit Facilities in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not to
     exceed $475.0 million;

          (2) Liens in favor of the Company or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries;

          (3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is
     merged with or into or consolidated or amalgamated with the Company or any
     Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were not
     created in connection with such merger, consolidation or amalgamation and
     do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or
     consolidated or amalgamated with the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary;


                                      -20-



          (4) Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time
     of acquisition of the property by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
     of the Company; provided that such Liens were not incurred in connection
     with such acquisition;

          (5) Liens incurred or deposits in connection with workers'
     compensation, employment insurance or other types of social security,
     including Liens securing letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of
     business or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations,
     surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, performance
     and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations including those
     arising from regulatory, contractual or warranty requirements of the
     Company and its Subsidiaries, including rights of offset and setoff (in
     each case exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money);

          (6) Liens securing (i) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (4) of
     Section 4.10(b) covering only the assets acquired with or financed by such
     Indebtedness and (ii) Capital Lease Obligations incurred in compliance with
     this Indenture, in each case, covering only the assets to which such
     Capital Lease Obligation relates;

          (7) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to finance (A) the
     construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions
     to, one or more Vessels and any Related Assets or (B) the Capital Stock of
     a Person the assets of which include one or more Vessels and any Related
     Assets (and, in each case, Liens securing Indebtedness that refinances or
     replaces any such Indebtedness); provided, however, that, (i) except as
     provided in clauses (ii) and (iii) below and except to the extent that any
     portion of such Indebtedness is secured by a Lien incurred and outstanding
     pursuant to another clause of this definition of "Permitted Liens" or
     otherwise in compliance with Section 4.12, the principal amount of
     Indebtedness secured by such a Lien in respect of this clause (7) does not
     exceed (x) with respect to Indebtedness incurred to finance the
     construction of such Vessel(s) or Related Assets, 80% of the sum of (1) the
     contract price pursuant to the Vessel Construction Contract(s) for such
     Vessel(s) or Related Assets and (2) any other ready for sea cost for such
     Vessel(s) or Related Assets (as determined in good faith by the Company),
     and (y) with respect to Indebtedness Incurred to finance the acquisition of
     such Vessel(s), Related Assets or Person, 80% of the Fair Market Value of
     such Vessel(s), Related Assets or the Vessel and Related Assets of such
     Person at the time such Lien is incurred, (ii) in the case of Indebtedness
     that matures within nine months after the incurrence of such Indebtedness
     (other than any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness of such Indebtedness or
     Indebtedness that matures within one year prior to the Stated Maturity of
     the Notes), the principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such a Lien
     shall not exceed the Fair Market Value of such Vessel(s), Related Assets or
     the Vessel and Related Assets of such Person at the time such Lien is
     incurred, and (iii) in the case of Indebtedness representing Capital Lease
     Obligations relating to a Vessel or Related Assets, the principal amount of
     Indebtedness secured by such a Lien shall not exceed 100% of the sum of (1)
     the Fair Market Value of such Vessel or Related Assets at the time such
     Lien is incurred and (2) any ready for sea cost for such Vessel or Related
     Assets (as determined in good faith by the Company);


                                      -21-



          (8) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statements
     filings or other applicable similar filings regarding operating leases and
     vessel charters entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
     in the ordinary course of business;

          (9) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company
     or any Restricted Subsidiary arising from Vessel chartering, drydocking,
     maintenance, repair, refurbishment or replacement, the furnishing of
     supplies and bunkers to Vessels and Related Assets, repairs and
     improvements to Vessels and Related Assets, masters', officers' or crews'
     wages and maritime Liens;

          (10) Liens for salvage;

          (11) Liens existing on the date of this Indenture (other than Liens
     under the Credit Agreement);

          (12) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims
     that are not yet due or that are being contested in good faith by
     appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded;
     provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in
     conformity with GAAP has been made therefor;

          (13) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers', warehousemen's,
     landlord's, suppliers' and mechanics' Liens, in each case, incurred in the
     ordinary course of business;

          (14) survey exceptions, easements or reservations of, or rights of
     others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and
     telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions
     as to the use of real property that do not materially adversely affect the
     operation of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries,
     taken as a whole;

          (15) Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the Notes (or the
     Note Guarantees) or payment obligations to the Trustee;

          (16) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted
     to be incurred under this Indenture; provided, however, that such Liens (a)
     are not materially more favorable to the lienholders with respect to such
     Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being refinanced, and
     (b) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any
     of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced
     (other than any improvements or accessions to property or assets securing
     the Indebtedness so refinanced);

          (17) Liens arising by reason of any judgment, decree or order of any
     court not giving rise to an Event of Default;

          (18) Liens and rights of setoff in favor of a bank imposed by law and
     incurred in the ordinary course of business on deposit accounts maintained
     with such bank and cash and Cash Equivalents in such accounts;


                                      -22-



          (19) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and
     proceeds of any Person securing such Person's obligations in respect of
     bankers' acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to
     facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other
     goods;

          (20) Liens securing Permitted Hedging Obligations which Permitted
     Hedging Obligations relate to Indebtedness that is otherwise permitted
     under this Indenture; provided, however, that if such Permitted Hedging
     Obligation is a Forward Freight Agreement such Lien shall not extend to any
     property or asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than
     funds of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary maintained in the
     ordinary course of business in deposit accounts with the clearinghouse
     clearing such Forward Freight Agreement;

          (21) Liens arising under a contract over goods, documents of title to
     goods and related documents and insurances and their proceeds, in each case
     in respect of documentary credit transactions entered into in the ordinary
     course of business;

          (22) Liens arising under any retention of title, hire, purchase or
     conditional sale arrangement or arrangements having similar effect in
     respect of goods supplied to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in the
     ordinary course of business;

          (23) Liens on Securitization Assets transferred to a Securitization
     Subsidiary or on assets of a Securitization Subsidiary or pledges of the
     equity interests in or Purchase Money Notes of a Securitization Subsidiary,
     in each case, in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction;

          (24) any extension, renewal or replacement, in whole or in part, of
     any Lien described in the foregoing clauses (1) through (22); provided that
     any such extension, renewal or replacement is no more restrictive in any
     material respect that the Lien so extended, renewed or replaced and does
     not extend to any additional property or assets; and

          (25) Liens incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
     Company with respect to obligations that do not exceed $25.0 million at any
     one time outstanding.

          For purposes of determining what category of Permitted Lien that any
Lien shall be included in, the Company in its sole discretion may classify such
Lien on the date of its incurrence and later reclassify all or a portion of such
Lien in any manner that complies with this definition.

          "PERMITTED REFINANCING INDEBTEDNESS" means any Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to
refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge, other Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness which is not being used
to concurrently refinance or defease the Notes in full:


                                      -23-



          (1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) or
     mandatory redemption amount of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does
     not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) or
     mandatory redemption amount, plus accrued interest or dividends in
     connection therewith, of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred
     stock extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus
     all dividends and accrued interest on such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock
     or preferred stock and the amount of all fees, expenses, premiums and other
     amounts incurred in connection therewith);

          (2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity or
     final Redemption Date either (i) no earlier than the final maturity or
     final Redemption Date of the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced,
     renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded or (ii) after the Maturity Date;

          (3) the portion, if any, of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or
     preferred stock being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or
     refunded has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than
     the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness, Disqualified
     Stock or preferred stock being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced,
     defeased or refunded;

          (4) if the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock being
     extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is
     subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or a Guarantee, such
     Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to
     the Notes or a Guarantee on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of
     Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness,
     Disqualified Stock or preferred stock being extended, refinanced, renewed,
     replaced, defeased or refunded; and

          (5) such Indebtedness is incurred either by (i) if a Restricted
     Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is the obligor on the Indebtedness being
     extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded, any
     Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor or (ii) the Company or
     Guarantor (or any Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a Guarantor in
     contemplation of or upon the incurrence of such Permitted Refinancing
     Indebtedness).

          "PERSON" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint
venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization,
limited liability company or government or other entity.

          "PRINCIPAL" means, with respect to the Notes, the principal of and
premium, if any, on the Notes.

          "PRIVATE PLACEMENT LEGEND" means the legends in the form set forth in
Exhibit B to be placed on the Notes except where otherwise permitted by the
provisions of this Indenture.

          "PURCHASE MONEY NOTE" means a promissory note of a Securitization
Subsidiary to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, which
note (a) must be repaid from cash available to the Securitization Subsidiary,
other than amounts required to be


                                      -24-



established as reserves, amounts paid to investors in respect of interest,
principal and other amounts owing to such investors and amounts paid in
connection with the purchase of newly generated or newly acquired Securitization
Assets and (b) may be subordinated to the payments described in clause (a).

          "QUALIFIED EQUITY INTERESTS" means Equity Interests of the Company
other than Disqualified Stock.

          "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" or "QIB" shall have the meaning
specified in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

          "QUALIFIED SECURITIZATION TRANSACTION" means any transaction or series
of transactions entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary sells,
contributes, conveys or otherwise transfers to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary
(in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries)
and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization
Subsidiary), or transfers an undivided interest in or grants a security interest
in, any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) of
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any assets related
thereto, including, without limitation, all collateral securing such
Securitization Assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in
respect of such Securitization Assets, proceeds of such Securitization Assets
and all other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which
security interests are customarily granted in connection with a securitization
transaction of such type; provided such transaction is on market terms at the
time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into such transaction.

          "RECORD DATE" means the applicable Record Date specified in the Notes;
provided that if any such date is not a Business Day, the Record Date shall be
the first day immediately succeeding such specified day that is a Business Day.

          "REDEMPTION DATE," when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed,
means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture and the
Notes.

          "REDEMPTION PRICE," when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed
on a Redemption Date, means the price fixed for such redemption pursuant to and
in accordance with this Indenture, exclusive of accrued and unpaid interest and
Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the Redemption Date, unless otherwise
specifically provided herein.

          "REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT" means (i) the Registration Rights
Agreement dated as of the Issue Date among the Company, the Guarantors and the
Initial Purchasers and (ii) any other registration rights agreement entered into
in connection with an issuance of Additional Notes in a private offering after
the Issue Date.

          "REGULATION S" means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

          "REGULATION S-X" means Regulation S-X under the Securities Act.

          "RELATED ASSET" means (i) any insurance policies and contracts from
time to time in force with respect to a Vessel, (ii) the Capital Stock of any
Restricted Subsidiary of the


                                      -25-



Company owning a Vessel and related assets, (iii) any requisition compensation
payable in respect of any compulsory acquisition of a Vessel, (iv) any earnings
derived from the use or operation thereof and/or any earnings account with
respect to such earnings, (v) any charters, operating leases, contracts of
affreightment, Vessel purchase options and related agreements entered and any
security or guarantee in respect of the charterer's or lessee's obligations
under such charter, lease, Vessel purchase option or agreement, (vi) any cash
collateral account established with respect to a Vessel pursuant to the
financing arrangement with respect thereto, (vii) any building, conversion or
repair contracts relating to a Vessel and any security or guarantee in respect
of the builder's obligations under such contract and (viii) any security
interest in, or agreement or assignment relating to, any of the foregoing or any
mortgage in respect of a Vessel and any asset reasonably related, ancillary or
complementary thereto.

          "RESPONSIBLE OFFICER" means, when used with respect to the Trustee,
any officer in the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, including any vice
president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer,
trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who currently performs
functions similar to those performed by the persons who at the time shall be
such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred
because of such officer's knowledge of and familiarity with the particular
subject and shall also mean any officer who shall have direct responsibility for
the administration of this Indenture.

          "RESTRICTED INVESTMENT" means an Investment other than a Permitted
Investment.

          "RESTRICTED SECURITY" means a Note that constitutes a "Restricted
Security" within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act;
provided, however, that the Trustee shall be entitled to request and
conclusively rely on an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any Note
constitutes a Restricted Security.

          "RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" of a Person means any Subsidiary of such
Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

          "RULE 144A" means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

          "S&P" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division of the
McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

          "SALE/LEASEBACK TRANSACTION" means any arrangement with any Person or
to which any such Person is a party providing for the leasing to the Company or
a Subsidiary of the Company of any property, whether owned by the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries at the Issue Date or later acquired, which has been or is to
be sold or transferred by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to such Person
or to any other Person from whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such
Person on the security of such property.

          "SECURED INDEBTEDNESS" means any Indebtedness (other than Subordinated
Indebtedness) of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company secured
by a Lien on any of its assets.

          "SEC" means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.


                                      -26-



          "SECURITIES ACT" means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or
any successor statute or statutes thereto and, in each case, the rules and
regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.

          "SECURITIZATION ASSETS" means any accounts receivable, instruments,
chattel paper, contract rights, general intangibles or revenue streams subject
to a Qualified Securitization Transaction and any assets related thereto (other
than Vessels), including, without limitation, all collateral securing such
assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other supporting obligations in
respect of such assets and all proceeds of the forgoing.

          "SECURITIZATION FEES" means all yield, interest or other payments made
directly or by means of discounts with respect to any interest issued or sold in
connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization
Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Transaction.

          "SECURITIZATION REPURCHASE OBLIGATION" means any obligation of a
seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Transaction to
repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of Standard
Securitization Undertakings, including as a result of a Securitization Asset or
portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset or
counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take
action by or any other event relating to, the seller.

          "SECURITIZATION SUBSIDIARY" means a Subsidiary of the Company (or
another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Securitization
Transaction in which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company makes an
Investment and to which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company transfers
Securitization Assets and related assets):

          (1) that is formed solely for the purpose of, and that engages in no
     activities other than activities in connection with, financing
     Securitization Assets of the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries,
     and any activities incidental thereto;

          (2) that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company or
     such other Person as a Securitization Subsidiary pursuant to resolution set
     forth in an Officers' Certificate and delivered to the Trustee;

          (3) that, other than Securitization Assets, has total assets at the
     time of such creation and designation with a book value of $10,000 or less;

          (4) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

          (5) with which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary of
     the Company has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or
     understanding other than contracts, agreements, arrangements and
     understandings on terms not materially less favorable to the Company or
     such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time
     from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company in connection with a
     Qualified Securitization Transaction (as determined in good faith by the
     Company) and Securitization Fees payable in the ordinary course of business
     in connection with such a Qualified Securitization Transaction; and


                                      -27-



          (6) with respect to which neither the Company nor any Restricted
     Subsidiary of the Company has any obligation (a) to make any additional
     capital contribution (other than Securitization Assets) or similar payment
     or transfer thereto or (b) to maintain or preserve the solvency or any
     balance sheet term, financial condition, level of income or results of
     operations thereof.

          "SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARY" means any Subsidiary that would be a
"significant subsidiary" as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation
S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect
on the date of this Indenture.

          "STANDARD SECURITIZATION UNDERTAKINGS" means representations,
warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company which have been determined by the Company
in good faith to be reasonably customary in Qualified Securitization
Transactions, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of
the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any
Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard
Securitization Undertaking.

          "STATED MATURITY" means, with respect to any installment of principal
on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of principal was
scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the
date of this Indenture (or, if incurred after the date of this Indenture, as of
the date of the initial incurrence thereof) and shall not include any contingent
obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date
originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

          "SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS" means Indebtedness of the Company or any
Guarantor that is subordinated in right payment to the Notes or the Note
Guarantees of such Guarantor, as the case may be.

          "SUBSIDIARY" means, with respect to any specified Person:

          (1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which
     more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled
     (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the
     election of directors, managers or Trustees of the corporation, association
     or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or
     indirectly, by that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or a
     combination thereof); and

          (2) any other Person of which at least a majority of the voting
     interest (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) is at the
     time directly or indirectly owned by such Person or one or more
     Subsidiaries of such Person (or a combination thereof).

          "TAX" shall mean any tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other
governmental charge (including penalties, interest and any other liabilities
related thereto).

          "TAXING AUTHORITY" shall mean any government or political subdivision
or territory or possession of any government or any authority or agency therein
or thereof having power to tax.


                                      -28-



          "TOTAL TANGIBLE ASSETS" means the total consolidated assets, less
goodwill and intangibles, of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as
shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company prepared in accordance
with GAAP.

          "TRUST INDENTURE ACT" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended, as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the
Trust Indenture Act, except as otherwise set forth in Section 9.03.

          "TRUSTEE" means the party named as such in the preamble to this
Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the provisions of
this Indenture and thereafter means such successor.

          "UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" means any Subsidiary of the Company that is
designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary pursuant to a board resolution, but only to the extent that such
Subsidiary:

          (1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

          (2) except as permitted by Section 4.14 is not party to any agreement,
     contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted
     Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract,
     arrangement or understanding are not materially less favorable to the
     Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at
     the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company;

          (3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of
     its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to
     make any additional capital contributions (other than, with respect to a
     Securitization Subsidiary, Securitization Assets transferred in connection
     with a Qualified Securitization Transaction) or similar payment or transfer
     thereto or (b) to maintain or preserve the solvency or any balance sheet
     term, financial condition, level of income or results of operations
     thereof; and

          (4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided
     credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries.

          Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a
certified copy of the board resolution giving effect to such designation and an
Officers' Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the
preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.11. If, at any time, any
Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such
Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be
incurred as of such date under Section 4.10, the Company shall be in default of
such Section. The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate
any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such
designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such


                                      -29-



Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if (1) such
Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.10, calculated on a pro forma basis as
if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference
period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence immediately
following such designation.

          "U.S. LEGAL TENDER" means such coin or currency of the United States
of America that at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of
public and private debts.

          "U.S. DOLLAR EQUIVALENT" means, with respect to any monetary amount in
a currency other than U.S. dollars, at any time for the determination thereof,
the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved
in such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S.
dollars with the applicable foreign currency as quoted by Reuters at
approximately 10:00 A.M. (New York time) on the date not more than two Business
Days prior to such determination.

          "VESSEL" means one or more shipping vessels whose primary purpose is
the maritime transportation of cargo or which are otherwise engaged, used or
useful in any business activities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
and which are owned by and registered (or to be owned by and registered) in the
name of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or operated or to be
operated by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to a
lease or other operating agreement constituting a Capital Lease Obligation, in
each case together with all related spares, equipment and any additions or
improvements.

          "VESSEL CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT" means any contract for the construction
(or construction and acquisition) of a Vessel and any Related Assets entered
into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including any amendments,
supplements or modifications thereto or change orders in respect thereof.

          "VESSEL PURCHASE OPTION CONTRACT" means any contract granting the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary the option to purchase one or more Vessels
and any Related Assets, including any amendments, supplements or modifications
thereto.

          "VOTING STOCK" of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of
such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of
Directors of such Person.

          "WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE TO MATURITY" means, when applied to any
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock at any date, the number of
years obtained by dividing:

          (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of
     each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other
     required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in
     respect of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment in respect of
     such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, by (b) the number of years
     (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that shall elapse between such date
     and the making of such payment; by


                                      -30-



          (2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness or the
     maximum amount payable upon maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory
     redemption provisions of, amount of such Disqualified Stock or preferred
     stock.

          "WHOLLY OWNED RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" of any Person means a Restricted
Subsidiary of such Person, all of the outstanding Equity Interests of which
(other than directors' qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to
be held by a Person other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) are at
the time owned by such Person or another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of
such Person.

SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions.

                                                                    Defined in
Term                                                                  Section
- ---------------------------------------------------------------   --------------
"144A Global Note".............................................    2.01
"Additional Amounts"...........................................    4.20(b)
"Additional Interest Notice"...................................    4.19
"Additional Notes".............................................    2.02
"Affiliate Transaction"........................................    4.14(a)
"Asset Sale Offer".............................................    4.13(e)
"Asset Sale Payment Date"......................................    4.13(f)(2)
"Authentication Order".........................................    2.02
"Base Currency"................................................   11.16(b)(1)(A)
"Change of Control Offer"......................................    4.09
"Change of Control Payment"....................................    4.09
"Change of Control Payment Date"...............................    4.09
"Company"......................................................   Preamble
"Covenant Defeasance"..........................................    8.04
"Event of Default".............................................    6.01
"Excess Proceeds"..............................................    4.13(e)
"Global Note"..................................................    2.01
"Guarantee Obligations"........................................   10.01
"incur"........................................................    4.10(a)
"Initial Global Notes".........................................    2.01
"Initial Notes"................................................    2.02
"Judgment Currency"............................................   11.16(b)(1)(A)
"Legal Defeasance".............................................    8.03
"Navios".......................................................   Preamble
"Notation of Guarantee"........................................   10.03
"Notice of Acceleration".......................................    6.02
"Offered Price"................................................    4.13(e)
"Participants".................................................    2.15(a)
"Paying Agent".................................................    2.03
"Payment Amount"...............................................    4.13(e)
"Payment Default"..............................................    6.01(5)(a)
"Permitted Debt"...............................................    4.10(b)
"Physical Notes"...............................................    2.01


                                      -31-



                                                                    Defined in
Term                                                                  Section
- ---------------------------------------------------------------   --------------
"Primary Lien".................................................    4.12(a)(2)
"rate of exchange".............................................   11.16(d)
"Registrar"....................................................    2.03
"Regulation S Global Note".....................................    2.01
"Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction".................................    4.20(a)
"Reinvestment Termination Date"................................    4.13(d)
"Restricted Payments"..........................................    4.11(a)
"Specified Courts".............................................   11.08
"Surviving Entity".............................................    2.02
"Total Loss"...................................................    4.10(b)(5)

SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

          Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture
Act, such provision is incorporated by reference in, and made a part of, this
Indenture. The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have
the following meanings:

          "indenture securities" means the Notes.

          "indenture security holder" means a Holder.

          "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture.

          "indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the Trustee.

          "obligor" in respect of this Indenture or on the Notes means the
Company, any Guarantor and any other obligor on the Notes.

          All other Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture that are
defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to
another statute or defined by SEC rule and not otherwise defined herein have the
meanings assigned to them therein.

SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction.

          For all purposes under this Indenture and the Notes, except as
otherwise provided and unless the context otherwise requires:

          (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

          (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned
     to it in accordance with GAAP (for the avoidance of doubt, determinations
     of whether an action is for speculative purposes is not an accounting
     term);

          (3) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural
     include the singular;

          (4) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;


                                      -32-



          (5) "herein," "hereof" and other words of similar import refer to this
     Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other
     subdivision;

          (6) the words "including," "includes" and similar words shall be
     deemed to be followed by "without limitation";

          (7) references to "$" or dollars are to United States dollars; and

          (8) references to Subsidiaries are to Subsidiaries of the Company.

                                   ARTICLE TWO

                                    THE NOTES

SECTION 2.01. Form and Dating.

          The Notes and the Trustee's certificate of authentication shall be
substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations,
legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. The
Company shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or
endorsement on them. Each Note shall be dated the date of its issuance and show
the date of its authentication. Each Note shall have an executed Notation of
Guarantee from each of the Guarantors existing on the Issue Date endorsed
thereon substantially in the form of Exhibit E.

          The terms and provisions contained in the Notes and the Note
Guarantees shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this
Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Company, the Guarantors and the
Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to
such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any
provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture,
the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

          Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued
initially in the form of a single permanent global Note in registered form,
substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the "144A GLOBAL NOTE"),
deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, duly executed by
the Company (and having an executed Notation of Guarantee from each of the
Guarantors existing on the Issue Date endorsed thereon) and authenticated by the
Trustee as hereinafter provided and shall bear the legends set forth in Exhibit
B.

          Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on
Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of a single permanent global
Note in registered form substantially in the form of Exhibit A (the "REGULATION
S GLOBAL NOTE"; and together with the 144A Global Note, the "INITIAL GLOBAL
NOTES"), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, duly
executed by the Company (and having an executed Notation of Guarantee from each
of the Guarantors existing on the Issue Date endorsed thereon) and authenticated
by the Trustee as hereinafter provided and shall bear the legends set forth in
Exhibit B.


                                      -33-



          Notes issued after the Issue Date shall be issued initially in the
form of one or more global Notes in registered form, substantially in the form
set forth in Exhibit A, deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the
Depository, duly executed by the Company (and having an executed Notation of
Guarantee from each of the Guarantors endorsed thereon) and authenticated by the
Trustee as hereinafter provided and shall bear any legends required by
applicable law (together with the Initial Global Notes, the "GLOBAL NOTES") or
as Physical Notes. With respect to Additional Notes, any Additional Interest, if
set forth in the applicable Registration Rights Agreement, may be paid to
holders of such Additional Notes immediately prior to the making or the
consummation of the applicable Exchange Offer regardless of any other provision
regarding record dates set forth herein; provided that the Company shall give
advance written notice thereof to the Trustee.

          The aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from time to
time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the
Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, as hereinafter provided. Notes issued
in exchange for interests in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.16 may be
issued in the form of permanent certificated Notes in registered form in
substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A and bearing the applicable
legends, if any, (the "PHYSICAL NOTES").

          Subject to the provisions of Section 4.10, the Company may issue, from
time to time, Additional Notes under this Indenture which shall have identical
terms as the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date or the Exchange Notes issued
therefore (in each case, other than with respect to the date of issuance,
registration rights, issue price and amount of interest payable on the first
interest payment date applicable thereto), as the case may be. Any Additional
Notes shall be part of the same issue as the Notes being issued on the Issue
Date and will vote and consent on all matters as one class with the Notes being
issued on the Issue Date, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments,
redemptions, Change of Control Offers and Net Proceeds Offers.

SECTION 2.02. Execution, Authentication and Denomination; Additional Notes;
              Exchange Securities.

          One Officer of the Company (who shall have been duly authorized by all
requisite corporate actions) shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or
facsimile signature. One Officer of a Guarantor (who shall have been duly
authorized by all requisite corporate actions) shall sign the Notation of
Guarantee for such Guarantor by manual or facsimile signature.

          If an Officer whose signature is on a Note or Notation of Guarantee,
as the case may be, was an Officer at the time of such execution but no longer
holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall
nevertheless be valid.

          A Note (and the Notations of Guarantees in respect thereof) shall not
be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the
certificate of authentication on the Note. The signature shall be conclusive
evidence that the Note has been duly and validly authenticated under this
Indenture.


                                      -34-



          The Trustee shall authenticate (i) on the Issue Date, Notes for
original issue in the aggregate principal amount not to exceed $300,000,000 (the
"INITIAL NOTES"), (ii) additional Notes (the "ADDITIONAL NOTES") having
identical terms and conditions to the Initial Notes, except for issue date,
issue price and first interest payment date, in an unlimited amount (so long as
not otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Indenture, including, without
limitation, Section 4.10) and (iii) Exchange Securities (x) in exchange for a
like principal amount of Initial Notes or (y) in exchange for a like principal
amount of Additional Notes, in each case upon a written order of the Company in
the form of a certificate of an Officer of the Company (an "AUTHENTICATION
ORDER"). Each such Authentication Order shall specify the amount of Notes to be
authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, whether
the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Exchange Securities or Additional Notes and
whether the Notes are to be issued as certificated Notes or Global Notes or such
other information as the Trustee may reasonably request.

          All Notes issued under this Indenture shall be treated as a single
class for all purposes under this Indenture. None of the Initial Notes, any
Additional Notes or the Exchange Notes shall have the right to vote or consent
as a separate class on any manner (it being understood that the foregoing shall
in no way limit the rights of Holders pursuant to Section 9.02(b)). The
Additional Notes shall bear any legend required by applicable law.

          The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable
to the Company to authenticate Notes. Unless otherwise provided in the
appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee
may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee
includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same
rights as an Agent to deal with the Company and Affiliates of the Company. The
Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any Notes
under this Indenture if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that
such action may not lawfully be taken or if the Trustee in good faith shall
determine that such action would expose the Trustee to personal liability.

          The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons in
denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

          In case the Company, pursuant to and in accordance with Article Five,
shall, in one or more related transactions, be consolidated or merged with or
into any other Person or shall sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or
otherwise dispose of all or substantially all the assets of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any Person, and the surviving Person
resulting from such consolidation or surviving such merger or into which the
Company shall have been merged, or the surviving Person which shall have
participated in the sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition
as aforesaid, shall have assumed all of the obligations of the Company under the
Notes and this Indenture pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee in accordance with Article Five (such Person, the "SURVIVING ENTITY"),
any of the Global Notes authenticated or delivered prior to such consolidation,
merger, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition may, from
time to time, at the request of the surviving Person, be exchanged for other
Global Notes executed in the name of the surviving Person with only such changes
in phraseology as may be appropriate to reflect the identity of the Surviving
Person, but otherwise in substance of like


                                      -35-



tenor, terms and conditions in all respects as the Global Notes surrendered for
such exchange and of like principal amount; and the Trustee, upon the request of
the surviving Person, shall authenticate and deliver Global Notes as specified
in such request for the purpose of such exchange. If Global Notes shall at any
time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of a Surviving Entity
pursuant to this Section 2.02 in exchange or substitution for or upon
registration of transfer of any Notes, such Surviving Entity, at the option of
the Holders but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all
Notes at the time outstanding for Notes authenticated and delivered in such new
name.

SECTION 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent.

          The Company shall maintain or cause to be maintained an office or
agency in the United States where (a) Notes may be presented for payment or
surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange ("REGISTRAR"), (b)
Notes may, subject to Section 2 of the Notes, be presented or surrendered for
payment ("PAYING AGENT") and (c) notices and demands to or upon the Company in
respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company may also from
time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may
be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to
time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or
rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain
or cause to be maintained an office or agency in the United States, for such
purposes. At the option of the Company, the payment of interest and Additional
Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their respective
addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that for Holders owning
at least $100,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes that have given wire
transfer instructions to the Company at least ten (10) Business Days prior to
the applicable payment date, the Company shall make all payments of principal,
interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, by wire transfer of
immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof.
The Company or any Subsidiary of the Company may act as Registrar or Paying
Agent, except that for the purposes of Article Eight, neither the Company nor
any Affiliate of the Company shall act as Paying Agent. The Registrar shall keep
a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company, upon
notice to the Trustee, may have one or more co-registrars and one or more
additional paying agents reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The term
"Registrar" includes any co-registrar and the term "Paying Agent" includes any
additional paying agent. The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar
and Paying Agent until such time as the Trustee has resigned or a successor has
been appointed.

          The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any
Agent not a party to this Indenture, which agreement shall implement the
provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Company shall notify
the Trustee, in advance, of the name and address of any such Agent. If the
Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as
such.

SECTION 2.04. Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust.

          The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee or
the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to agree in writing that each
Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all
assets held by the Paying Agent for the


                                      -36-



payment of principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on,
the Notes (whether such assets have been distributed to it by the Company or any
other obligor on the Notes), and shall notify the Trustee of any Default by the
Company (or any other obligor on the Notes) in making any such payment. The
Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to distribute all assets held by
it to the Trustee and account for any assets disbursed and the Trustee may at
any time during the continuance of any Payment Default, upon written request to
a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to distribute all assets held by it to
the Trustee and to account for any assets distributed. Upon distribution to the
Trustee of all assets that shall have been delivered by the Company to the
Paying Agent, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary of the
Company) shall have no further liability for such assets. If the Company or a
Subsidiary of the Company acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a
separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as
Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the
Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

SECTION 2.05. Holder Lists.

          The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably
practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of
Holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a). If
the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at
least seven (7) Business Days prior to each Interest Payment Date and at such
other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list, in such form and as of
such date as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of
Holders, which list may be conclusively relied upon by the Trustee.

SECTION 2.06. Transfer and Exchange.

          Subject to Sections 2.15 and 2.16, when Notes are presented to the
Registrar with a request to register the transfer of such Notes or to exchange
such Notes for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized
denominations, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as
requested if its requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however,
that the Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or
accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the
Company and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his or her
attorney duly authorized in writing. To permit registrations of transfers and
exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at
the Registrar's request. No service charge shall be made for any registration of
transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to
cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection
therewith.

          The Company shall not be required and, without the prior written
consent of the Company, the Registrar shall not be required to register the
transfer of or exchange of any Note (i) during a period beginning at the opening
of business 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes and
ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, (ii) selected for
redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article Three, except the unredeemed
portion of any Note being redeemed in part, (iii) that has been tendered (and
not validly withdrawn) in a Change of Control Offer, and (iv) beginning at the
opening of business on any Record Date and ending on the close of business on
the related Interest Payment Date.


                                      -37-



          Any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall, by
acceptance of such beneficial interest, agree that transfers of beneficial
interests in such Global Notes may be effected only through a book-entry system
maintained by the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) in accordance with
the applicable legends thereon, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in
the Note shall be required to be reflected in a book-entry system.

SECTION 2.07. Replacement Notes.

          If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or if the Holder of
a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the
Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the
Trustee's requirements are met. Such Holder must provide an indemnity bond,
surety or other indemnity, sufficient in the judgment of both the Company and
the Trustee, to protect the Company, the Trustee or any Agent from any loss
which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company and the Trustee
may charge such Holder for their respective reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in
replacing a Note pursuant to this Section 2.07, including reasonable fees and
expenses of counsel.

          Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and
every replacement Notation of Guarantee shall constitute an additional
obligation of the Guarantor thereof.

SECTION 2.08. Outstanding Notes.

          Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes that have been
authenticated by the Trustee except those cancelled by it, those delivered to it
for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. A Note
does not cease to be outstanding because the Company, the Guarantors or any of
their respective Affiliates hold the Note (subject to the provisions of Section
2.09).

          If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 (other than a mutilated
Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the
Company and a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receive proof satisfactory to
them that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. A mutilated Note
ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof
pursuant to Section 2.07.

          If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section
4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest (including Additional Interest)
ceases to accrue thereon. If on a Redemption Date or the Maturity Date the
Trustee or Paying Agent (other than the Company or an Affiliate thereof) holds
U.S. Legal Tender or non-callable U.S. Government Securities sufficient to pay
all of the principal and interest due on the Notes payable on that date, then on
and after that date such Notes cease to be outstanding and interest (including
Additional Interest) ceases to accrue thereon.

SECTION 2.09. Treasury Notes.

          In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of
Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the
Company or any of their Affiliates shall be disregarded, except that, for the
purposes of determining whether the Trustee


                                      -38-



shall be protected in conclusively relying on any such direction, waiver or
consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are
so owned shall be disregarded.

SECTION 2.10. Temporary Notes.

          Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare
and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an authentication order, authenticate and
deliver temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of
definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate
for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and
the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver definitive Notes in exchange for
temporary Notes in equal principal amounts. Until such exchange, temporary Notes
shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as definitive
Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the Notes are represented by a
Global Note, such Global Note may be in typewritten form.

SECTION 2.11. Cancellation.

          The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for
cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee
any Notes surrendered to them for transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee, or
at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent (other than
the Company or a Subsidiary), and no one else, shall cancel and, at the written
direction of the Company, shall dispose of all Notes surrendered for transfer,
exchange, payment or cancellation in accordance with its customary procedures.
Subject to Section 2.07, the Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes
that it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (which shall not
prohibit the Company from issuing any Additional Notes or any Exchange Notes in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture). If the Company or any Guarantor
shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a
redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless
and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to
this Section 2.11.

SECTION 2.12. Defaulted Interest.

          If the Company defaults in a payment of interest and Additional
Interest, if any, on the Notes, they shall pay the defaulted interest (including
Additional Interest), plus (to the extent lawful) any interest payable on the
defaulted interest (including Additional Interest), in any lawful manner, in
each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The
Company may pay the defaulted interest to the persons who are Holders on a
subsequent special record date, which date shall be the fifteenth day next
preceding the date fixed by the Company for the payment of defaulted interest or
the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day. At least 15
days before any such subsequent special record date, the Company or, at the
Company's request, the Trustee, shall mail to each Holder, with a copy to the
Trustee, a notice that states the subsequent special record date, the payment
date and the amount of defaulted interest, and interest payable on such
defaulted interest, if any, to be paid.

SECTION 2.13. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers.

          The Company in issuing the Notes may use "CUSIP" or "ISIN" numbers,
and if so, the Trustee shall use the "CUSIP" or "ISIN" numbers in notices of
redemption or exchange


                                      -39-



as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state
that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the "CUSIP"
or "ISIN" numbers printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may
be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any
such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such
numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change
in the "CUSIP" or "ISIN" numbers.

SECTION 2.14. Deposit of Moneys.

          Subject to Section 2 of the Notes, prior to 11:00 a.m. New York City
time on each Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of
Control Payment Date and Asset Sale Payment Date, the Company shall have
deposited with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds money sufficient
to make cash payments, if any, due on such Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date,
Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Asset Sale Payment Date, as
the case may be, in a timely manner which permits the Paying Agent to remit
payment to the Holders on such Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption
Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Asset Sale Payment Date, as the case
may be.

SECTION 2.15. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes.

          (a) The Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of
the Depository or the nominee of the Depository, (ii) be delivered to the
Trustee as custodian for the Depository and (iii) bear legends as set forth in
Exhibit B, as applicable.

          Members of, or participants in, the Depository ("PARTICIPANTS") shall
have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on
their behalf by the Depository, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the
Global Note, and the Depository may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and
any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note
for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall
prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from
giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization
furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository and
Participants, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the
rights of a Holder of any Note.

          (b) Transfers of Global Notes shall be limited to transfers in whole,
but not in part, to the Depository, its successors and their respective
nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred
or exchanged for Physical Notes in accordance with the rules and procedures of
the Depository and the provisions of Section 2.16. In addition, Physical Notes
shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial
interests in Global Notes if (i) (a) the Depository notifies the Company that it
is unwilling or unable to act as Depository for any Global Note or (b) has
ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and the
Company so notifies the Trustee in writing and a successor Depository is not
appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice or (ii) an Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request
from any owner of a beneficial interest in a Global Note to issue Physical
Notes. Upon any issuance of a Physical Note in accordance with this Section
2.15(b), the Trustee shall register such


                                      -40-



Physical Note in the name of, and shall cause the same to be delivered to, such
person or persons (or the nominee of any thereof). All such Physical Notes shall
bear the applicable legends, if any.

          (c) In connection with any transfer or exchange of a portion of the
beneficial interest in a Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to Section
2.15(b), the Registrar shall (if one or more Physical Notes are to be issued)
reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount
of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial
interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Company shall execute,
and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Physical Notes of
authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal
amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note so transferred.

          (d) In connection with the transfer of a Global Note as an entirety to
beneficial owners pursuant to Section 2.15(b), such Global Note shall be deemed
to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and (i) the Company shall
execute, (ii) the Guarantors shall execute notations of Note Guarantees on and
(iii) the Trustee shall upon written instructions from the Company authenticate
and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depository in exchange
for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal
amount of Physical Notes of authorized denominations.

          (e) Any Physical Note constituting a Restricted Security delivered in
exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of
this Section 2.15 shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.16, bear the
Private Placement Legend.

          (f) The Holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise
authorize any Person, including Participants and Persons that may hold interests
through Participants, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take
under this Indenture or the Notes.

SECTION 2.16. Special Transfer and Exchange Provisions.

          (a) Transfers to QIBs. The following provisions shall apply with
respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Restricted Security to
a QIB:

          (i) the Registrar shall register the transfer of any Restricted
     Security, whether or not such Note bears the Private Placement Legend, if
     (x) the requested transfer is after the second anniversary of the Issue
     Date; provided, however, that neither the Company nor any Affiliate of the
     Company has held any beneficial interest in such Note, or portion thereof,
     at any time on or prior to the second anniversary of the Issue Date or (y)
     such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the
     box provided for on the applicable Global Note stating, or has otherwise
     advised the Company and the Registrar in writing, that the sale has been
     made in compliance with the provisions of Rule 144A to a transferee who has
     signed the certification provided for on the applicable Global Note
     stating, or has otherwise advised the Company and the Registrar in writing,
     that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with
     respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and
     any such account is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware
     that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule


                                      -41-



     144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the
     Company as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to
     request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is
     relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption
     from registration provided by Rule 144A;

          (ii) if the proposed transferee is a Participant and the Notes to be
     transferred consist of Physical Notes which after transfer are to be
     evidenced by an interest in the 144A Global Note, upon receipt by the
     Registrar of the Physical Note and written instructions given in accordance
     with the Depository's and the Registrar's procedures, the Registrar shall
     register the transfer and reflect on its book and records the date and an
     increase in the principal amount of the 144A Global Note in an amount equal
     to the principal amount of Physical Notes to be transferred, and the
     Registrar shall cancel the Physical Notes so transferred; and

          (iii) if the proposed transferor is a Participant seeking to transfer
     an interest in the Regulation S Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar
     of written instructions given in accordance with the Depository's and the
     Registrar's procedures, the Registrar shall register the transfer and
     reflect on its books and records the date and (A) a decrease in the
     principal amount of the the Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to
     the principal amount of the Notes to be transferred and (B) an increase in
     the principal amount of the 144A Global Note in an amount equal to the
     principal amount of the Notes to be transferred.

          (b) [RESERVED]

          (c) Transfers to Non-U.S. Persons. The following provisions shall
apply with respect to any transfer of a Restricted Security to a Non-U.S. Person
under Regulation S:

          (i) the Registrar shall register any proposed transfer of a Restricted
     Security to a Non-U.S. Person upon receipt of a certificate substantially
     in the form of Exhibit C from the proposed transferor and such
     certifications, legal opinions and other information as the Trustee or the
     Company may reasonably request; and

          (ii) (a) if the proposed transferor is a Participant holding a
     beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or the Note to be
     transferred consists of Physical Notes, upon receipt by the Registrar of
     (x) the documents required by paragraph (i) and (y) instructions in
     accordance with the Depository's and the Registrar's procedures, the
     Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in
     the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note, in an amount equal to
     the principal amount of the 144A Global Note to be transferred or cancel
     the Physical Notes to be transferred, as the case may be, and (b) if the
     proposed transferee is a Participant, upon receipt by the Registrar of
     instructions given in accordance with the Depository's and the Registrar's
     procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date
     and an increase in the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note in
     an amount equal to the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note or the
     Physical Notes, as the case may be, to be transferred.


                                      -42-



          (d) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and,
upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the
Trustee shall authenticate one or more Global Notes and/or Physical Notes not
bearing the Private Placement Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to
the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Initial Global Notes or
Physical Notes, as the case may be, tendered for acceptance in accordance with
the Exchange Offer and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer.

          (e) Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes.
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, a Global Note may not be
transferred as a whole except by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository
or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another nominee of the
Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor Depository or
a nominee of such successor Depository.

          (f) Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or
replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend unless otherwise
required by applicable law, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear
the Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of
Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only
Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless (i) there is delivered to
the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the
Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on
transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the
Securities Act or (ii) such Note has been offered and sold (including pursuant
to the Exchange Offer) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act.

          (g) General. By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private
Placement Legend, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on
transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement
Legend and agrees that it shall transfer such Note only as provided in this
Indenture.

          The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other
written communications received pursuant to Section 2.15 or Section 2.16. The
Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters,
notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving
of reasonable written notice to the Registrar.

          The Company and the Registrar are not required to transfer or exchange
any Note selected for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Note
being redeemed in part.

          The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or
inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this
Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest
in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depository, Participants
or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require
delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are
expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms
of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance
as to form with the express requirements hereof.


                                      -43-



          The Trustee shall have no responsibility for the actions or omissions
of the Depository, or the accuracy of the books and records of the Depository.

          (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all
beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for
Physical Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or
canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or
retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At
any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note
is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in
the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Physical Notes,
the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced
accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee
or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction;
and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person
who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another
Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an
endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the
Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

SECTION 2.17. Persons Deemed Owners.

          Prior to due presentment of a Note for registration of transfer and
subject to Section 2.17, the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent, any
co-registrar and any Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name any
Note shall be registered upon the register of Notes kept by the Registrar as the
absolute owner of such Note (whether or not such Note shall be overdue and
notwithstanding any notation of the ownership or other writing thereon made by
anyone other than the Company, any co-registrar or any Registrar) for the
purpose of receiving all payments with respect to such Note and for all other
purposes, and none of the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent, any
co-registrar or any Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

                                  ARTICLE THREE

                                   REDEMPTION

SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee.

          If the Company elect to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 5, Section 6
or Section 7 of the Notes, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the
Redemption Date, the Redemption Price and the principal amount of Notes to be
redeemed. The Company shall give notice of redemption to the Trustee at least 30
days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date (except that a notice
issued in connection with a redemption referred to in Article Eight may be more
than 60 days before such Redemption Date), together with such documentation and
records as shall enable the Trustee to select the Notes to be redeemed.


                                      -44-



SECTION 3.02. Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed.

          If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the
Trustee shall select Notes for redemption as follows:

          (x) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in
     compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities
     exchange on which the Notes are listed; or

          (y) if the Notes are not listed on any national securities exchange,
     on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem
     fair and appropriate;

provided that, in the case of a partial redemption pursuant to Section 6 of the
Notes, the Trustee shall select the Notes or portions thereof for redemption on
a pro rata basis or on as nearly a pro rata basis as practicable (subject to the
procedures of the Depository), unless that method is otherwise prohibited.

          No Notes of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. The Trustee
shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for
redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the
principal amount at maturity thereof to be redeemed or purchased.

SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption.

          (a) At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption
Date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed a notice of redemption by
first class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed
at its registered address (except that a notice issued in connection with a
redemption referred to in Article Eight may be more than 60 days before such
Redemption Date). Each notice for redemption shall identify the Notes (including
the CUSIP or ISIN number) to be redeemed and shall state:

          (1) the Redemption Date;

          (2) the Redemption Price and the amount of accrued interest (including
     Additional Interest), if any, to be paid;

          (3) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

          (4) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying
     Agent to collect the Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any;

          (5) that, unless the Company defaults in making the redemption
     payment, interest (including Additional Interest) on Notes called for
     redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date, and the only
     remaining right of the Holders of such Notes is to receive payment of the
     Redemption Price upon surrender to the Paying Agent of the Notes redeemed;


                                      -45-



          (6) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the
     principal amount at maturity of such Note to be redeemed and that, after
     the Redemption Date, and upon surrender and cancellation of such Note, a
     new Note or Notes in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed
     portion thereof shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof;

          (7) if fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the identification
     of the particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the
     aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate
     principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption;
     and

          (8) the Section of the Notes or this Indenture, as applicable,
     pursuant to which the Notes are to be redeemed.

          The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be
conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives
such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in
the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in
part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any
other Note. Notices of optional redemption may not be conditional.

          (b) At the Company's request (which may be given prior to the time at
which the Trustee shall have given such notice to Holders), the Trustee shall
give the notice of redemption to each Holder in the Company's names and at their
expense; provided, however, that the Company shall have delivered to the
Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the Redemption Date, an Officers' Certificate
requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information
to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. The notice,
if mailed in the manner provided herein, shall be presumed to have been given,
whether or not the Holder receives such notice.

          (c) If the Company has not delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
Certificate pursuant to a request made under Section 3.03(b), the Company shall
nonetheless deliver to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the Redemption
Date, written notice of such redemption.

SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption.

          Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03,
Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at
the Redemption Price plus accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any. Upon
surrender to the Trustee or Paying Agent, such Notes called for redemption shall
be paid at the Redemption Price (which shall include accrued interest and
Additional Interest, if any, thereon to, but not including, the Redemption
Date), but installments of interest, the maturity of which is on or prior to the
Redemption Date, shall be payable to Holders of record at the close of business
on the relevant Record Dates. On and after the Redemption Date interest and
Additional Interest, if any, shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof
called for redemption unless the Company shall have not complied with its
obligations pursuant to Section 3.05. Failure to give notice or any defect in
the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any
other Holder.


                                      -46-



SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price.

          On or before 12:00 p.m. New York time on the Redemption Date, the
Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent U.S. Legal Tender sufficient to pay
the Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest,
if any, of all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on that date. The
Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money
deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the
amounts necessary to pay the Redemption Price (including accrued and unpaid
interest and Additional Interest, if any) for all Notes to be redeemed. In
addition, so long as no payment Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, all money, if any, earned on funds held by the Paying Agent shall be
remitted to the Company to the extent not applied to payments on the Notes.

SECTION 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part.

          If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption
that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount
thereof to be redeemed. A new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the
unredeemed portion of the original Note or Notes shall be issued in the name of
the Holder thereof upon surrender and cancellation of the original Note or
Notes; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an
integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

SECTION 3.07. Optional Redemption.

          The Notes shall be optionally redeemable as set forth in Section 5,
Section 6 and Section 7 of the Notes. Any such redemption shall be made in
accordance with the provisions of this Article Three.

                                  ARTICLE FOUR

                                    COVENANTS

SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes.

          The Company shall pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and
interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on the Notes in the manner
provided in the Notes, the Registration Rights Agreement and this Indenture. An
installment of principal of, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on, the
Notes shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee or Paying
Agent, other than the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, (or if the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries is the Paying Agent, the segregated account or
separate trust fund maintained by the Company or such Subsidiary pursuant to
Section 2.04) holds on that date as of 11:00 A.M. New York City time U.S. Legal
Tender designated for and sufficient to pay the installment. Interest on the
Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve
30-day months.


                                      -47-



          The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal (including,
without limitation, post-petition interest in a proceeding under any Bankruptcy
Law), and overdue interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the extent
lawful, at the same rate per annum borne by the Notes.

SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency.

          The Company shall maintain the office required under Section 2.03
(which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee or
Registrar). The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the
location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any
time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or
shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations,
surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the
Trustee set forth in Section 11.02.

          The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other
offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented for payment or surrendered
for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such
designations. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any
such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such
other office or agency.

          The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section
2.03 of this Indenture.

SECTION 4.03. Corporate Existence.

          Except as otherwise permitted by Section 4.13 and Article Five, the
Company shall do or cause to be done all things reasonably necessary to preserve
and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and the corporate,
partnership or other existence of each Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with
the respective organizational documents of each such Restricted Subsidiary and
the material rights (charter and statutory) and material franchises of the
Company and each Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company
shall not be required to preserve any such right, franchise or corporate
existence with respect to itself or any Restricted Subsidiary, if the loss
thereof would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse
effect on the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

SECTION 4.04. Payment of Taxes.

          The Company and the Guarantors shall, and shall cause each of the
Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged,
before the same shall become delinquent, all material taxes, assessments and
governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or any of the Restricted
Subsidiaries or upon the income, profits or property of them or any of the
Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company and the Guarantors
shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any
such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount the applicability or validity
is being contested in good faith by appropriate actions and for which
appropriate provision has been made, or any such tax, assessment, charge or
claim that would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on
the Company and the Guarantors taken as a whole.


                                      -48-



SECTION 4.05. [RESERVED].

SECTION 4.06. Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default.

          (a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 165 days after
the close of each fiscal year of the Company, an Officers' Certificate, one of
the signatories of which shall be the chief executive officer, chief financial
officer or chief accounting officer of the Company, stating that a review of the
activities of the Company and the Guarantors has been made under the supervision
of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company and the
Guarantors have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations under
this Indenture and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such
certificate, that to the best of such Officer's actual knowledge, the Company
and the Guarantors during such preceding fiscal year have kept, observed,
performed and fulfilled their respective obligations under this Indenture in all
material respects and as of the date of such certificate, there is no Default or
Event of Default that has occurred and is continuing or, if such signing
Officers do know of such Default or Event of Default, the certificate shall
specify such Default or Event of Default and what action, if any, the Company is
taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Officers' Certificate shall
also notify the Trustee should the Company elect to change the manner in which
it fixes the fiscal year end.

          (b) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee as promptly as
practicable and in any event within 30 days after the Company (or any of its
Officers) becomes aware of the occurrence of any Default an Officers'
Certificate specifying the Default or Event of Default and what action, if any,
the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

SECTION 4.07. Payments for Consent.

          The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any
consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any
consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture
or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid to all Holders that
consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation
documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

SECTION 4.08. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.

          The Company and each Guarantor covenants (to the extent permitted by
applicable law) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any
manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or
extension law or any usury law or other law which may affect the covenants or
the performance of this Indenture, and (to the extent permitted by applicable
law) each hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and
covenants that it shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power
herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of
every such power as though no such law had been enacted.


                                      -49-



SECTION 4.09. Change of Control.

          If a Change of Control occurs, the Company shall be required to make
an offer to repurchase all of the Notes as described below (the "CHANGE OF
CONTROL OFFER"). In the Change of Control Offer, the Company shall offer a
payment in cash ("CHANGE OF CONTROL PAYMENT") equal to 101% of the aggregate
principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and
Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased, to the date of purchase,
subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest
due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. Within 30 days following any Change
of Control or at the Company's option, prior to such Change of Control but after
it is publicly announced, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed a notice
to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, describing the transaction or
transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase
Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date specified in the notice (the "CHANGE
OF CONTROL PAYMENT DATE"), which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no
later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, other than as may be
required by law, pursuant to the procedures described below. If the notice is
sent prior to the occurrence of the Change of Control, it may be conditioned
upon the consummation of the Change of Control. Such notice, whether sent before
or after the consummation of the Change of Control, shall state:

          (1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this
     Section 4.09 and to the extent lawful that all Notes tendered and not
     withdrawn shall be accepted for payment;

          (2) the purchase price (including the amount of accrued interest) and
     the Change of Control Payment Date;

          (3) that any Note not tendered shall continue to accrue interest in
     accordance with the terms thereof;

          (4) that, unless the Company defaults in making payment therefor, any
     Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall
     cease to accrue interest on and after the Change of Control Payment Date;

          (5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a
     Change of Control Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the
     form entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the
     Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Paying Agent at
     the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the
     third Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date;

          (6) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the
     Paying Agent receives, not later than two Business Days prior to the Change
     of Control Payment Date, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth
     the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes the Holder
     delivered for purchase, certificate numbers, if applicable, and a statement
     that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;
     and


                                      -50-



          (7) that Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part shall be
     issued new Notes in a principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of
     the Notes surrendered (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in
     excess thereof).

          On or before the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to
the extent lawful:

          (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes in minimum
     amounts equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess
     thereof, properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

          (2) deposit with the Paying Agent U.S. Legal Tender equal to the
     Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes
     properly tendered; and

          (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly
     accepted together with an Officers' Certificate stating the aggregate
     principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the
     Company.

          The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder whose Notes have
been properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the
Trustee shall promptly authenticate pursuant to an Authentication Order and mail
(or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in
principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any;
provided that each new Note shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an
integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. So long as no payment Default or
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and to the extent not applied to
make payments on the Notes, the Paying Agent shall return to the Company any
cash that remains unclaimed, together with interest, if any, thereon, held by
them for the payment of the Redemption Price. However, if the Change of Control
Payment Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related
Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the
Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such
Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender
Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer.

          The Company shall inform the Holders of the results of the Change of
Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment
Date. The Company shall be required to make a Change of Control Offer regardless
of whether the provisions of Section 4.13 also apply in connection with the
applicable Change of Control.

          The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer
upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer
in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements
set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the
Company and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the
Change of Control Offer or (2) notice of redemption has been given in respect of
all of the Notes then outstanding pursuant to Section 5 or Section 6 of the
Notes, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable
Redemption Price.

          The Company shall comply with the requirements of any securities laws
and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are
applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a
Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of


                                      -51-



any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section
4.09, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and
regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this
Section 4.09 by virtue of such compliance.

SECTION 4.10. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and
              Preferred Stock.

          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee
or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise,
with respect to (collectively, "INCUR") any Indebtedness (including Acquired
Debt), and the Company shall not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and the
Company shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares
of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock; provided, however, that the Company
may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock,
and any Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), issue shares
of Disqualified Stock or issue shares of preferred stock, if the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio for the Company's most recently ended four full fiscal quarters
for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the
date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified
Stock or preferred stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been at least
2.0 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application
of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been
incurred or the Disqualified Stock or the preferred stock had been issued, as
the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

          (b) Section 4.10(a) shall not prohibit the incurrence of any of the
following items of Indebtedness (collectively, "PERMITTED DEBT"):

          (1) the incurrence by the Company or any Guarantor of Indebtedness and
     letters of credit under one or more Credit Facilities in an aggregate
     amount at any time outstanding under this clause (1) not to exceed $475.0
     million, less the amount of Non-Recourse Debt outstanding under clause (16)
     below;

          (2) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of
     the Existing Indebtedness;

          (3) the incurrence of the Notes on the Issue Date, the Note Guarantees
     and the Exchange Securities to be issued pursuant to the Registration
     Rights Agreement;

          (4) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations,
     mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred
     for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost
     of design, construction, installation or improvement of property, plant or
     equipment used in the business of the Company or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, in
     an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the greater of
     (A) $20.0 million and (B) 3.0% of Total Tangible Assets;

          (5) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
     incurred to finance the replacement (through construction, acquisition,
     lease or otherwise) of one


                                      -52-



     or more Vessels and any assets that shall become Related Assets, upon a
     total loss, destruction, condemnation, confiscation, requisition, seizure,
     forfeiture or other taking of title to or use of such Vessel (collectively,
     a "TOTAL LOSS") in an aggregate amount no greater than the ready for sea
     cost (as determined in good faith by the Company) for such replacement
     Vessel, in each case, less all compensation, damages and other payments
     (including insurance proceeds other than in respect of business
     interruption insurance) actually received by the Company or any of its
     Restricted Subsidiaries from any Person in connection with the Total Loss
     in excess of amounts actually used to repay Indebtedness secured by the
     Vessel subject to the Total Loss;

          (6) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred
     in relation to: (i) maintenance, repairs, refurbishments and replacements
     required to maintain the classification of any of the Vessels owned,
     leased, time chartered or bareboat chartered to or by the Company or any
     Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) drydocking of any of the Vessels owned or
     leased by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for maintenance, repair,
     refurbishment or replacement purposes in the ordinary course of business;
     and (iii) any expenditures which will or may be reasonably expected to be
     recoverable from insurance on such Vessels;

          (7) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of
     Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) permitted to be
     incurred under Section 4.10(a) or Sections 4.10(b)(2), (b)(3), (b)(5),
     (b)(6), (b)(7) or (b)(14);

          (8) the incurrence of Indebtedness by the Company owed to a Restricted
     Subsidiary and Indebtedness by any Restricted Subsidiary owed to the
     Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon
     any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or
     such Indebtedness being owed to any Person other than the Company or a
     Restricted Subsidiary, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as
     applicable, shall be deemed to have incurred Indebtedness not permitted by
     this clause (8);

          (9) the issuance by any of the Company's Restricted Subsidiaries to
     the Company or to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of
     Disqualified Stock or preferred stock; provided, however, that:

               (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that
          results in any such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock being held
          by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the
          Company; and

               (B) any sale or other transfer of any such Disqualified Stock or
          preferred stock to a Person that is neither the Company nor a
          Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

     shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such
     Disqualified Stock or preferred stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that is
     not permitted by this clause (9);


                                      -53-



          (10) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries of Permitted Hedging Obligations;

          (11) the guarantee by the Company or any Guarantor of Indebtedness of
     the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was permitted to
     be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.10; provided that if the
     Indebtedness being guaranteed is contractually subordinated to the Notes or
     a Guarantee, then the guarantee shall be contractually subordinated to the
     same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed;

          (12) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of workers' compensation claims,
     unemployment insurance, health, disability and other employee benefits or
     property, casualty or liability insurance, self-insurance obligations,
     bankers' acceptances, or performance, completion, bid, appeal and surety
     bonds, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

          (13) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other
     financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently
     drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered
     within five Business Days;

          (14) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of (x) the
     Company or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued to finance an
     acquisition or (y) a Person acquired by the Company or a Restricted
     Subsidiary or merged, consolidated, amalgamated or liquidated with or into
     a Restricted Subsidiary or the Company; provided, however, that after
     giving effect to such incurrence or issuance (and the related acquisition,
     merger, consolidation, amalgamation or liquidation), the Fixed Charge
     Coverage Ratio for the Company's most recently ended four full fiscal
     quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately
     preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or
     such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock is issued, as the case may be,
     would have been at least 1.75 to 1.0;

          (15) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries of Indebtedness consisting of guarantees, earn-outs,
     indemnities or obligations in respect of purchase price adjustments in
     connection with the disposition or acquisition of assets, including,
     without limitation, shares of Capital Stock;

          (16) Non-Recourse Debt incurred by a Securitization Subsidiary in a
     Qualified Securitization Transaction;

          (17) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries of Indebtedness constituting reimbursement obligations with
     respect to letters of credit so long each such obligation is satisfied
     within 30 days of the incurrence thereof; and

          (18) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred
     stock in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding, including all
     Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (18),
     not to exceed $25.0 million.


                                      -54-



          (c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.10, in
the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred
stock meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt
described in clauses (1) through (18) of Section 4.10(b), or is entitled to be
incurred pursuant to Section 4.10(a), the Company, in its sole discretion, may
classify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock (or
any portion thereof) on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify, all or
a portion of such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock,
in any manner that complies with this Section 4.10. Indebtedness under Credit
Facilities outstanding on the Issue Date shall be deemed to have been incurred
on such date in reliance on the exception provided by Section 4.10(b)(1), but
thereafter may be reclassified in any manner that complies with this Section
4.10.

          (d) The accrual of interest, the accrual of dividends, the accretion
or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any
Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the
payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock or preferred stock in the form of
additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, as
the case may be, shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an
issuance of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock for purposes of this Section
4.10; provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Fixed
Charges of the Company as accrued.

          (e) The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall
be:

          (1) the accreted value of such Indebtedness, in the case of any
     Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;

          (2) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other
     Indebtedness;

          (3) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on
     the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of:

               (A) the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of
          determination; and

               (B) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person that is
          secured by such assets; and

          (4) in respect of the Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization
     Subsidiary, the amount of Obligations outstanding under the legal documents
     entered into as part of a Qualified Securitization Transaction on any date
     of determination characterized as principal or that would be characterized
     as principal if such securitization were structured as a secured lending
     transaction rather than as a purchase.

          (f) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.10, (i)
Acquired Debt shall be deemed to have been incurred by the Company or its
Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, at the time an acquired Person
becomes such a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (or is merged into the
Company or such a Restricted Subsidiary) or at the time of the acquisition of
assets, as the case may be, (ii) the maximum amount of


                                      -55-



Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock that the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries may incur pursuant to this Section 4.10 shall not be
deemed to be exceeded, with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or preferred stock due solely to the result of fluctuations
in the exchange rates of currencies and (iii) the outstanding principal amount
of any particular Indebtedness shall be counted only once and any obligations
arising under any guarantee, Lien, letter of credit or similar instrument
supporting such Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this covenant shall
not be double counted.

          (g) For purposes of determining compliance of any non-U.S.
dollar-denominated Indebtedness with this Section 4.10, the amount outstanding
under any U.S. dollar equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in
a foreign currency shall at all times be calculated based on the relevant
currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in
the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving
credit Indebtedness (in each case determined, if available, by the rate of
exchange quoted by Reuters at 10:00 a.m. (New York time) on the date of
determination for spot purchases of the non-U.S. dollar currency with U.S.
dollars and otherwise in accordance with customary practice); provided, however,
that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness
denominated in the same or different currency, and such refinancing would cause
the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated
at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such
refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to
have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing
Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being
refinanced.

SECTION 4.11. Limitations on Restricted Payments.

          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

          (i) pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on
     account of the Company's or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries' Equity
     Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with
     any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving the Company or any of
     its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the holders of the Company's or any of
     its Restricted Subsidiaries' Equity Interests in their capacity as such
     (other than (A) dividends or distributions payable in Qualified Equity
     Interests or (B) dividends or other payments or distributions payable to
     the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company);

          (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value
     (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or
     consolidation) any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent of the
     Company;

          (iii) make any voluntary or optional principal payment on or with
     respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for
     value, any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is
     contractually subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee (excluding any
     Indebtedness owed to and held by the Company or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries), other than (x) payments of principal at the Stated Maturity
     thereof and (y) payments, purchases, redemptions, defeasances or other
     acquisitions or


                                      -56-



     retirements for value in anticipation of satisfying a scheduled maturity,
     sinking fund or amortization or other installment obligation or mandatory
     redemption, in each case, due within one year of the Stated Maturity
     thereof; or

          (iv) make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above
being collectively referred to as "RESTRICTED PAYMENTS"), unless, at the time of
and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

          (1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or
     would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

          (2) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and
     after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had
     been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been
     permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to
     the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.10(a); and

          (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all
     other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted
     Subsidiaries since the date of this Indenture (excluding Restricted
     Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (8),
     (9), (10) and (14) of Section 4.11(b)), is not greater than the sum,
     without duplication, of:

               (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the
          period (taken as one accounting period) from October 1, 2006 to the
          end of the Company's most recently ended fiscal quarter for which
          internal financial statements are available at the time of such
          Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such
          period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus

               (B) (i) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and (ii) 100% of
          the Fair Market Value of the property and assets other than cash, in
          each case, received by the Company after the date of this Indenture as
          a contribution to its equity capital or from the issue or sale (other
          than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of Qualified Equity
          Interests, including upon the exercise of options or warrants, or from
          the issue or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the
          Company) of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or
          convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have
          been converted into or exchanged for Qualified Equity Interests,
          together with the aggregate cash and Cash Equivalents received by the
          Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time of such
          conversion or exchange; plus

               (C) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made
          after the date of this Indenture is sold or otherwise liquidated or
          repaid for cash or Cash Equivalents, the return of capital in cash or
          Cash Equivalents with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the
          cost of disposition, if any); plus


                                      -57-



               (D) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company
          is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the date of this
          Indenture or is merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or
          transfers all or substantially all its assets of the Company or a
          Restricted Subsidiary, the Fair Market Value of the Investment of the
          Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Subsidiary (or the
          assets so transferred, if applicable) as of the date of such
          redesignation (other than to the extent of such Investment in such
          Unrestricted Subsidiary that was made as a Permitted Investment); plus

               (E) any amount which previously treated as a Restricted Payment
          on account of any guarantee entered into by the Company or a
          Restricted Subsidiary upon the unconditional release of such
          guarantee.

          (b) The preceding provisions shall not prohibit:

          (1) the payment of any dividend or other distribution within 60 days
     after the date of declaration of the dividend or other distribution, if at
     the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the
     provisions of this Indenture;

          (2) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of
     the net proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale or issuance (other
     than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), including upon exercise of
     an option or warrant, of, Qualified Equity Interests or from the
     substantially concurrent contribution of equity capital with respect to
     Qualified Equity Interests to the Company; provided that the amount of any
     such net proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment shall
     be excluded from clause (3) of Section 4.11(a);

          (3) the payment, defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other
     acquisition or retirement for value of Indebtedness of the Company or any
     of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is contractually subordinated to the
     Notes or to any Guarantee with the net proceeds from a substantially
     concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness or in exchange
     for Qualified Equity Interests;

          (4) the payment of any dividend or other distribution (or, in the case
     of any partnership, limited liability company or similar entity, any
     similar distribution) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the
     holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis taking into account the
     relative preferences, if any, of the various classes of Equity Interests in
     such Restricted Subsidiary;

          (5) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for
     value of any Qualified Equity Interests of the Company or any of its
     Restricted Subsidiaries held by any current or former officer, director,
     consultant or employee of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
     (or Heirs or other permitted transferees thereof); provided that the
     aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or
     retired Equity Interests may not exceed $3.0 million in any calendar year;
     provided, further, that such amount may be increased by an amount not to
     exceed:


                                      -58-



               (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Qualified Equity Interests
          of the Company to directors, officers, employees or consultants of the
          Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that occurs after the
          date of this Indenture (provided that the amount of such cash proceeds
          utilized for any such repurchase, redemption, acquisition or other
          retirement shall not increase the amount available for Restricted
          Payments under clause (3) of the immediately preceding paragraph);
          plus

               (B) the cash proceeds of key-man life insurance policies received
          by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the date of this
          Indenture;

     provided that to the extent that any portion of the $3.0 million annual
     limit on such redemptions or repurchases is not utilized in any year, such
     unused portion may be carried forward and be utilized in one or more
     subsequent years;

          (6) cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company from members of
     management of the Company in connection with a repurchase of Qualified
     Equity Interests of the Company pursuant to any management equity plan or
     stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or other
     agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors to the extent
     such Indebtedness was issued to such member of management as consideration
     for the purchase of the Qualified Equity Interests so repurchased;

          (7) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
     continuing or would result thereby, any dividend or distribution consisting
     of Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or the proceeds of the
     sale of Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

          (8) the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the
     exercise of options, warrants or other convertible securities to the extent
     such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those
     options, warrants or other convertible securities and cash payments in lieu
     of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of
     options, warrants or other convertible securities;

          (9) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
     continuing or would result thereby, the declaration and payment of cash
     dividends on Designated Preferred Stock in accordance with the certificate
     of designations therefor; provided that at the time of issuance of such
     Designated Preferred Stock, the Company would, after giving pro forma
     effect thereto as if such issuance had been made at the beginning of the
     applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00
     of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test
     set forth in Section 4.10(a);

          (10) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
     continuing or would result thereby, the declaration and payment of cash
     dividends to


                                      -59-



     holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company issued
     in accordance with Section 4.10;

          (11) payments made to purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire
     or retire for value any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its
     Restricted Subsidiaries that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or
     to any Guarantee (i) following the occurrence of a Change of Control, at a
     purchase price not greater than 101% of the outstanding principal amount
     (or accreted value, in the case of any debt issued at a discount from its
     principal amount at maturity) thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if
     any, after the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries have satisfied their
     obligations with respect to a Change of Control Offer set forth under
     Section 4.09 or (ii) with the Excess Proceeds of one or more Asset Sales,
     at a purchase price not greater than 100% of the principal amount (or
     accreted value, in the case of any debt issued at a discount from its
     principal amount at maturity) thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if
     any, after the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries have satisfied their
     obligations with respect to such Excess Proceeds pursuant to Section 4.13
     to the extent that such subordinated Indebtedness is required to be
     repurchased or redeemed pursuant to the terms thereof as a result of such
     Change of Control or Asset Sale;

          (12) payments pursuant to clause (6) Section 4.14(b);

          (13) so long as no payment Default or Event of Default has occurred
     and is continuing or would result thereby, the payment of cash dividends on
     the Company's shares of common stock in the aggregate amount per fiscal
     quarter not to exceed $0.0666 per share for each share of common stock of
     the Company outstanding as of the one record date for dividends payable in
     respect of such fiscal quarter (as such amount shall be appropriately
     adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, stock
     consolidations and similar transactions); and

          (14) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed
     $20.0 million since the date of this Indenture.

          The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash and Cash
Equivalents) shall be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted
Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the
Restricted Payment.

          (c) For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the
event that a Restricted Payment permitted pursuant to this Section 4.11 or a
Permitted Investment meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of
Restricted Payment described in clauses (1) through (14) above or one or more
clauses of the definition of Permitted Investment, the Company shall be
permitted to classify such Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment (or any
portion thereof) on the date it is made, or later reclassify, all or a portion
of such Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment, in any manner that complies
with this covenant, and such Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment shall be
treated as having been made pursuant to only one of such clauses of this Section
4.11 or of the definition of Permitted Investment.


                                      -60-



SECTION 4.12. Limitations on Liens.

          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist
any Lien that secures obligations under any Indebtedness or any related
guarantee, on any asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether
owned on the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens, unless
contemporaneously therewith:

          (1) in the case of any Lien securing an obligation that ranks pari
     passu with the Notes or a Guarantee, effective provision is made to secure
     the Notes or such Guarantee, as the case may be, at least equally and
     ratably with or prior to such obligation with a Lien on the same
     collateral; and

          (2) in the case of any Lien securing an obligation that is
     subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or a Guarantee, effective
     provision is made to secure the Notes or such Guarantee, as the case may
     be, with a Lien on the same collateral that is prior to the Lien securing
     such subordinated obligation, in each case, for so long as such obligation
     is secured by such Lien (such Lien, the "PRIMARY LIEN").

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not, and shall not
permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur,
assume or suffer to exist any Lien under any of clauses (1), (3), (7), (16),
(24) or (25) of the definition of "Permitted Liens" on any asset of the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary that secures obligations under any Indebtedness or
any related guarantee, if such Lien is junior or subordinated in priority to any
other Lien on such asset that secures obligations under any other Indebtedness
or any related guarantee of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to
an agreement which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary is a party or the
terms of which have been accepted, acknowledged or consented to by the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary in writing.

          (b) Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to
Section 4.12(a) shall automatically and unconditionally be released and
discharged upon the release and discharge of the Primary Lien, without any
further action on the part of any Person.

SECTION 4.13. Limitations on Asset Sales.

          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

          (1) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries receives
     consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair
     market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise
     disposed of; and

          (2) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by
     the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash
     Equivalents.

          (b) For purposes of Section 4.13(a), each of the following shall be
deemed to be cash:


                                      -61-



          (1) any Indebtedness or other liabilities, as shown on the Company's
     most recent consolidated balance sheet or the notes thereto, of the Company
     or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than liabilities that are
     expressly subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee) that are assumed,
     repaid or retired by the transferee (or a third party on behalf of the
     transferee) of any such assets;

          (2) any securities, Notes or other obligations received by the Company
     or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee or any other Person
     on account of such Asset Sale that are, within 180 days of the Asset Sale,
     converted, sold or exchanged by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
     into cash or Cash Equivalents, to the extent of the cash or Cash
     Equivalents received in that conversion, sale or exchange;

          (3) the Fair Market Value of (i) any assets (other than securities and
     other than assets that are classified as current assets under GAAP)
     received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to be used by it in a
     Permitted Business (including, without limitation, Vessels and Related
     Assets), (ii) Capital Stock in a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary or
     in a Person engaged in a Permitted Business that shall become a Restricted
     Subsidiary immediately upon the acquisition of such Person by the Company
     or (iii) a combination of (i) and (ii); and

          (4) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or
     any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair
     Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash
     Consideration received pursuant to this paragraph (2) that is at that time
     outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $25.0 million and (y) 3.0% of
     Total Tangible Assets of the Company at the time of the receipt of such
     Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the Fair Market Value of each item
     of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received
     and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

          (c) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an
Asset Sale, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall apply such
Net Proceeds to:

          (1) repay or prepay any and all obligations under the Credit
     Facilities or any other Secured Indebtedness and, if the Indebtedness
     repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce
     commitments with respect thereto; or

          (2) acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital
     Stock of, a Person engaged in a Permitted Business; provided that in the
     case of acquisition of Capital Stock of any Person, such Person is or
     becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

          (3) make a capital expenditure;

          (4) acquire other assets that are not classified as current assets
     under GAAP and that are used or useful in a Permitted Business (including,
     without limitation, Vessels and Related Assets);


                                      -62-



          (5) make an Asset Sale Offer (and purchase or redeem other
     Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions
     similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to
     purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets) in accordance with
     the provisions of this Section 4.13 and the other provisions of this
     Indenture; and/or

          (6) any combination of the transactions permitted by the foregoing
     clauses (1) through (5).

          (d) A (A) binding contract to apply Net Proceeds in accordance with
clauses (2) through (4) above shall toll the 365-day period in respect of such
Net Proceeds or (B) determination by the Company to potentially apply all or a
portion of such Net Proceeds towards the exercise an outstanding Vessel Purchase
Option Contract shall toll the 365-day period in respect of such Net Proceeds
for a period not to exceed 180 days from the expiration of the aforementioned
365-day period, provided that such binding contract and such determination, in
each case, shall be treated as a permitted application of Net Proceeds from the
date of such binding contract until and only until the earlier of (x) the date
on which such acquisition or expenditure is consummated and (y) (i) in the case
of any Vessel Construction Contract or any Exercised Vessel Purchase Option
Contract (including any outstanding Vessel Purchase Option Contract exercised
during the 180 day period referenced in clause (B) above), the date of
expiration or termination of such Vessel Construction Contract or Exercised
Vessel Purchase Option Contract and (ii) otherwise, the 180th day following the
expiration of the aforementioned 365-day period (clause (i) or clause (ii) as
applicable, the "REINVESTMENT TERMINATION DATE"). If such acquisition or
expenditure is not consummated on or before the Reinvestment Termination Date
and the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be)
shall not have applied such Net Proceeds pursuant to clauses (1) through (6)
above on or before the Reinvestment Termination Date, such binding contract
shall be deemed not to have been a permitted application of the Net Proceeds.

          Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company or any
     of its Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce outstanding
     Indebtedness or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not
     prohibited by this Indenture.

          (e) Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested
as provided in Section 4.13(c) shall constitute "EXCESS PROCEEDS." When the
aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $15.0 million, the Company shall
make an offer to purchase (an "ASSET SALE OFFER") to all Holders and all holders
of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions
similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase
or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase the maximum principal
amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be required to
be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds (the "PAYMENT AMOUNT"). The offer price
for the Notes in any Asset Sale Offer shall be equal to 100% of principal amount
of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest thereon,
if any, to the date of purchase (the "OFFERED PRICE"), and shall be payable in
cash, and the offer or redemption price for such pari passu Indebtedness shall
be as set forth in the related documentation governing such Indebtedness. If any
Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, such Excess
Proceeds may be used for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture.
If the aggregate principal amount of Notes


                                      -63-



and other pari passu indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds
the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and the
Company or the agent for such other pari passu Indebtedness shall select such
other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with
adjustments so that no Notes or other pari passu Indebtedness are purchased,
redeemed or repaid in unauthorized denominations). Upon completion of each Asset
Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

          (f) Upon the commencement of a Asset Sale Offer, the Company shall
send, or cause to be sent, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and to
each Holder at is registered address. The notice shall contain all instructions
and materials necessary to enable such Holder to tender Notes pursuant to the
Asset Sale Offer. Any Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice,
which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:

          (1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section
     and that, to the extent lawful, all Notes tendered will be accepted for
     payment;

          (2) the Payment Amount, the Offered Price, and the date on which Notes
     tendered and accepted for payment shall be purchased, which date shall be
     at least 30 days and not later than 60 days from the date such notices is
     mailed (the "ASSET SALE PAYMENT DATE");

          (3) that any Notes not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue
     to accrue interest in accordance with the terms thereof;

          (4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any
     Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to
     accrue interest on and after the Asset Sale Payment Date;

          (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to any
     Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Notes, with the form
     entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the Note
     completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a
     depository, if appointed by the Company, or the Paying Agent at the address
     specified in the notice at least three days before the Asset Sale Payment
     Date;

          (6) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the
     Company, the Depository or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives,
     not later than two Business Days prior to the Asset Sale Payment Date, a
     notice setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the
     Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is
     withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

          (7) that if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by
     Holders exceeds the Payment Amount, the Company shall select the Notes to
     be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed
     appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000 or
     integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be purchased); and


                                      -64-



          (8) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be
     issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of
     the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry).

          (g) On the Asset Sale Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent
lawful: (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered
pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, subject to pro ration if the aggregate Notes
tendered exceed the Payment Amount allocable to the Notes; (2) deposit with the
Paying Agent U.S. Legal Tender equal to the lesser of the Payment Amount
allocable to the Notes and the amount sufficient to pay the Offered Price in
respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and (3) deliver or cause
to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers'
Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof
being repurchased by the Company. The Company shall inform the Holders of the
results of the Asset Sale Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Asset
Sale Payment Date.

          (h) The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder whose Notes
have been properly tendered the Offered Price for such Notes, and the Trustee
shall promptly authenticate pursuant to an Authentication Order and mail (or
cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in
principal amount to any unrepurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any;
provided that each such new Note shall be in principal amount of $1,000 or an
integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. So long as no payment Default or
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and to the extent not applied
to make payments on the Notes, the Paying Agent shall return to the Company any
cash that remains unclaimed, together with interest, if any, thereon, held by
them for the payment of the Purchase Price.

          However, if the Asset Sale Payment Date is on or after a Record Date
and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid
interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the
close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be
payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

          (i) The Company shall comply with the requirements of any securities
laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are
applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale
Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations
conflict with this Section 4.13, the Company shall comply with the applicable
securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its
obligations under this Section 4.13 by virtue of such compliance.

SECTION 4.14. Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates.

          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract,
agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit
of, any Affiliate of Company (each, an "AFFILIATE TRANSACTION"), unless:

          (1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less
     favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those
     that would have been


                                      -65-



     obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted
     Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

          (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee:

               (a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of
          related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in
          excess of $10.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the
          Company set forth in an Officers' Certificate certifying that such
          Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 4.14 and that such
          Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the
          disinterested members of the Board of Directors; and

               (b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of
          related Affiliate Transactions (i) involving aggregate consideration
          in excess of $25.0 million or (ii) as to which there are no
          disinterested members of the Board of Directors, an opinion as to the
          fairness to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of such
          Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an
          accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of international
          standing qualified to perform the task for which such firm has been
          engaged (as determined by the Company in good faith).

          (b) The following items shall not be deemed to be Affiliate
Transactions and, therefore, shall not be subject to Section 4.14(a):

          (1) director, officer, employee and consultant compensation, benefit,
     reimbursement and indemnification agreements, plans and arrangements (and
     payment awards in connection therewith) entered into by the Company or any
     of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

          (2) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted
     Subsidiaries;

          (3) transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary
     of the Company) that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the
     Company owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity
     Interest in, or controls, such Person;

          (4) any issuance of Qualified Equity Interests of the Company (other
     than Designated Preferred Stock) to an Affiliate and the granting or
     performance of registration rights in respect of any Qualified Equity
     Interests of the Company (other than Designated Preferred Stock), which
     rights have been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company;

          (5) Restricted Payments that do not violate Section 4.11 and
     Investments consisting of Permitted Investments;

          (6) the performance of obligations of the Company or any Restricted
     Subsidiary under the terms of any agreement that is in effect as of or on
     the Issue Date and disclosed in the Offering Memorandum or any amendment,
     modification,


                                      -66-



     supplement, extension or renewal, from time to time, thereto or any
     transaction contemplated thereby (including pursuant to any amendment,
     modification, supplement, extension or renewal, from time to time, thereto)
     in any replacement agreement thereto, so long as any such amendment,
     modification, supplement, extension or renewal, or replacement agreement,
     is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders taken as a whole than
     the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date; and

          (7) transactions effected as part of a Qualified Securitization
     Transaction.

SECTION 4.15. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.

          The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become
effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to:

          (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock
     to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or pay any
     Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

          (2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries; or

          (3) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of
     its Restricted Subsidiaries.

          However, the preceding restrictions shall not apply to encumbrances or
restrictions existing under or by reason of:

          (1) agreements, including, without limitation, those governing
     Existing Indebtedness and Credit Facilities, as in effect on the date of
     this Indenture and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals,
     increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those
     agreements; provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements,
     renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings
     are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such
     dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those
     agreements on the date of this Indenture;

          (2) this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees;

          (3) applicable law, rules, regulations or order or governmental
     license, permit or concession;

          (4) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Equity Interests of a
     Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in
     effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such
     Indebtedness or Equity Interests were incurred or issued in connection with
     such acquisition to provide funds to consummate such


                                      -67-



     acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any
     Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person,
     or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the
     case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this
     Indenture to be incurred;

          (5) customary provisions restricting assignments, subletting or other
     similar transfers in contracts, licenses and other agreements (including,
     without limitation, leases and agreements relating to intellectual
     property) entered into in the ordinary course of business;

          (6) purchase money obligations and Capital Lease Obligations that
     impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature
     described in clause (3) of the preceding paragraph;

          (7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted
     Subsidiary or an asset that restricts distributions by that Restricted
     Subsidiary or transfers of such asset pending the sale or other
     disposition;

          (8) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions
     contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing
     Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than
     those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being
     refinanced;

          (9) Liens and agreements related thereto that were permitted to be
     incurred under the provisions of Section 4.12 that limit the right of the
     debtor to dispose of the assets or property subject to such Liens;

          (10) provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or
     property (including Capital Stock of any Person in which the Company has an
     Investment) in joint venture agreements, stockholder agreements,
     partnership agreements, limited liability company operating agreements,
     asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and
     other similar agreements, which limitation is applicable in all material
     respects only to the assets or property that are the subject of such
     agreements;

          (11) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed under
     contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

          (12) customary provisions restricting the disposition of real property
     interests set forth in any easements or other similar agreements or
     arrangements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

          (13) provisions restricting the transfer of any Capital Stock of an
     Unrestricted Subsidiary;

          (14) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary incurred subsequent to
     the date of this Indenture pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.10 (i)
     in respect of the subordination provisions, if any, of such Indebtedness,
     (ii) if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such
     Indebtedness taken as a whole are not materially


                                      -68-



     less favorable to the Holders than the encumbrances and restrictions
     contained in this Indenture or that may be contained in any Credit
     Agreement in accordance with this covenant or (iii) if such encumbrance or
     restriction is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good
     faith by the Company) and either (x) the Company determines in good faith
     that such encumbrance or restriction shall not adversely affect in any
     material respect the Company's ability to make principal or interest
     payments on the Notes as and when due or (y) such encumbrance or
     restriction applies only in the event of and during the continuance of a
     default under such Indebtedness; and

          (15) Non-Recourse Debt or other encumbrances, restrictions or
     contractual requirements of a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with
     a Qualified Securitization Transaction; provided that such restrictions
     apply only to such Securitization Subsidiary or the Securitization Assets
     that are subject to the Qualified Securitization Transaction.

SECTION 4.16. Subsidiary Guarantees.

          (a) If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or
creates a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary (or redesignates an Unrestricted
Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary and such Restricted Subsidiary is a Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary) and such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary shall
at any time have total assets with a book value in excess of $1.0 million, then
such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary (unless such Subsidiary is a
Securitization Subsidiary) must become a Guarantor and shall, within 15 Business
Days of the date on which it was so acquired, created or redesignated or so
capitalized:

          (1) execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture
     substantially in the form of Exhibit D, pursuant to which such Wholly Owned
     Restricted Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company's
     obligations under the Notes and this Indenture on the terms set forth in
     this Indenture; and

          (2) deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel that such
     supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by
     such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary and constitutes a valid and legally
     binding and enforceable obligation of such Wholly Owned Restricted
     Subsidiary, subject to customary exceptions.

          Thereafter, such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary shall be a
Guarantor for all purposes of this Indenture.

          (b) The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor shall automatically and
unconditionally (without any further action on the part of any Person) be
released:

          (1) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or
     substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor (including by way of
     merger, consolidation or amalgamation) to a Person that is not (either
     before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a
     Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition does
     not violate Section 4.13 or Section 4.14;

          (2) in connection with any sale or other disposition of a majority of
     the Capital Stock of that Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before
     or after giving effect


                                      -69-



     to such transaction) the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, if (x)
     such Guarantor would no longer constitute a "Subsidiary " under this
     Indenture and (y) the sale or other disposition does not violate Section
     4.13;

          (3) if the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a
     Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.18;

          (4) upon liquidation or dissolution of such Guarantor;

          (5) in the case of a Guarantor that is not a Wholly-Owned Restricted
     Subsidiary that has voluntarily issued a Guarantee of the Notes, upon
     notice to the Trustee by the Company of the designation of such Guarantor
     as non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary if (x) the Company would be
     permitted to make an Investment in such Restricted Subsidiary at the time
     of such release equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investment of the
     Company and its other Restricted Subsidiaries in such Guarantor as either a
     Permitted Investment or pursuant to Section 4.11 and (y) all transactions
     entered into by such Restricted Subsidiary while a Guarantor would be
     permitted under this Indenture at the time its Guarantee is released; and

          (6) upon Legal Defeasance or Covenant defeasance or satisfaction and
     discharge of the Notes as provided below under Section 8.01, Section 8.03
     and Section 8.04.

SECTION 4.17. Reports to Holders.

          (a) Whether or not the Company is then subject to Section 13(a) or
15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee and the
Holders, so long as the Notes are outstanding:

          (1) within 75 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal
     quarters in each fiscal year, quarterly reports on Form 6-K (or any
     successor form) containing unaudited financial statements (including a
     balance sheet and statement of income, changes in stockholders' equity and
     cash flow) and a management's discussion and analysis of financial
     condition and results of operations (or equivalent disclosure) for and as
     of the end of such fiscal quarter (with comparable financial statements for
     the corresponding fiscal quarter of the immediately preceding fiscal year);

          (2) within 150 days after the end of each fiscal year, an annual
     report on Form 20-F (or any successor form) containing the information
     required to be contained therein for such fiscal year; and

          (3) at or prior to such times at would be required to be filed or
     furnished to the SEC if the Company was then a "foreign private issuer"
     subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, all such other
     reports and information that the Company would have been required pursuant
     thereto;

provided, however, that to the extent that the Company ceases to qualify as a
"foreign private issuer" within the meaning of the Exchange Act, whether or not
the Company is then subject to


                                      -70-



Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall furnish to the
Trustee and the Holders, so long as any Notes are outstanding, within 30 days of
the respective dates on which the Company would be required to file such
documents with the SEC if it was required to file such documents under the
Exchange Act, all reports and other information that would be required to be
filed with (or furnished to) the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Exchange Act.

          (b) In addition, whether or not required by the rules and regulations
of the SEC, the Company shall electronically file or furnish, as the case may
be, a copy of all such information and reports referred to in clauses (1)
through (3) of Section 4.17(a) with the SEC for public availability within the
time periods specified therein (unless the SEC shall not accept such a filing)
and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective
investors upon request. In addition, the Company has agreed that, for so long as
any Notes remain outstanding, it shall furnish to the Holders and to securities
analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required
to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

          (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.17, the
Company shall be deemed to have furnished such reports referred to in the first
paragraph of this Section 4.17 to the Trustee and the Holders if the Company has
filed such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are
publicly available.

SECTION 4.18. Limitations on Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted
              Subsidiaries.

          The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary to
be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default or
cause a Default to be continuing after such designation. If a Restricted
Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair
Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the
designation and shall reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under
Section 4.11 or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted
Investments, as determined by the Company. That designation shall only be
permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the
Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Company may redesignate any
Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation
would not cause a Default or cause a Default to be continuing after such
redesignation.

SECTION 4.19. Additional Interest Notice.

          In the event that the Company is required to pay Additional Interest
to Holders pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall
provide written notice ("ADDITIONAL INTEREST NOTICE") to the Trustee of its
obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than ten days prior to the
proposed payment date for the Additional Interest, and the Additional Interest
Notice shall set forth the amount of Additional Interest to be paid by the
Company on such payment date. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any
duty or responsibility to any Holder to determine the Additional Interest, or
make any determination with respect to the


                                      -71-



nature, extent or calculation of the amount of Additional Interest owed or with
respect to the method employed in such calculation of the Additional Interest.

SECTION 4.20. Payment of Additional Amounts.

          (a) All payments made by the Company under or with respect to the
Notes or by a Guarantor under or with respect to its Note Guarantee shall be
made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of
any present or future Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of any Taxing
Authority in any jurisdiction in which the Company or any Guarantor is organized
or is otherwise resident for tax purposes or any jurisdiction from or through
which payment is made (each, a "RELEVANT TAXING JURISDICTION"), unless the
Company or such Guarantor is required to withhold or deduct Taxes by law or by
the interpretation or administration thereof.

          (b) If the Company or any Guarantor is so required to withhold or
deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes imposed by a Relevant Taxing
Jurisdiction from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes or the
Note Guarantee of such Guarantor, the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable,
shall pay such additional amounts ("ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS") as may be necessary so
that the net amount received by each Holder (including Additional Amounts) after
such withholding or deduction shall equal the amount the Holder would have
received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided, however,
that no Additional Amounts shall payable with respect to any Tax that would not
have been imposed, payable or due:

          (1) but for the existence of any present or former connection between
     the Holder (or the beneficial owner of, or person ultimately entitled to
     obtain an interest in, such Notes) and the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction
     (including being a citizen or resident or national of, or carrying on a
     business or maintaining a permanent establishment in, or being physically
     present in, the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction) other than the mere holding
     of the Notes or enforcement of rights thereunder or the receipt of payments
     in respect thereof;

          (2) but for the failure to satisfy any certification, identification
     or other reporting requirements whether imposed by statute, treaty,
     regulation or administrative practice; provided, however, that the Company
     has delivered a request to the Holder to comply with such requirements at
     least 30 days prior to the date by which such compliance is required;

          (3) if the presentation of Notes (where presentation is required) for
     payment has occurred within 30 days after the date such payment was due and
     payable or was duly provided for, whichever is later;

          (4) subject to Section 4.20(e), with respect to any estate,
     inheritance, gift, sales, excise, transfer or personal property tax,
     assessment or charge; or

          (5) as a result of a combination of the foregoing clauses (1) through
     (4).


                                      -72-



     In addition, Additional Amounts shall not be payable if the beneficial
     owner of, or person ultimately entitled to obtain an interest in, such
     Notes had been the Holder and such beneficial owner would not be entitled
     to the payment of Additional Amounts by reason of clause (1), (2), (3), (4)
     or (5) above. In addition, Additional Amounts shall not be payable with
     respect to any Tax which is payable otherwise than by withholding from
     payments of, or in respect of principal of, or any interest or Additional
     Interest, if any, on, the Notes.

          (c) Whenever in this Indenture or the Notes there is mentioned, in any
context, the payment of amounts based upon the principal amount of the Notes or
of principal, premium, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, or of
any other amount payable under or with respect to any Note, such mention shall
be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent
that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in
respect thereof.

          (d) Upon request, the Company shall provide the Trustee with
documentation satisfactory to the Trustee evidencing the payment of Additional
Amounts.

          (e) The Company and the Guarantors shall pay any present or future
stamp, court or documentary taxes, or any other excise or property taxes,
charges or similar levies that arise in any jurisdiction from the execution,
delivery or registration of the Notes, this Indenture or any other document or
instrument referred to therein, or the receipt of any payments with respect to
the Notes, excluding any such taxes, charges or similar levies imposed by any
jurisdiction in which the Company or any Guarantor or any successor Person is
organized or is otherwise resident for tax purposes, the United States of
America or any jurisdiction in which a Paying Agent is located, but not
excluding those resulting from, or required to be paid in connection with, the
enforcement of the Notes or other such document or instrument following the
occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

          (f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Indenture, the Company and the Guarantors may, to the extent required to do so
by law, deduct or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United
States of America from principal or interest payments under this Indenture;
provided that the foregoing shall not limit the obligation of the Company and
the Guarantors to pay Additional Amounts as set forth in this Section 4.20.

                                  ARTICLE FIVE

                              SUCCESSOR CORPORATION

SECTION 5.01. Mergers, Consolidations, Etc.

          (a) The Company may not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate,
amalgamate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is
the surviving Person); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise
dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related
transactions, to another Person, unless:


                                      -73-



          (1) either: (a) the Company is the surviving Person; or (b) the Person
     formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if
     other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer,
     conveyance or other disposition has been made (x) is a corporation, limited
     liability company, trust or limited partnership organized or existing under
     the laws an Eligible Jurisdiction and (y) assumes all the obligations of
     the Company under the Notes, this Indenture and the Registration Rights
     Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

          (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or
     Event of Default exists; and

          (3) either (a) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any
     such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than the Company), or
     to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition
     has been made, shall, on the date of such transaction after giving pro
     forma effect thereto and to any related financing transactions as if the
     same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,
     be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to
     the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.10(a) or (b)
     the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company or such surviving Person
     determined in accordance with Section 4.10(a) shall be greater than the
     Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test for the Company and its Restricted
     Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction.

          In addition, the Company may not, directly or indirectly, lease all or
substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related
transactions, to any other Person; provided that the foregoing shall not
prohibit the chartering out of Vessels in the ordinary course of business.

          For purposes of this Section 5.01, the transfer (by lease, assignment,
sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions) of all or
substantially all of the properties or assets of one or more Restricted
Subsidiaries, the Equity Interests of which constitute all or substantially all
of the properties and assets of the Company, shall be deemed to be the transfer
of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

          (b) The Company shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or
indirectly, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into another Person
(whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) unless:

          (1) subject to the Note Guarantee release provisions of Section 4.16,
     such Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving
     any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than the Company
     or a Guarantor) expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor
     under the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor, this Indenture and the
     Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably
     satisfactory to the Trustee; and

          (2) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default
     exists.

          (c) This Section 5.01 shall not apply to a merger of the Company, a
Guarantor or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person with an
Affiliate solely for the purpose,


                                      -74-



and with the effect, of reorganizing the Company, a Guarantor or a Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in an Eligible Jurisdiction. In
addition, nothing in this Section 5.01 shall prohibit any Restricted Subsidiary
from consolidating or amalgamating with, merging with or into or conveying,
transferring or leasing, in one transaction or a series of transactions, all or
substantially all of its assets to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary
or reconstituting itself in another jurisdiction for the purpose of reflagging a
vessel.

                                   ARTICLE SIX

                              DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default.

          Each of the following is an "EVENT OF DEFAULT":

          (1) default by the Company or any Guarantor for 30 consecutive days in
     the payment when due and payable of interest on, or Additional Interest, if
     any, with respect to, the Notes;

          (2) default by the Company or any Guarantor in the payment when due
     and payable of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes;

          (3) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to
     comply with the provisions described under Section 5.01 after receipt by
     the Company or such Subsidiary, as applicable, of a written notice
     specifying the default (and demanding that such default be remedied and
     stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default") from the Trustee or the
     Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes;

          (4) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for
     60 consecutive days after notice has been given to the Company by the
     Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in
     aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding specifying the
     default and demanding compliance with any of the other covenants in this
     Indenture;

          (5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which
     there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any
     Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Significant
     Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together,
     would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness now
     exists or is created after the date of this Indenture, if that default:

               (a) is caused by a failure to pay the principal amount of any
          such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity after giving effect to
          any applicable grace periods (a "PAYMENT DEFAULT"); or

               (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its
          stated final maturity;


                                      -75-



     and, in each case of clauses (a) and (b) above, the principal amount of any
     such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such
     Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity
     of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $20.0 million or more;

          (6) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or any group
     of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a
     Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of
     $20.0 million in excess of amounts that are covered by insurance or which
     have been bonded, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a
     period of 60 days after such judgment or judgments become final and
     non-appealable;

          (7) except as permitted by this Indenture including upon the permitted
     release of the Note Guarantee, any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary or
     any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute
     a Significant Subsidiary shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be
     unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force
     and effect or any Guarantor or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor
     shall deny or disaffirm in writing its obligations under its Guarantee;

          (8) either the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a
     Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken
     together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary as debtor in an
     involuntary case, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

               (a) commences a voluntary case or proceeding,

               (b) consents to the entry of an order for relief or decree
          against it in an involuntary case or proceeding,

               (c) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all
          or substantially all of its assets, or

               (d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

               (e) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as
          they become due; or

               (f) files a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization
          or relief; and

          (9) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under
     any Bankruptcy Law that:

               (a) is for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of
          Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a
          Significant Subsidiary as debtor in an involuntary case or proceeding;


                                      -76-



               (b) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of
          Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a
          Significant Subsidiary, or a Custodian for all or substantially all of
          the assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that
          is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries
          that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or
          adjudges any such entity or group a bankrupt or insolvent or approves
          as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement,
          adjustment or composition of or in respect of such entity or group; or

               (c) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any of
          its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any
          group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would
          constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

     and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive
days.

SECTION 6.02. Acceleration.

          In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (8) or (9) of
Section 6.01, with respect to the Company, all outstanding Notes shall become
due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event
of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, by written notice to the
Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Trustee and the Company, may declare
all the Notes to be due and payable. Any such notice from the Trustee or Holders
shall specify the applicable Event(s) of Default and state that such notice is a
"NOTICE OF ACCELERATION." Upon such declaration of acceleration pursuant to a
Notice of Acceleration, the aggregate principal of and accrued and unpaid
interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the outstanding Notes shall become
due and payable without further action or notice.

          No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any
right consequent thereto.

SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies.

          If a Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any
available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of
principal of, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes or to
enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

          The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any
of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or
omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing
upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a
waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any
other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by
law.


                                      -77-



SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults.

          Subject to Sections 2.09, 6.07 and 9.02, the Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the outstanding Notes (which may include consents obtained
in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer of Notes) by notice to the
Trustee may waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences,
except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of,
or interest or premium on, any Note as specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2). In
case of any such waiver, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be
restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the Notes,
respectively. This Section 6.04 shall be in lieu of Section 316(a)(1)(B) of the
Trust Indenture Act and such Section 316(a)(1)(B) of the Trust Indenture Act is
hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the
Trust Indenture Act. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist,
and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured
for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any
subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority.

          The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any
trust or power conferred on the Trustee. Subject to Section 7.01, however, the
Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with any law or this
Indenture, that the Trustee determines in good faith may be unduly prejudicial
to the rights of another Holder, or that may involve the Trustee in personal
liability; provided that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by
the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.

          In the event the Trustee takes any action or follows any direction
pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification
against any loss or expense caused by taking such action or following such
direction.

SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits.

          No Holder shall have any right to institute any proceeding with
respect to this Indenture or the Notes or for any remedy hereunder or
thereunder, unless:

          (1) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such Holder
     has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is
     continuing;

          (2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the
     outstanding Notes have requested in writing the Trustee to pursue the
     remedy;

          (3) such Holders have offered the Trustee reasonable security or
     indemnity against any loss, liability or expense in complying with such
     request;

          (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days
     after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and


                                      -78-



          (5) Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
     outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a written direction
     inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

However, such limitations shall not apply to a suit instituted by a Holder of
any Note for enforcement of payment of the principal of or interest or premium
on, or Additional Interest (if any) with respect to, such Note on or after the
due date therefor.

          A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another
Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over such other Holder (it being
understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain
whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such
Holders).

SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders To Receive Payment.

          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of
any Holder to receive payment of principal of, and interest and Additional
Interest, if any, on, a Note, on or after the respective due dates therefor, or
to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such
respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the
Holder.

SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee.

          If an Event of Default in payment of principal, interest and premium
specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may
recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the
Company or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount of principal,
premium and accrued interest and Additional Interest (if any) and fees remaining
unpaid, together with interest and Additional Interest, if any, on overdue
principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest
on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate per annum borne by
the Notes and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and
expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

          The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or
documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the
Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the
Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relating to the Company, its
creditors or their property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and
receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims
and to distribute the same, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceedings
is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in
the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly
to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and
counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. To the extent
that payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of
the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and


                                      -79-



any other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate
in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same
shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all
distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the
Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceedings whether in liquidation or
under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein
contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or
accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement,
adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder
thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any
Holder in any such proceeding. The Trustee shall be entitled to participate as a
member of any official committee of creditors in the matters as it deems
necessary or advisable.

SECTION 6.10. Priorities.

          If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article
Six, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

          First: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;

          Second: to Holders for interest accrued on the Notes, ratably, without
     preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and
     payable on the Notes for interest or Additional Interest;

          Third: to Holders for principal amounts due and unpaid on the Notes
     and Additional Amounts, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of
     any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for
     principal and premium;

          Fourth: without duplication, to the Holders, for any other obligations
     due to them hereunder or under the Notes, pro rata based on the amounts of
     such obligations; and

          Fifth: to the Company or, if applicable, the Guarantors, as their
     respective interests may appear.

          The Trustee, upon prior written notice to the Company, may fix a
record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section
6.10.

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs.

          In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this
Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by
it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party
litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the
court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable
attorneys' fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due
regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party
litigant. This Section 6.11 shall not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by
a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by a Holder or Holders of more than
10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.


                                      -80-



                                 ARTICLE SEVEN

                                     TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee.

          (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee
shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and
use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person
would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own
affairs.

          (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

          (1) the Trustee need perform only those duties as are specifically set
     forth herein or in the Trust Indenture Act and no duties, covenants,
     responsibilities or obligations shall be implied in this Indenture against
     the Trustee; and

          (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may
     conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of
     the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates (including Officers'
     Certificates) or opinions (including Opinions of Counsel) furnished to the
     Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in
     the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof
     are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall
     examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they
     conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or
     investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated
     therein).

          (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Trustee may
not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent
failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

          (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of Section 7.01(b);

          (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in
     good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee
     was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

          (3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it
     takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction
     received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.

          (d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend
or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the
performance of any of its duties hereunder or to take or omit to take any action
under this Indenture or take any action at the request or direction of Holders
if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds
is not assured to it.


                                      -81-



          (e) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of
this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to this Section
7.01.

          (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received
by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in
trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the
extent required by law.

          (g) In the absence of bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct on
the part of the Trustee, the Trustee shall not be responsible for the
application of any money by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee.

SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee.

          Subject to Section 7.01:

          (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely, and shall be protected in
     acting or refraining from acting, upon any resolution, certificate
     (including any Officers' Certificate), statement, instrument, opinion
     (including any Opinion of Counsel), notice, request, direction, consent,
     order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document believed by it to be
     genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The
     Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

          (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an
     Officers' Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel, which shall conform to
     the provisions of Section 11.05 (provided that no Officers' Certificate or
     Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with the initial
     issuance of Notes on the Issue Date). The Trustee shall not be liable for
     any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such
     Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

          (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not
     be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent (other than an
     agent who is an employee of the Trustee) appointed with due care.

          (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits
     to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or
     within its rights or powers under this Indenture; provided, however, that
     the Trustee's conduct does not constitute willful misconduct, bad faith or
     negligence.

          (e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the
     advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and
     complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any
     action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in
     accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

          (f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the
     rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture whether on its own motion
     or at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to the
     provisions of this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the
     Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the
     costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby.


                                      -82-



          (g) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the
     facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate (including any
     Officers' Certificate), statement, instrument, opinion (including any
     Opinion of Counsel), notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond,
     debenture, or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion,
     may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters
     as it may see fit and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further
     inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled, upon reasonable notice to
     the Company, to examine the books, records, and premises of the Company,
     personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company.

          (h) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in
     respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

          (i) The permissive rights of the Trustee to do things enumerated in
     this Indenture shall not be construed as duties.

          (j) Except with respect to Section 4.01 and 4.06, the Trustee shall
     have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the Company with respect
     to the covenants contained in Article Four. In addition, the Trustee shall
     not be deemed to have knowledge of a Default or Event of Default except (i)
     any Default or Event of Default occurring pursuant to Section 4.01, 6.01(1)
     or 6.01(2) or (ii) any Default or Event of Default of which the Trustee
     shall have received written notification.

          (k) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given
     to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified,
     are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its
     capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person
     employed to act hereunder.

          (l) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for
     special, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever
     (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the
     Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and
     regardless of the form of action.

          (m) The Trustee may request that the Company delivers a certificate in
     the form of Exhibit F setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles
     of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to
     this Indenture.

SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee.

          The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the
owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company, its
Subsidiaries or its respective Affiliates with the same rights it would have if
it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any
conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to
the SEC for permission to continue as Trustee (if this Indenture has been
qualified under the Trust Indenture Act) or resign. Any Agent may do the same
with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.


                                      -83-



SECTION 7.04. Trustee's Disclaimer.

          The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation
as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be
accountable for the Company's use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall
not be responsible for any statement of the Company in this Indenture or any
document issued in connection with the sale of Notes or any statement in the
Notes other than the Trustee's certificate of authentication. The Trustee makes
no representations with respect to the effectiveness or adequacy of this
Indenture.

SECTION 7.05. Notice of Default.

          If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and the
Trustee receives actual notice of such Default or Event of Default, the Trustee
shall mail to each Holder notice of the uncured Default or Event of Default
within 90 days after such Default or Event of Default occurs. Except in the case
of a Default in payment of principal of, or interest, Additional Interest or
premium on, any Note, including an accelerated payment and the failure to make a
payment on the Change of Control Payment Date pursuant to a Change of Control
Offer or the Asset Sale Payment Date pursuant to a Asset Sale Offer, the Trustee
may withhold the notice if and so long as a trust committee of Responsible
Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is
in the interest of the Holders.

SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders.

          Within 60 days after each July 1, beginning with July 1, 2007, the
Trustee shall, to the extent that any of the events described in Trust Indenture
Act Section 313(a) occurred within the previous twelve months, but not
otherwise, mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such date that
complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply
with Trust Indenture Act Sections 313(b), 313(c) and 313(d).

          A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be
mailed by the Trustee to the Company and filed by the Trustee with the SEC and
each securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed.

          The Company shall notify the Trustee if the Notes become listed on any
securities exchange or of any delisting thereof and the Trustee shall comply
with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d).

SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity.

          The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such reasonable
compensation as the Company and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in
writing for its services rendered by it hereunder. The Trustee's compensation
shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express
trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all
reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances (including reasonable fees and
expenses of counsel) incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for
its services, except any such disbursements, expenses and advances as may be
attributable to the Trustee's negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. Such
expenses shall include the reasonable fees and expenses of the Trustee's agents
and counsel.


                                      -84-



          The Company shall indemnify each of the Trustee or any predecessor
Trustee and its agents for, and hold them harmless against, any and all loss,
damage, claims, liability or reasonable expenses, including taxes (other than
taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of such Person),
liability or expense incurred by them except for such actions to the extent
caused by any negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on their part, arising
out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust
including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending themselves against or
investigating any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or
performance of any of the Trustee's rights, powers or duties hereunder. The
Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim asserted against the
Trustee or any of its agents for which it may seek indemnity. The Company shall
defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee and
its agents subject to the claim may have separate counsel and the Company shall
pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel; provided, however, that
the Company shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if there is no
conflict of interest between the Company and the Trustee and its agents subject
to the claim in connection with such defense as reasonably determined by the
Trustee. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its written
consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company need not
reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss or liability to the extent
incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee's negligence, bad faith, willful
misconduct or breach of its duties under this Indenture.

          To secure the Company's payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the
Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes against all money or property held
or collected by the Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee, except money or
property held in trust to pay principal and interest (including Additional
Interest, if any) on particular Notes.

          When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after a Default
specified in Section 6.01(8) or (9) occurs, such expenses and the compensation
for such services shall be paid to the extent allowed under any Bankruptcy Law.

          Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the foregoing
provisions of this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of
this Indenture or the appointment of a successor Trustee.

SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee.

          The Trustee may resign at any time upon 30 days' written notice to the
Company in writing. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee upon 30 days written notice to the
Company and the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee (which Trustee shall
be reasonably acceptable to the Company). The Company may remove the Trustee if:

          (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

          (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for
     relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

          (3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or
     its property; or


                                      -85-



          (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting as Trustee hereunder.

          If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the
office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall notify each Holder of such
event and shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the
successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of
the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the
successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

          A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its
appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Immediately after that,
the retiring Trustee shall transfer, after payment of all sums then owing to the
Trustee pursuant to Section 7.07, all property held by it as Trustee to the
successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided in Section 7.07, the resignation
or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor
Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this
Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each
Holder.

          If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the
retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company or the
Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may
petition, at the expense of the Company, any court of competent jurisdiction for
the appointment of a successor Trustee at the expense of the Company.

          If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Holder may
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and
the appointment of a successor Trustee.

          Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section
7.08, the Company's obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the
benefit of the retiring Trustee.

SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.

          If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or
transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another
Person, the successor Person, without any further act, shall, if such resulting,
surviving or transferee Person is otherwise eligible hereunder, be the successor
Trustee; provided that such Person shall be otherwise qualified and eligible
under this Article Seven.

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification.

          This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the
requirement of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), 310(a)(2), 310(a)(3) and
310(a)(5). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least
$100.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of
condition. The Trustee shall comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b);
provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of Trust
Indenture Act Section 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other
securities, or certificates of interest or participation in other securities, of
the Company are outstanding, if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in
Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b)(1) are met. The provisions of Trust Indenture
Act Section 310 shall apply to the Company and any other obligor of the Notes.


                                      -86-



SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company.

          The Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee hereunder, shall comply with
Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed
in Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been
removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent
indicated. The Trustee hereby waives any right to set-off any claim that it may
have against the Company in any capacity (other than as Trustee and Paying
Agent) against any of the assets of the Company held by the Trustee.

                                 ARTICLE EIGHT

               SATISFACTION OR DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.01. Termination of the Company's Obligations.

          The Company may terminate its obligations under the Notes and this
Indenture and the obligations of the Guarantors under the Note Guarantees and
this Indenture and this Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of
further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder and then outstanding, except
those obligations referred to in the penultimate paragraph of this Section 8.01,
when:

          (1) either:

               (a) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen
          or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose
          payment money has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in
          trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or
          discharged from the trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for
          cancellation; or

               (b) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for
          cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a
          notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable
          within one year or have been called for redemption pursuant to Section
          5, Section 6 or Section 7 of the Notes and the Company has irrevocably
          deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in
          trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash or Cash Equivalents
          in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination
          thereof, in amounts as shall be sufficient, without consideration of
          any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire
          Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for
          cancellation for principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any,
          and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

          (2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on
     the date of the deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting
     from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit
     shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default
     under, any other instrument to which the Company or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries is bound;


                                      -87-



          (3) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all
     sums payable by them under this Indenture; and

          (4) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee
     under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the
     Notes at maturity or on the Redemption Date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and
discharge have been satisfied.

          In the case of clause (1)(b) of this Section 8.01, and subject to the
next sentence and notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the Company's
obligations in Sections 2.03, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.12, 4.01, 4.02, 4.03 (as
to legal existence of the Company only), 7.07, 8.06 and 8.08 shall survive until
the Notes are no longer outstanding pursuant to the last paragraph of Section
2.08. After the Notes are no longer outstanding, the Company's obligations in
Sections 7.07, 8.06 and 8.08 shall survive.

          After such delivery or irrevocable deposit, the Trustee upon request
shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company's obligations under
the Notes and this Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified
above.

SECTION 8.02. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

          The Company may, at the option of its Boards of Directors evidenced by
a resolution set forth in an Officers' Certificate, and at any time, elect to
have either Section 8.03 or 8.04 applied to all outstanding Notes and all
obligations of any Guarantor upon compliance with the conditions set forth in
this Article Eight.

SECTION 8.03. Legal Defeasance.

          Upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.02 of the option
applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and each of the Guarantors shall,
subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.05, be
deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all
outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees) on the date the conditions set
forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, "LEGAL DEFEASANCE"). Such Legal
Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have
paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes
(including the Note Guarantees), which shall thereafter be deemed to be
"outstanding" only for the purposes of Section 8.06 and the other Sections of
this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied
all of their other obligations under such Notes, the Guarantees and this
Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company,
shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the
following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or
discharged hereunder:

          (1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in
     respect of the principal of or interest or premium and Additional Interest,
     if any, on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to
     in Section 8.06;


                                      -88-



          (2) the Company's obligations with respect to the Notes under Article
     Two and Section 4.02;

          (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee
     hereunder, and the Company's and the Guarantors' obligations in connection
     therewith; and

          (4) this Article Eight.

Subject to compliance with this Article Eight, the Company may exercise its
option under this Section 8.03 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option
under Section 8.04.

SECTION 8.04. Covenant Defeasance.

          Upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.02 of the option
applicable to this Section 8.04, (i) the Company and each of the Guarantors
shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.05,
be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in
Sections 4.03 (other than with respect to the legal existence of the Company),
4.04, 4.07, 4.09 through 4.18 (except for obligations under Section 4.17
mandated by the Trust Indenture Act), and Section 5.01 (except for the covenants
contained in clauses (a)(1) and (a)(2) thereof) with respect to the outstanding
Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.05 are
satisfied (hereinafter, "COVENANT DEFEASANCE"), (ii) the Company and the
Guarantors may cause the release of the Note Guarantees and of any Liens
securing the Notes or the Guarantees, and (iii) the Notes shall thereafter be
deemed not "outstanding" for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or
declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in
connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed "outstanding"
for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not
be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant
Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Guarantees, the
Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and shall have no liability
in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant,
whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to
any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any
other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply, and
any release of the Note Guarantees or of Liens securing the Notes or the Note
Guarantees, shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section
6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such
Notes and Guarantees shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the
Company's exercise under Section 8.02 of the option applicable to this Section
8.04, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04,
Sections 6.01(3) through 6.01(7) shall not constitute Events of Default.

SECTION 8.05. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

          In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
under either Sections 8.03 or 8.04:

          (1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust,
     for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable
     Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in amounts as shall be
     sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, in the
     opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank,


                                      -89-



     appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the
     principal of or interest and premium and Additional Interest, if any, on
     the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable
     Redemption Date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether
     the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular Redemption
     Date;

          (2) in the case of an election under Section 8.03, the Company must
     deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the
     Trustee confirming that (a) the Company has received from, or there has
     been published by, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since
     the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable U.S.
     federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based
     thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the
     outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal
     income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and shall be
     subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner
     and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance
     had not occurred;

          (3) in the case of an election under Section 8.04, the Company must
     deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the
     Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes shall not
     recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a
     result of such Covenant Defeasance and shall be subject to U.S. federal
     income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as
     would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

          (4) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on
     the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default
     resulting from, or otherwise arising in connection with, the borrowing of
     funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such
     borrowing);

          (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a
     breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material
     agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or
     any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its
     Subsidiaries is bound;

          (6) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
     stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of
     preferring the Holders over the other creditors of the Company or any of
     its Subsidiaries or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or
     defrauding creditors of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or others;
     and

          (7) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
     and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that all conditions precedent
     relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been
     complied with.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the opinion of counsel required by
clause (2) above with respect to an election under Section 8.03 need not be
delivered if all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation
shall become due and payable within one year


                                      -90-



under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of a
notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the
Company.

          If the funds deposited with the trustee to effect Covenant Defeasance
are insufficient to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes when due,
then the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Indenture will
be revived and no such defeasance will be deemed to have occurred.

SECTION 8.06. Deposited Money and Government Securities To Be Held in Trust;
              Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

          Subject to Section 8.07, all cash, Cash Equivalents and non-callable
Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the
Trustee (or other qualifying Trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section
8.06, the "TRUSTEE") pursuant to Article Eight in respect of the outstanding
Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the
provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or
through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such
Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium
and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be
segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

          The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee
or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable
Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.05 or the principal and
interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other
charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

          Notwithstanding anything in this Article Eight to the contrary, the
Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request
of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as
provided in Section 8.04 which, in the opinion of a firm of independent public
accountants or any investment bank or appraisal firm, in each case nationally
recognized in the United States expressed in a written certification thereof
delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section
8.05(1)), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be
deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

SECTION 8.07. Repayment to the Company.

          Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, in trust for
the payment of the principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or
interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal,
premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable
shall promptly be paid to the Company on their written request or shall be
discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter be
permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of
the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all
liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.


                                      -91-



SECTION 8.08. Reinstatement.

          If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States
dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with this Article
Eight, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or
governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such
application, then the Company's and the Guarantors' obligations under this
Indenture and the Notes and the Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as
though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article Eight until such time as
the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance
with this Article Eight, as the case may be; provided, however, that (a) if the
Company makes any payment of principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if
any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the
Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to
receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent and (b)
so long as no payment Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, unless otherwise required by any legal proceeding or any other order
or judgment of any court or governmental authority, the Trustee or Paying Agent
shall return all such money and U.S. Obligations (in each case to the extent
remaining in their possession) to the Company promptly after receiving a written
request therefore at any time, if such reinstatement of the Company's
obligations has occurred and continues to be in effect other than such money as
has been applied to payment on the Notes.

          The Company shall be entitled to cure any event resulting in the
reinstatement of its obligations hereunder.

                                  ARTICLE NINE

                       AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders.

          The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend, waive,
supplement or otherwise modify this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees or
any other agreement or instrument entered into in connection with this Indenture
without notice to or consent of any Holder:

          (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

          (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of
     certificated Notes;

          (3) to provide for the assumption of the Company's or a Guarantor's
     obligations to Holders and Guarantees in the case of a merger, amalgamation
     or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company's or
     such Guarantor's assets, as applicable;

          (4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or
     benefits to the Holders or that does not materially adversely affect the
     legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;


                                      -92-



          (5) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or
     maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

          (6) to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and a
     Guarantee with respect to the Notes or to release a Guarantee or a security
     interest under the Notes or a Guarantee in accordance with the terms of
     this Indenture;

          (7) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with
     the terms of this Indenture;

          (8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment under
     this Indenture by a successor Trustee;

          (9) to comply with the rules of any applicable securities depository;

          (10) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the
     Notes to any provision of the "Description of Notes" in the Offering
     Memorandum to the extent that such provision in the "Description of Notes"
     was intended by the Company (as demonstrated by an Officers' Certificate)
     to be a substantially verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture,
     the Note Guarantees or the Notes;

          (11) to add to the covenants of the Company or any Restricted
     Subsidiary for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or surrender any
     rights or powers conferred upon the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;
     or

          (12) to secure the Notes.

          Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its
Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental
Indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of any documents requested under
Section 7.02(b), the Trustee shall join with the Company and any Guarantors in
the execution of any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized or permitted
by the terms of this Indenture and make any further appropriate agreements and
stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be
obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture that affects its
own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders.

          (a) Subject to Sections 6.07 and 9.03, the Company, the Guarantors and
the Trustee, together, with the written consent of the Holder or Holders of at
least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding
(including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase
of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), may amend or supplement this
Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees, and any existing Default or Event
of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or
the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority
in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without
limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer
or exchange offer for, Notes).


                                      -93-



          (b) Notwithstanding Section 9.02(a), without the consent of the
Company and each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not
(with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

          (1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to
     an amendment, supplement or waiver;

          (2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note
     or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (it
     being understood that this clause (2) does not apply to Sections 4.09 and
     4.13);

          (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest or
     Additional Interest on any Note;

          (4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal
     of, or interest or premium, or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes
     (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the holders of at
     least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding
     Notes in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and a waiver of
     the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

          (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the
     Notes;

          (6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to
     waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of
     principal of, or interest or premium or Additional Interest, if any, on the
     Notes, or Additional Amounts, if any;

          (7) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (it being
     understood that this clause (7) does not apply to a payment required by
     Section 4.09 or 4.13);

          (8) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its
     Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this
     Indenture;

          (9) in the event that the obligation to make a Change of Control Offer
     or an Asset Sale Offer has arisen, amend, change or modify in any material
     respect the obligation of the Company to make and consummate such Change of
     Control Offer or such Asset Sale Offer, as the case may be;

          (10) expressly subordinate in right of payment the Notes or the Note
     Guarantees to any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor; or

          (11) make any change to this Section 9.02.

          (c) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under
this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment,
supplement or waiver but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the
substance thereof.

          (d) A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under this
Indenture by any Holder given in connection with an exchange (in the case of an
exchange offer) or a


                                      -94-



tender (in the case of a tender offer) of such Holder's Notes shall not be
rendered invalid by such tender or exchange.

          (e) After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02
becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders affected thereby a
notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of
the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in
any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or
waiver.

SECTION 9.03. Compliance with the Trust Indenture Act.

          From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the Trust
Indenture Act, every amendment, waiver or supplement of this Indenture, the
Notes or the Note Guarantees shall be set forth in a document that complies with
the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents.

          Until an amendment, waiver or supplement becomes effective, a consent
to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent
Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the
consenting Holder's Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any
Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to
his Note or portion of his Note by notice to the Trustee or the Company received
before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officers' Certificate
certifying that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have
consented (and not theretofore revoked such consent) to the amendment,
supplement or waiver.

          The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for
the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment,
supplement or waiver, which record date shall be prior to the first solicitation
of such consent. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the last
sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders
at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons,
shall be entitled to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such
Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be
valid or effective for more than 90 days after such record date. The Company
shall inform the Trustee in writing of the fixed record date if applicable.

          After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall
bind every Holder, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (1)
through (11) of Section 9.02(b), in which case, the amendment, supplement or
waiver shall bind only each Holder who has consented to it and every subsequent
Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the
consenting Holder's Note; provided that the Company and the Trustee are able to
identify the particular Note which has so consented; provided, further, that any
such waiver shall not impair or affect the right of any Holder to receive
payment of principal of, and interest, Additional Interest (if any) and premium
on, a Note, on or after the respective due dates therefor, or to bring suit for
the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates without
the consent of such Holder.


                                      -95-



SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

          If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the
Company may require the Holder to deliver it to the Trustee. The Company shall
provide the Trustee with an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed
terms and cause the Trustee to return it to the Holder at the Company's expense.
Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in
exchange for the Note shall issue, and the Trustee shall authenticate, a new
Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation
or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment,
supplement or waiver.

SECTION 9.06. Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc.

          The Trustee shall execute any amendment, supplement or waiver
authorized pursuant to this Article Nine; provided that the Trustee may, but
shall not be obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver
which affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this
Indenture. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and, subject to Section
7.01, shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, an Opinion of
Counsel and an Officers' Certificate, each stating that the execution of any
amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Nine is
authorized or permitted by this Indenture. Such Opinion of Counsel shall be at
the expense of the Company.

          Upon the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture pursuant
to and in accordance with this Article Nine, this Indenture shall be modified in
accordance therewith, and such amended or supplemental Indenture shall form a
part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Notes theretofore
or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

                                  ARTICLE TEN

                                 NOTE GUARANTEE

SECTION 10.01. Unconditional Guarantee.

          Subject to the provisions of this Article Ten, each of the Guarantors
hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to
each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the
Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and
enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company to
the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder: (a) (x) the due and punctual
payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional
Interest, if any, on the Notes when and as the same shall become due and
payable, whether at maturity, upon redemption or repurchase, by acceleration or
otherwise, (y) the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal
and (to the extent permitted by law) interest and Additional Interest, if any,
on the Notes and (z) the due and punctual payment and performance of all other
obligations of the Company, in each case, to the Holders or the Trustee
hereunder or thereunder (including amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07),
all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof (collectively, the
"GUARANTEE OBLIGATIONS"); and (b) in case of any extension of


                                      -96-



time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the
due and punctual payment and performance of the Guarantee Obligations in
accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at maturity, upon
redemption or repurchase, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due
of any amount so guaranteed, or failing performance of any other obligation of
the Company to the Holders under this Indenture or under the Notes, for whatever
reason, each Guarantor shall be obligated to pay, or to perform or cause the
performance of, the same immediately. An Event of Default under this Indenture
or the Notes shall constitute an Event of Default under the Note Guarantees, and
shall entitle the Holders to accelerate the obligations of the Guarantors
thereunder in the same manner and to the same extent as the obligations of the
Company.

          Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that (to the extent permitted by
law) its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the
validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the
absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder
with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, any release of any other
Guarantor, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to
enforce the same, whether or not a Note Guarantee is affixed to any particular
Note, or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or
equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor (other than payment). To the
fullest extent permitted by law and subject to Section 6.06, each of the
Guarantors hereby waives the benefit of diligence, presentment, demand of
payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy
of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company,
protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that its Note Guarantee
shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations
contained in the Notes, this Indenture and this Note Guarantee. This Note
Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection. If any Holder or the
Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company or to any
Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official
acting in relation to the Company or such Guarantor, any amount paid by the
Company or such Guarantor to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to
the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.
Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the
Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (a) subject to this Article Ten, the
maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in
Article Six for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay,
injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the
obligations guaranteed hereby, and (b) in the event of any acceleration of such
obligations as provided in Article Six, such obligations (whether or not due and
payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the
purpose of this Note Guarantee.

SECTION 10.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

          Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby
confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of
such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes
of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent
Transfer Act or any similar federal, foreign, provincial or state law to the
extent applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention,
the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree (to the
extent required by such laws) that the obligations of such Guarantor under its
Note Guarantee and this Article Ten shall be limited to the maximum amount as
will, after giving effect to all other


                                      -97-



contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor (including any guarantee
under the Credit Agreement) that are relevant under such laws, and after giving
effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments
made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of
such other Guarantor under this Article Ten, result in the obligations of such
Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or
conveyance. Each Guarantor that makes a payment for distribution under its Note
Guarantee is entitled to a contribution from each other Guarantor in a pro rata
amount based on the adjusted net assets of each Guarantor.

SECTION 10.03. Execution and Delivery of Guarantee.

          To further evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each
Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Guarantee, substantially in the
form of Exhibit E hereto (each, a "NOTATION OF GUARANTEE"), shall be endorsed on
each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee. Such Notation of Guarantee
shall be executed on behalf of each Guarantor by either manual or facsimile
signature of one Officer or other person duly authorized by all necessary
corporate action of such Guarantor who shall have been duly authorized to so
execute by all requisite corporate action. The validity and enforceability of
any Notation of Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not
affixed to any particular Note.

          Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth
in Section 10.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any
failure to endorse on each Note a Notation of Guarantee.

          If an Officer of a Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture or a
Notation of Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee
authenticates the Note on which such Notation of Guarantee is endorsed or at any
time thereafter, such Guarantor's Notation of Guarantee of such Note shall
nevertheless be valid.

          The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication
thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of any Note Guarantee set forth
in this Indenture on behalf of each Guarantor.

SECTION 10.04. Release of a Guarantor.

          Notwithstanding Section 4.16(a), a Guarantor shall be automatically
and unconditionally released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee and
its obligations under this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement in
accordance with Section 4.16(b) or as otherwise expressly permitted by this
Indenture.

          The Trustee shall execute an appropriate instrument prepared by the
Company evidencing the release of a Guarantor from its obligations under its
Note Guarantee upon receipt of a request by the Company or such Guarantor
accompanied by an Officers' Certificate and, if requested by the Trustee, an
Opinion of Counsel certifying as to the compliance with this Section 10.04;
provided, however, that the legal counsel delivering such Opinion of Counsel may
rely as to matters of fact on one or more Officers' Certificates of the Company.


                                      -98-



          Except as set forth in Articles Four and Five and this Section 10.04,
nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any
consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another
Guarantor or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor
as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another
Guarantor.

SECTION 10.05. Waiver of Subrogation.

          Until this Indenture is discharged and all of the Notes are discharged
and paid in full, each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives and agrees not to
exercise any claim or other rights which it may now or hereafter acquire against
the Company that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement
of the Company's obligations under the Notes or this Indenture and such
Guarantor's obligations under this Note Guarantee and this Indenture, in any
such instance including, without limitation, any right of subrogation,
reimbursement, exoneration, contribution, indemnification, and any right to
participate in any claim or remedy of the Holders against the Company, whether
or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute
or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from
the Company, directly or indirectly, in cash or other assets or by set-off or in
any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim or other rights.
If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the preceding
sentence and any amounts owing to the Trustee or the Holders under the Notes,
this Indenture, or any other document or instrument delivered under or in
connection with such agreements or instruments, shall not have been paid in
full, such amount shall have been deemed to have been paid to such Guarantor for
the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the Trustee or the Holders
and shall forthwith be paid to the Trustee for the benefit of itself or such
Holders to be credited and applied to the obligations in favor of the Trustee or
the Holders, as the case may be, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance
with the terms of this Indenture. Each Guarantor acknowledges that it shall
receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements
contemplated by this Indenture and that the waiver set forth in this Section
10.05 is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

SECTION 10.06. Immediate Payment.

          Each Guarantor agrees to make immediate payment to the Trustee on
behalf of the Holders of all Guarantee Obligations owing or payable to the
respective Holders upon receipt of a demand for payment therefor by the Trustee
to such Guarantor in writing.

SECTION 10.07. No Set-Off.

          Each payment to be made by a Guarantor hereunder in respect of the
Guarantee Obligations shall be payable in the currency or currencies in which
such Guarantee Obligations are denominated, and, to the fullest extent permitted
by law, shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of
any kind or nature.

SECTION 10.08. Guarantee Obligations Absolute.

          The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are and shall be absolute
and unconditional and any monies or amounts expressed to be owing or payable by
each Guarantor


                                      -99-



hereunder which may not be recoverable from such Guarantor on the basis of a
Note Guarantee shall be recoverable from such Guarantor as a primary obligor and
principal debtor in respect thereof.

SECTION 10.09. Note Guarantee Obligations Continuing.

          The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall be continuing and
shall remain in full force and effect until all such obligations have been paid
and satisfied in full. Each Guarantor agrees with the Trustee that it shall,
upon request by the Trustee, deliver to the Trustee suitable acknowledgments of
this continued liability hereunder and under any other instrument or instruments
relating to this Indenture in such form as counsel to the Trustee may reasonably
advise.

SECTION 10.10. Note Guarantee Obligations Not Reduced.

          The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be satisfied,
reduced or discharged solely by the payment of such principal, premium, if any,
interest, fees and other monies or amounts as may at any time prior to discharge
of this Indenture pursuant to Article Eight be or become owing or payable under
or by virtue of or otherwise in connection with the Notes or this Indenture.

SECTION 10.11. Note Guarantee Obligations Reinstated.

          The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall continue to be
effective or shall be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment
which would otherwise have reduced the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder
(whether such payment shall have been made by or on behalf of the Company or by
or on behalf of a Guarantor) is rescinded or reclaimed from any of the Holders
upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Company or
any Guarantor or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made. If
demand for, or acceleration of the time for, payment by the Company or any other
Guarantor is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or
reorganization of the Company or such Guarantor, all such Indebtedness otherwise
subject to demand for payment or acceleration shall nonetheless be payable by
each Guarantor as provided herein.

SECTION 10.12. Note Guarantee Obligations Not Affected.

          To the fullest extent permitted by law, the obligations of each
Guarantor hereunder shall, subject to Section 10.04, not be affected, impaired
or diminished in any way by any act, omission, matter or thing whatsoever,
occurring before, upon or after any demand for payment hereunder (and whether or
not known or consented to by any Guarantor or any of the Holders) which, but for
this provision, might constitute a whole or partial defense to a claim against
any Guarantor hereunder or might operate to release or otherwise exonerate any
Guarantor from any of its obligations hereunder or otherwise affect such
obligations, whether occasioned by default of any of the Holders or otherwise,
including, without limitation:

          (a) any limitation of status or power, disability, incapacity or other
     circumstance relating to the Company or any other Person, including any
     insolvency,


                                     -100-



     bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization, readjustment, composition,
     dissolution, winding-up or other proceeding involving or affecting the
     Company or any other Person;

          (b) any irregularity, defect, unenforceability or invalidity in
     respect of any indebtedness or other obligation of the Company or any other
     Person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other document or instrument;

          (c) any failure of the Company or any other Guarantor, whether or not
     without fault on its part, to perform or comply with any of the provisions
     of this Indenture, the Notes or any Note Guarantee, or to give notice
     thereof to a Guarantor;

          (d) the taking or enforcing or exercising or the refusal or neglect to
     take or enforce or exercise any right or remedy from or against the Company
     or any other Person or their respective assets or the release or discharge
     of any such right or remedy;

          (e) the granting of time, renewals, extensions, compromises,
     concessions, waivers, releases, discharges and other indulgences to the
     Company or any other Person;

          (f) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any
     other term of, any of the Notes, or any other amendment, variation,
     supplement, replacement or waiver of, or any consent to departure from, any
     of the Notes or this Indenture, including, without limitation, any increase
     or decrease in the principal amount of or premium, if any, or interest or
     Additional Interest on any of the Notes;

          (g) any change in the ownership, control, name, objects, businesses,
     assets, capital structure or constitution of the Company or a Guarantor;

          (h) any merger or amalgamation of the Company or a Guarantor with any
     Person or Persons;

          (i) the occurrence of any change in the laws, rules, regulations or
     ordinances of any jurisdiction by any present or future action of any
     governmental authority or court amending, varying, reducing or otherwise
     affecting, or purporting to amend, vary, reduce or otherwise affect, any of
     the Guarantee Obligations or the obligations of a Guarantor under its Note
     Guarantee; and

          (j) any other circumstance, including release of a Guarantor pursuant
     to Section 10.04 (other than by complete, irrevocable payment) that might
     otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of the
     Company under this Indenture or the Notes or of a Guarantor in respect of
     its Note Guarantee hereunder.

SECTION 10.13. Waiver.

          Without in any way limiting the provisions of Section 10.01, each
Guarantor hereby waives notice of acceptance hereof, notice of any liability of
any Guarantor hereunder, notice or proof of reliance by the Holders upon the
obligations of any Guarantor hereunder, and diligence, presentment, demand for
payment on the Company, protest, notice of dishonor or non-


                                     -101-



payment of any of the Guarantee Obligations, or other notice or formalities to
the Company or any Guarantor of any kind whatsoever.

SECTION 10.14. No Obligation To Take Action Against the Company.

          Neither the Trustee nor any other Person shall have any obligation to
enforce or exhaust any rights or remedies against the Company or any other
Person or any property of the Company or any other Person before the Trustee is
entitled to demand payment and performance by any or all Guarantors of their
liabilities and obligations under their Note Guarantees or under this Indenture.

SECTION 10.15. Dealing with the Company and Others.

          The Holders, without releasing, discharging, limiting or otherwise
affecting in whole or in part the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor
hereunder and without the consent of or notice to any Guarantor, may

          (a) grant time, renewals, extensions, compromises, concessions,
     waivers, releases, discharges and other indulgences to the Company or any
     other Person;

          (b) take or abstain from taking security or collateral from the
     Company or from perfecting security or collateral of the Company;

          (c) release, discharge, compromise, realize, enforce or otherwise deal
     with or do any act or thing in respect of (with or without consideration)
     any and all collateral, mortgages or other security given by the Company or
     any third party with respect to the obligations or matters contemplated by
     this Indenture or the Notes;

          (d) accept compromises or arrangements from the Company;

          (e) apply all monies at any time received from the Company or from any
     security upon such part of the Guarantee Obligations as the Holders may see
     fit or change any such application in whole or in part from time to time as
     the Holders may see fit; and

          (f) otherwise deal with, or waive or modify their right to deal with,
     the Company and all other Persons and any security as the Holders or the
     Trustee may see fit.

SECTION 10.16. Default and Enforcement.

          If any Guarantor fails to pay in accordance with Section 10.06 hereof,
the Trustee may proceed in its name as trustee hereunder in the enforcement of
the Note Guarantee of any such Guarantor and such Guarantor's obligations
thereunder and hereunder by any remedy provided by law, whether by legal
proceedings or otherwise, and to recover from such Guarantor the obligations.


                                     -102-



SECTION 10.17. Acknowledgment.

          Each Guarantor hereby acknowledges communication of the terms of this
Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees consents to and approves of the
same.

SECTION 10.18. Costs and Expenses.

          Each Guarantor shall pay on demand by the Trustee any and all
reasonable costs, fees and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable
legal fees on a solicitor and client basis) incurred by the Trustee, its agents,
advisors and counsel or any of the Holders in enforcing any of their rights
under any Note Guarantee.

SECTION 10.19. No Merger or Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.

          No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the
Trustee or the Holders, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under
this Indenture or the Notes, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any
single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or
under this Indenture or the Notes preclude any other or further exercise thereof
or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights,
remedies, powers and privileges in the Note Guarantee and under this Indenture,
the Notes and any other document or instrument between a Guarantor and/or the
Company and the Trustee are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights,
remedies, powers and privilege provided by law.

SECTION 10.20. Survival of Note Guarantee Obligations.

          Without prejudice to the survival of any of the other obligations of
each Guarantor hereunder, the obligations of each Guarantor under Section 10.01
shall survive the payment in full of the Guarantee Obligations and shall be
enforceable against such Guarantor, to the fullest extent permitted by law,
without regard to and without giving effect to any defense, right of offset or
counterclaim available to or which may be asserted by the Company or any
Guarantor.

SECTION 10.21. Note Guarantee in Addition to Other Guarantee Obligations.

          The obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee and this
Indenture are in addition to and not in substitution for any other obligations
to the Trustee or to any of the Holders in relation to this Indenture or the
Notes and any guarantees or security at any time held by or for the benefit of
any of them.

SECTION 10.22. Severability.

          Any provision of this Article Ten which is prohibited or unenforceable
in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate the remaining provisions and any such
prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or
render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction unless its removal
would substantially defeat the basic intent, spirit and purpose of this
Indenture and this Article Ten.


                                     -103-



SECTION 10.23. Successors and Assigns.

          Subject to the provisions herein relating to the release of Note
Guarantees, each Note Guarantee shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit
of each Guarantor and the Trustee and the other Holders and their respective
successors and permitted assigns, except that no Guarantor may assign any of its
obligations hereunder or thereunder.

                                 ARTICLE ELEVEN

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 11.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls.

          If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with
another provision which is required or deemed to be included in this Indenture
by the Trust Indenture Act, such required or deemed provision of the Trust
Indenture Act shall control.

SECTION 11.02. Notices.

          Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder
shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery,
by nationally recognized overnight courier service, by telecopier or registered
or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as
follows:

          if to the Company or a Guarantor:

               c/o Navios Maritime Holdings Inc.
               85 Akti Miaouli Street
               Piraeus 185 38, Greece
               Attn: Secretary
               Telephone: +30-210-4595000

          with a copy to:

               Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP
               One New York Plaza
               New York, NY 10004
               Attn: Stuart Gelfond
               Telephone: (212) 859-8000
               Facsimile: (212) 859-4000


                                     -104-



          if to the Trustee:

               Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
               Corporate Trust Services
               Sixth and Marquette
               MAC N9303-120
               Minneapolis, MN 55479
               Attn:  Corporate Trust Services
               Telephone: 612-667-2344
               Facsimile: 612-667-9825

          Each of the Company, each Guarantor and the Trustee by written notice
to each other such Person may designate additional or different addresses for
notices to such Person. Any notice or communication to the Company and the
Trustee, shall be deemed to have been given or made as of the date so delivered
if personally delivered; when replied to; when receipt is acknowledged, if
telecopied; five (5) calendar days after mailing if sent by registered or
certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall
not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee); and
next Business Day if by nationally recognized overnight courier service.

          Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to him
by first class mail or other equivalent means at his address as it appears on
the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given to him
if so mailed within the time prescribed.

          Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in
it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice
or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given,
whether or not the addressee receives it.

          Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice
may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either
before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such
notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such
filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in
reliance on such waiver.

          In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by
reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail,
then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall
constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

SECTION 11.03. Communications by Holders with Other Holders.

          Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act section 312(b)
with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture, the Notes
or the Note Guarantees. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and any other
Person shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act section 312(c).


                                     -105-



SECTION 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

          Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take
any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee
(unless otherwise agreed by the Trustee):

          (1) an Officers' Certificate, in form and substance reasonably
     satisfactory to the Trustee, stating that, in the opinion of the signers,
     all conditions precedent to be performed or effected by the Company, if
     any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have
     been complied with; and

          (2) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel
     (who may rely upon Officers' Certificates as to matters of fact), all such
     conditions precedent have been satisfied; provided, however, that such
     opinion shall not be required in connection with the initial issuance of
     the Notes hereunder.

SECTION 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

          Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a
condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture, other than the Officers'
Certificate required by Section 4.06, shall include, to the extent required by
the Trust Indenture Act or requested by the Trustee:

          (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has
     read such covenant or condition;

          (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or
     investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such
     certificate or opinion are based;

          (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he has made such
     examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an
     informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been
     complied with or satisfied; and

          (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such
     Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied or complied with;
     provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of
     Counsel may rely on an Officers' Certificate or certificates of public
     officials.

SECTION 11.06. Rules by Paying Agent or Registrar.

          The Paying Agent or Registrar may make reasonable rules and set
reasonable requirements for their functions.


                                     -106-



SECTION 11.07. Legal Holidays.

          If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the
next succeeding day that is a Business Day without the accrual of additional
interest in the intervening period.

SECTION 11.08. GOVERNING LAW; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION.

          THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY
AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT
GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION
OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE
COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL
PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE
TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

          Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this
Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees or the transactions contemplated
hereby may be instituted in the federal courts of the United States of America
located in the City of New York or the courts of the State of New York in each
case located in the City of New York (collectively, the "SPECIFIED COURTS"), and
each party irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts
in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice
or document by mail (to the extent allowed under any applicable statute or rule
of court) to such party's address set forth in Section 11.02 shall be effective
service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such
court. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the
laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts
and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any
such court that any suit, action or other proceeding has been brought in an
inconvenient forum.

SECTION 11.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

          This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or
debt agreement of any of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Any such
indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

SECTION 11.10. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and
               Stockholders.

          No past, future or present director, Officer, employee, incorporator,
member, manager, agent or shareholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such,
shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantors
under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on,
in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder
by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability to the fullest


                                     -107-



extent permitted by law. Such waiver and release are part of the consideration
for issuance of the Notes and the Note Guarantees.

SECTION 11.11. Successors.

          All agreements of the Company and the Guarantors in this Indenture,
the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall bind their respective successors. All
agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor.

SECTION 11.12. Duplicate Originals.

          All parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each
signed copy or counterpart shall be an original, but all of them together shall
represent the same agreement.

SECTION 11.13. Severability.

          To the extent permitted by applicable law, in case any one or more of
the provisions in this Indenture, in the Notes or in the Note Guarantees shall
be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any respect for any reason, the
validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other
respect and of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or
impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the provisions hereof shall be
enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.

SECTION 11.14. Force Majeure.

          In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure
or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or
caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without
limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil
or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and
interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer
(software and hardware) services, it being understood that the Trustee shall use
reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking
industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

SECTION 11.15. Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of
               Immunities.

          (a) The Company and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably consent and
agree to the service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and
documents in any such action, suit or proceeding brought against them with
respect to their obligations, liabilities or any other matter arising out of or
in connection with this Indenture, by serving a copy thereof upon any employee
of any of the Company or any Guarantor (in such capacity, the "Company Process
Agent") at any business location that the Company or any Guarantor may maintain
from time to time in the United States including, without limitation, at the
offices of Navios Corporation located at 20 Marshall Street, Suite 200, South
Norwalk, Connecticut 06854.

          (b) If at any time the Company or any Guarantor has or maintains a
business location in the State of New York (such Person, the "New York Presence
Obligor"), then the


                                     -108-



Company and the Guarantors shall, within 30 days after such location is opened,
is acquired or otherwise exists, irrevocably designate, appoint and empower the
New York Presence Obligor as their designee, appointee and agent to receive,
accept and acknowledge for and on their behalf service of any and all legal
process, summons, notices and documents that may be served in any action, suit
or proceeding brought against them in any United States or state court located
in the County of New York with respect to their obligations, liabilities or any
other matter arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and that may be
made on such designee, appointee and agent in accordance with legal procedures
prescribed for such courts (the "New York Process Agent"). Promptly upon making
such appointment, the Company and the Guarantors shall promptly deliver notice
thereof (which shall attach a copy of the operative appointing documentation) to
the Trustee.

          (c) If at any time either (i) neither the Company nor any Guarantor
maintains a bona fide business location in the State of Connecticut or the State
of New York or (ii) a New York Presence Obligor exists but the Company or any
Guarantor fails to satisfy its obligations under the foregoing paragraph (b),
then the Company and the Guarantors shall promptly (and in any event within 10
days) irrevocably designate, appoint and empower CT Corporation System, with
offices currently at 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011 (or such other
third party corporate service provider of national standing as may be reasonably
acceptable to the Representatives), as their designee, appointee and agent to
receive, accept and acknowledge for and on their behalf service of any and all
legal process, summons, notices and documents that may be served in any action,
suit or proceeding brought against them in any such United States or state court
located in the County of New York with respect to their obligations, liabilities
or any other matter arising out of or in connection with this Indenture and that
may be made on such designee, appointee and agent in accordance with legal
procedures prescribed for such courts (the "Third Party Process Agent"; each of
the Company Process Agent, the New York Process Agent or the Third Party Process
Agent, a "Process Agent") and pay all fees and expenses required by the Third
Party Process Agent in connection therewith. If for any reason such Third Party
Process Agent hereunder shall cease to be available to act as such, each of the
Company and the Guarantors agrees to designate a new Third Party Process Agent
in the County of New York on the terms and for the purposes of this Section
11.15 satisfactory to the Representatives.

          (d) Each of the Company and the Guarantors further hereby irrevocably
consents and agrees to the service of any and all legal process, summons,
notices and documents in any such action, suit or proceeding against them by (i)
serving a copy thereof upon any of the relevant Process Agents specified in
clauses (a) through (c) above, or (ii) or by mailing copies thereof by
registered or certified air mail, postage prepaid, to the Company, at its
address specified in or designated pursuant to this Indenture. Each of the
Company and the Guarantors agrees that the failure of any Process Agent, to give
any notice of such service to it shall not impair or affect in any way the
validity of such service or any judgment rendered in any action or proceeding
based thereon.

          (e) Each of the Company and each Guarantor agree that a final judgment
in any such suit, action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced
in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided
by law. Nothing herein shall in any way be deemed to limit the ability of the
Trustee or any Holder to serve any such legal process,


                                     -109-



summons, notices and documents in any other manner permitted by applicable law
or to obtain jurisdiction over the Company or the Guarantors or bring actions,
suits or proceedings against them in such other jurisdictions, and in such
manner, as may be permitted by applicable law.

          (f) The provisions of this Section 11.15 shall survive any termination
of this Indenture, in whole or in part.

          (g) To the extent that the Company or any Guarantor has or hereafter
may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal
process with respect to itself or its property, it hereby irrevocably waives (to
the extent permitted by law) such immunity in respect of its obligations under
each of this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees (and the Notations of
Guarantee). In addition, the Company and each Guarantor irrevocably waives and
agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise in any such
suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the
jurisdiction of the above-mentioned courts for any reason whatsoever, that such
suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue
for such suit is improper, or that this Indenture, the Notes or the Note
Guarantees (and the Notations of Guarantee) or the subject matter hereof or
thereof may not be enforced in such courts.

SECTION 11.16. Currency of Account; Conversion of Currency; Foreign Exchange
               Restrictions.

          (a) U.S. dollars are the sole currency of account and payment for all
sums payable by the Company and the Guarantors under or in connection with the
Notes, the Note Guarantees or this Indenture, including damages related thereto.
Any amount received or recovered in a currency other than U.S. dollars by a
Holder (whether as a result of, or of the enforcement of, a judgment or order of
a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding-up or dissolution of the Company or
otherwise) in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the Company
shall only constitute a discharge to the Company to the extent of the U.S.
dollar amount which the recipient is able to purchase with the amount so
received or recovered in that other currency on the date of that receipt or
recovery (or, if it is not practicable to make that purchase on that date, on
the first date on which it is practicable to do so). If that U.S. dollar amount
is less than the U.S. dollar amount expressed to be due to the recipient under
the Notes, the Company shall indemnify it against any loss sustained by it as a
result as set forth in Section 11.16(b). In any event, the Company and the
Guarantors shall indemnify the recipient against the cost of making any such
purchase. For the purposes of this Section 11.16, it shall be sufficient for the
Holder to certify in a satisfactory manner (indicating sources of information
used) that it would have suffered a loss had an actual purchase of U.S. dollars
been made with the amount so received in that other currency on the date of
receipt or recovery (or, if a purchase of U.S. dollars on such date had not been
practicable, on the first date on which it would have been practicable, it being
required that the need for a change of date be certified in the manner mentioned
above). The indemnities set forth in this Section 11.16 constitute separate and
independent obligations from other obligations of the Company and the
Guarantors, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, shall
apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by any Holder and shall continue in
full force and effect despite any other judgment, order, claim or proof for a
liquidated amount in respect of any sum due under the Notes.


                                     -110-



          (b) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, covenant
and agree that the following provisions shall apply to conversion of currency in
the case of the Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture:

          (1)  (A)  If for the purpose of obtaining judgment in, or enforcing
                    the judgment of, any court in any country, it becomes
                    necessary to convert into a currency (the "JUDGMENT
                    CURRENCY") an amount due in any other currency (the "BASE
                    CURRENCY"), then the conversion shall be made at the rate of
                    exchange prevailing on the Business Day before the day on
                    which the judgment is given or the order of enforcement is
                    made, as the case may be (unless a court shall otherwise
                    determine).

               (B)  If there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing
                    between the Business Day before the day on which the
                    judgment is given or an order of enforcement is made, as the
                    case may be (or such other date as a court shall determine),
                    and the date of receipt of the amount due, the Company and
                    the Guarantors shall pay such additional (or, as the case
                    may be, such lesser) amount, if any, as may be necessary so
                    that the amount paid in the Judgment Currency when converted
                    at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of receipt
                    shall produce the amount in the Base Currency originally
                    due.

          (2) In the event of the winding-up of the Company or any Guarantor at
     any time while any amount or damages owing under the Notes, the Note
     Guarantees and this Indenture, or any judgment or order rendered in respect
     thereof, shall remain outstanding, the Company and the Guarantors shall
     indemnify and hold the Holders and the Trustee harmless against any
     deficiency arising or resulting from any variation in rates of exchange
     between (i) the date as of which the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the amount
     due or contingently due under the Notes, the Note Guarantees and this
     Indenture (other than under this subsection (b)(2)) is calculated for the
     purposes of such winding-up and (ii) the final date for the filing of
     proofs of claim in such winding-up. For the purpose of this subsection
     (b)(2), the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in the winding-up
     of the Company or any Guarantor shall be the date fixed by the liquidator
     or otherwise in accordance with the relevant provisions of applicable law
     as being the latest practicable date as at which liabilities of the Company
     or such Guarantor may be ascertained for such winding-up prior to payment
     by the liquidator or otherwise in respect thereto.

          (c) The obligations contained in subsections (a), (b)(1)(B) and (b)(2)
of this Section 11.16 shall constitute separate and independent obligations from
the other obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Indenture,
shall give rise to separate and independent causes of action against the Company
and the Guarantors, shall apply irrespective of any waiver or extension granted
by any Holder or the Trustee or either of them from time to time and shall
continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order or the
filing of any proof of claim in the winding-up of the Company or any Guarantor
for a liquidated sum in respect of amounts due hereunder (other than under
subsection (b)(2) above) or under any such judgment or


                                     -111-



order. Any such deficiency as aforesaid shall be deemed to constitute a loss
suffered by the Holders or the Trustee, as the case may be, and no proof or
evidence of any actual loss shall be required by the Company or any Guarantor or
the liquidator or otherwise or any of them. In the case of subsection (b)(2)
above, the amount of such deficiency shall not be deemed to be reduced by any
variation in rates of exchange occurring between the said final date and the
date of any liquidating distribution.

          (d) The term "RATE OF EXCHANGE" shall mean the rate of exchange quoted
by Reuters at 10:00 a.m. (New York time) for spot purchases of the Base Currency
with the Judgment Currency other than the Base Currency referred to in
subsections (b)(1) and (b)(2) above and includes any premiums and costs of
exchange payable.


                                     -112-



                                   SIGNATURES

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to
be duly executed all as of the date first written above.

                                        NAVIOS MARITIME HOLDINGS INC.,
                                           as Company


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                        NAVIOS CORPORATION,
                                           as a Guarantor


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                        ANEMOS MARITIME HOLDINGS INC.,
                                           as a Guarantor


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                        NAVIOS SHIPMANAGEMENT INC.,
                                           as a Guarantor


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                        AEGEAN SHIPPING CORPORATION,
                                           as a Guarantor


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                       S-1



                                        LIBRA SHIPPING ENTERPRISES CORPORATION,
                                           as a Guarantor


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                        ALEGRIA SHIPPING CORPORATION,
                                           as a Guarantor


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                        FELICITY SHIPPING CORPORATION,
                                           as a Guarantor


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                        GEMINI SHIPPING CORPORATION,
                                           as a Guarantor


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                        ARC SHIPPING CORPORATION,
                                           as a Guarantor


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                      S-2



                                        GALAXY SHIPPING CORPORATION,
                                           as a Guarantor


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                        MAGELLAN SHIPPING CORPORATION,
                                           as a Guarantor


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                        IONIAN SHIPPING CORPORATION,
                                           as a Guarantor


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                        APOLLON SHIPPING CORPORATION,
                                           as a Guarantor


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                        HERAKLES SHIPPING CORPORATION,
                                           as a Guarantor


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                      S-3



                                        ACHILLES SHIPPING CORPORATION,
                                           as a Guarantor


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                        KYPROS SHIPPING CORPORATION,
                                           as a Guarantor


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                        HIOS SHIPPING CORPORATION,
                                           as a Guarantor


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                        MERIDIAN SHIPPING ENTERPRISES INC.,
                                           as a Guarantor


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                        MERCATOR SHIPPING CORPORATION,
                                           as a Guarantor


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                      S-4



                                        HORIZON SHIPPING ENTERPRISES
                                           CORPORATION, as a Guarantor


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                        HYPERION ENTERPRISES INC.,
                                           as a Guarantor


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                        STAR MARITIME ENTERPRISES CORPORATION,
                                           as a Guarantor


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                        NAVIMAX CORPORATION,
                                           as a Guarantor


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                        NAVIOS HANDYBULK INC.,
                                           as a Guarantor


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                      S-5



                                        NAVIOS INTERNATIONAL INC.,
                                           as a Guarantor


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                        HESTIA SHIPPING LTD.,
                                           as a Guarantor


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                        WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.,
                                           as Trustee


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                      S-6



                                                                       EXHIBIT A

[INSERT THE GLOBAL NOTE LEGEND, IF APPLICABLE PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE
INDENTURE]

[INSERT THE PRIVATE PLACEMENT LEGEND, IF APPLICABLE PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS
OF THE INDENTURE]


                                      A-1



                          NAVIOS MARITIME HOLDINGS INC.

                            9 1/2% Senior Notes 2014

                                                                       CUSIP No.
                                                                        ISIN No.

No.                                                                    $________

          NAVIOS MARITIME HOLDINGS INC., a Marshall Islands corporation, as
issuer, (the "COMPANY"), for value received promise to pay to ____________ or
its registered assigns, the principal sum of               U.S. dollars [or such
other amount as is provided in a schedule attached hereto](1) on December 15,
2014.

          Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15, commencing.

          Record Dates: June 1 and December 1.

          Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained
herein, which shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at
this place.

- ----------
(1)  This language should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.


                                      A-2



          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed
manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.

Dated:


                                        NAVIOS MARITIME HOLDINGS INC.,
                                           as Company


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                      A-3



                 FORM OF TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

          This is one of the 9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 described in the
within-mentioned Indenture.

Dated:

                                        WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.,
                                           as Trustee


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                                    Authorized Signatory


                                      A-4



                                (Reverse of Note)

                          9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014

          Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them
in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

          SECTION 1. Interest. Navios Maritime Holdings Inc., a Marshall Islands
corporation, as issuer, (the "COMPANY"), promises to pay interest (including
Additional Interest, if applicable) on the principal amount of this Note at 9
1/2% per annum from _______, until maturity. The Company shall pay interest
semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, or if any such
day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an
"INTEREST PAYMENT DATE"), commencing ______. Interest on the Notes shall accrue
from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has
been paid, from the date of original issuance. The Company shall pay interest
(including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on
overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand to the extent
lawful at the interest rate applicable to the Notes; it shall pay interest
(including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on
overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any (in each case
without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at
the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a
360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

          SECTION 2. Method of Payment. The Company shall pay interest and
Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes to the Persons who are registered
Holders at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 next preceding the
Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such Record Date
and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12
of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes shall be issued
in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
The Company shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes in
such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment
is legal tender for payment of public and private debts ("U.S. LEGAL TENDER").
Principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the
Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained in the
United States for such purpose except that, at the option of the Company, the
payment of interest and Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed
to the Holders at their respective addresses set forth in the register of
Holders; provided that for Holders owning at least $100,000 aggregate principal
amount of Notes that have given wire transfer instructions to the Company at
least ten (10) Business Days prior to the applicable payment date, the Company
shall make all payments of principal, interest, premium and Additional Interest,
if any, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts
specified by the Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Company, the
Company's office or agency in the United States shall be the office of the
Trustee maintained for such purpose.

          SECTION 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, Wells Fargo Bank,
N.A., the Trustee under the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar.
The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any
Holder. Except as provided in the Indenture, the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.


                                       A-5



          SECTION 4. Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture
dated as of December 18, 2006 (the "INDENTURE") by and among the Company, the
Guarantors (as defined therein) and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include
those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference
to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code Sections
77aaa-77bbbb) (the "TRUST INDENTURE ACT"). The Notes are subject to all such
terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for
a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts
with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture
shall govern and be controlling.

          SECTION 5. Optional Redemption.

          (a) On or after December 15, 2010, the Company may redeem all or a
part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice, at the
redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below
plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes
redeemed, to the applicable Redemption Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month
period beginning on December 15 of the years indicated below, subject to the
rights of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest on the
relevant Interest Payment Date:

                     YEAR                                  PERCENTAGE
                     ----                                  ----------
                     2010...............................    104.750%
                     2011...............................    102.375%
                     2012 and thereafter................    100.000%

          (b) Prior to December 15, 2010, the Company may, at its option, redeem
all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice
at a redemption price equal to the sum of:

               (i)  100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed,
                    plus

               (ii) the Applicable Premium, plus

accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes
redeemed, to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders on
the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant interest
payment date (a "MAKE-WHOLE REDEMPTION").

          SECTION 6. Redemption With Proceeds of Equity Offerings. At any time
prior to December 15, 2009, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem
up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture
(including any Additional Notes) at a Redemption Price of 109.5% of the
principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if
any, to the Redemption Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity
Offerings; provided that:

          (1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued
     under the Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its
     Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such
     redemption; and


                                      A-6



          (2) such redemption occurs not more than 180 days after the date of
     the closing of the relevant such Equity Offering.

          SECTION 7. Redemption for Changes in Withholding Tax. The Company may,
at its option, redeem all, but not less than all, of the Notes then outstanding
at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus
accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the
Redemption Date, if the Company has become or would become obligated to pay, on
the next date on which any amount would be payable with respect to such Notes,
any Additional Amounts as a result of change in law (including any regulations
promulgated thereunder) or in the interpretation or administration of law, if
such change is announced and becomes effective on or after the Issue Date and
the Company determines in good faith that such obligation cannot be avoided
(including, without limitation, by changing the jurisdiction from which or
through which payment is made) by the use of reasonable measures (not requiring
material cost) available to the Company and the Guarantor.

          Notice of any such redemption must be given within 60 days of the
earlier of the announcement and the effectiveness of any such amendment or
change referred to in the preceding paragraph. At the time such notice of
redemption is given, such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts must remain
in effect. Immediately prior to the mailing of any notice of redemption
described above, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee (i) an Officers'
Certificate stating that the Company is entitled to elect to effect such
redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions
precedent to the right of the Company so to elect to redeem have occurred and
(ii) if requested by the Trustee, an Opinion of Counsel qualified under the laws
of the relevant jurisdiction to the effect that the Company or the applicable
Guarantor or such successor Person, as the case may be, has or will become
obligated to pay such Additional Amounts as a result of such amendment or
change.

          SECTION 8. Selection and Notice of Redemption. Notes in denominations
larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part; provided that Notes shall be
redeemed only in integral multiples of $1,000 unless all Notes held by a Holder
are to be redeemed. Notice of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at
least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each
Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that
redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if
the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a
satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. If any Note is to be redeemed in
part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the
portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal
amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note shall be issued in
the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for
redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the
Redemption Date, interest and Additional Interest, if any, cease to accrue on
Notes or portions thereof called for redemption, unless the Company defaults in
the payment of the Redemption Price.

          SECTION 9. Mandatory Redemption. The Company shall not be required to
make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes (it
being understood that the foregoing shall not limit Section 10 below).

          SECTION 10. Repurchase at Option of Holder.


                                      A-7



          (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, and subject to certain
conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company shall be required to offer to
purchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in
excess thereof) of the outstanding Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of
the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and
Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the date of repurchase, subject to the
rights of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the
relevant interest payment date.

          (b) The Company is, subject to certain conditions and exceptions,
obligated to make an offer to purchase Notes and certain other pari passu
Indebtedness at 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest
and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the date of repurchase, with certain
Excess Proceeds of Asset Sales in accordance with the Indenture.

          SECTION 11. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in
registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered
and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the
Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate
endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay
any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company
and the Registrar are not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for
redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.
Also, the Company and the Registrar are not required to transfer or exchange any
Notes for a period of 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of
Notes to be redeemed.

          SECTION 12. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may
be treated as its owner for all purposes.

          SECTION 13. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. The Indenture and the
Notes may be amended, supplemented or waived as set forth in, and subject to the
terms and conditions of, the Indenture.

          SECTION 14. Defaults and Remedies. The Events of Default relating to
the Notes are set forth in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If an Event of Default
occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes generally may declare all the
Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the
case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or
insolvency as set forth in the Indenture, all outstanding Notes shall become due
and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the
Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain
limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee
may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default (except a Default
relating to the payment of principal, premium or interest or Additional
Interest, if any, including an accelerated payment or the failure to make a
payment on the Change of Control Payment Date pursuant to a Change of Control
Offer or the Asset Sale Payment Date pursuant to a Asset Sale Offer) if it
determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by notice
to the Trustee, may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes rescind an
acceleration or waive any existing Default


                                      A-8



and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in the
payment of interest on, or the principal of, or the premium or Additional
Interest on, the Notes, subject to certain conditions being met. The Company
shall deliver to the trustee a statement specifying any Default or Event of
Default within 30 days of becoming aware thereof.

          SECTION 15. Additional Amounts. All payments made by the Company under
or with respect to this Note or by a Guarantor under or with respect to its Note
Guarantee shall be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction
for or on account of any present or future Taxes imposed or levied by or on
behalf of any Taxing Authority in any jurisdiction in which the Company or any
Guarantor is organized or is otherwise a resident for tax purposes or any
jurisdiction from or through which payment is made (each, a "RELEVANT TAXING
JURISDICTION"), unless the Company or such Guarantor is required to withhold or
deduct Taxes by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof.

          If the Company or any Guarantor is so required to withhold or deduct
any amount for or on account of Taxes imposed by a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction
from any payment made under or with respect to this Note or the Note Guarantee
of such Guarantor, the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable, shall pay such
additional amounts ("ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS") as may be necessary so that the net
amount received by each Holder (including Additional Amounts) after such
withholding or deduction shall equal the amount the Holder would have received
if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided, however, that no
Additional Amounts shall payable with respect to any Tax that would not have
been imposed, payable or due:

          (1) but for the existence of any present or former connection between
     the Holder (or the beneficial owner of, or person ultimately entitled to
     obtain an interest in, such Notes) and the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction
     (including being a citizen or resident or national of, or carrying on a
     business or maintaining a permanent establishment in, or being physically
     present in, the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction) other than the mere holding
     of this Note or enforcement of rights hereunder or the receipt of payments
     in respect hereof;

          (2) but for the failure to satisfy any certification, identification
     or other reporting requirements whether imposed by statute, treaty,
     regulation or administrative practice; provided, however, that the Company
     has delivered a request to the Holder to comply with such requirements at
     least 30 days prior to the date by which such compliance is required;

          (3) if the presentation of this Note (where presentation is required)
     for payment has occurred within 30 days after the date such payment was due
     and payable or was duly provided for, whichever is later;

          (4) subject to the last paragraph of this Section 15, with respect to
     any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, excise, transfer or personal property
     tax, assessment or charge; or

          (5) as a result of a combination of the foregoing clauses (1) through
     (4).

          In addition, Additional Amounts shall not be payable if the beneficial
owner of, or person ultimately entitled to obtain an interest in, this Note had
been the Holder and such


                                      A-9



beneficial owner would not be entitled to the payment of Additional Amounts by
reason of clause (1), (2), (3), (4) or (5) above. In addition, Additional
Amounts shall not be payable with respect to any Tax which is payable otherwise
than by withholding from payments of, or in respect of principal of, or any
interest or Additional Interest, if any, on, this Note.

          Whenever in this Note or the Indenture there is mentioned, in any
context, the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or Additional
Interest, if any, or of any other amount payable under or with respect to this
Note, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of
Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are,
were or would be payable in respect thereof.

          The Company and the Guarantors shall pay any present or future stamp,
court or documentary taxes, or any other excise or property taxes, charges or
similar levies that arise in any jurisdiction from the execution, delivery or
registration of this Note, this Indenture or any other document or instrument
referred to therein, or the receipt of any payments with respect to this Note,
excluding any such taxes, charges or similar levies imposed by any jurisdiction
in which the Company or any Guarantor or any successor Person is organized or is
otherwise resident for tax purposes, the United States of America or any
jurisdiction in which a Paying Agent is located, but not excluding those
resulting from, or required to be paid in connection with, the enforcement of
this Note or other such document or instrument following the occurrence of an
Event of Default with respect to this Note.

          SECTION 16. No Recourse Against Others. No past, future or present
director, Officer, employee, incorporator, member, manager, agent or shareholder
of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any
obligations of the Company or any Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the
Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such
obligations or their creation. The Holder by accepting this Note and the Note
Guarantees waives and releases all such liability. Such waiver and release are
part of the consideration for issuance of this Note and the Note Guarantees.

          SECTION 17. Note Guarantees. This Note shall be entitled to the
benefits of certain Note Guarantees made for the benefit of the Holders.
Reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective
rights, limitations of rights, duties and obligations thereunder of the
Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders.

          SECTION 18. Trustee Dealings with the Company. Subject to certain
terms set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee, in its individual or any other
capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with
the Company, the Guarantors their Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as
if it were not the Trustee.

          SECTION 19. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until
authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

          SECTION 20. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the
name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT
(= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship
and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts
to Minors Act).


                                      A-10



          SECTION 21. Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes
and Restricted Definitive Notes. Pursuant to, but subject to the exceptions in,
the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors shall be
obligated to use their commercially reasonable efforts to consummate an exchange
offer pursuant to which the Holder of this Note shall have the right to exchange
this Note for a 9 1/2% Senior Note due 2014 of the Company which shall have been
registered under the Securities Act, in like principal amount and having terms
identical in all material respects to this Note (except that such Note shall not
be entitled to Additional Interest and shall not contain terms with respect to
transfer restrictions). The Holders shall be entitled to receive certain
Additional Interest in the event such exchange offer is not consummated or the
Notes are not offered for resale and upon certain other conditions, all pursuant
to and in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement.(2)

          SECTION 22. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation
promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the
Company has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the
Trustee may use CUSIP or ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience
to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either
as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance
may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

          SECTION 23. GOVERNING LAW. THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING
EFFECT TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE
LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

          The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and
without charge a copy of the Indenture.

- ----------
(2)  This Section not to appear on Exchange Securities or Additional Notes
     unless required by the terms of such Additional Notes.


                                      A-11



                                 ASSIGNMENT FORM

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

________________________________________________________________________________
(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee or transferee)

(Insert Social Security or other identifying number of assignee or transferee)

and irrevocably appoint _______________________________________ agent to
transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another
to act for him.


Dated: _________________                Signed:
                                               ---------------------------------
                                               (Sign exactly as name appears on
                                               the other side of this Note)


Signature Guarantee:
                     -----------------------------------------------------------

                         Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee
                         Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor program
                         reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)

          In connection with any transfer of this Note occurring prior to the
date which is the date following the second anniversary of the original issuance
of this Note, the undersigned confirms that it has not utilized any general
solicitation or general advertising in connection with the transfer and is
making the transfer pursuant to one of the following:

                                   [Check One]

(1) [__] to the Company or a subsidiary thereof; or

(2) [__] to a person who the transferor reasonably believes is a "qualified
         institutional buyer" pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under
         the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"); or

(3) [__] outside the United States to a non-"U.S. person" as defined in Rule 902
         of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 of
         Regulation S under the Securities Act; or

(4) [__] pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under
         the Securities Act or pursuant to another exemption available under the
         Securities Act; or

(5) [__] pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities
         Act.


                                      A-12



and unless the box below is checked, the undersigned confirms that such Note is
not being transferred to an "affiliate" of the Company as defined in Rule 144
under the Securities Act (an "Affiliate"):

          [__]  transferee is an Affiliate of the Company.

          Unless one of the foregoing items (1) through (6) is checked, the
Trustee shall refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate
in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided,
however, that if item (3) or (4) is checked, the Company or the Trustee may
require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, in their sole
discretion, such written legal opinions, certifications (including an investment
letter in the case of box (3)) and other information as the Trustee or the
Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made
pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the
registration requirements of the Securities Act.

          If none of the foregoing items (1) through (5) are checked, the
Trustee or Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of
any person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any
such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Section 2.16 of the
Indenture shall have been satisfied.


Dated: _________________                Signed:
                                                --------------------------------
                                                (Sign exactly as name appears on
                                                the other side of this Note)


Signature Guarantee:
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                         Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee
                         Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor program
                         reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED

          The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this
Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole
investment discretion and that it and any such account is a "qualified
institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act
and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and
acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the
undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request
such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the
undersigned's foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from
registration provided by Rule 144A.


Dated: _______________                  ----------------------------------------
                                        NOTICE: To be executed by an executive
                                                officer


                                      A-13



                       OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

          If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company
pursuant to Section 4.09 or Section 4.13 of the Indenture, check the appropriate
box:

          Section 4.09 [_]      Section 4.13 [_]

          If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the
Company pursuant to Section 4.09 or Section 4.13 of the Indenture, state the
amount (in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess
thereof): $___________


Dated: _______________                  Signed:
                                                --------------------------------
                                                (Sign exactly as name appears on
                                                the other side of this Note)


Signature Guarantee:
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Participant in a recognized Signature
                                        Guarantee Medallion Program (or other
                                        signature guarantor program reasonably
                                        acceptable to the Trustee)


                                      A-14



            SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE(3)

          The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest
in another Global Note or for a Physical Note, or exchanges of a part of another
Global Note or Physical Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been
made:



                                                                     Principal Amount of         Signature of
                   Amount of decrease in   Amount of increase in      this Global Note       authorized signatory
                    Principal Amount of     Principal Amount of    following such decrease    of Trustee or Note
Date of Exchange     this Global Note         this Global Note          (or increase)              Custodian
- ----------------   ---------------------   ---------------------   -----------------------   --------------------


- ----------
(3)  This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.



                                      A-15



                                                                       EXHIBIT B

                                 FORM OF LEGENDS

          Each Global Note and Physical Note that constitutes a Restricted
Security shall bear the following legend (the "Private Placement Legend") on the
face thereof until after the second anniversary of the Issue Date, unless
otherwise agreed by the Company and the Holder thereof or if such legend is no
longer required by Section 2.16(f) of the Indenture:

     THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES
     SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "SECURITIES ACT") AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD,
     PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A)(1) TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER
     REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING
     OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR
     THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE
     REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (2) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH
     RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) PURSUANT
     TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE
     144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE), (4) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION
     FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (5) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE
     REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH
     ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER
     JURISDICTIONS.

          Each Global Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall also bear
the following legend:

          THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE
     HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITORY OR A
     NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITORY OR A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY. THIS NOTE IS NOT
     EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE
     DEPOSITORY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN
     THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS
     NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY A
     NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO THE DEPOSITORY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE
     DEPOSITORY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED
     IN THE INDENTURE.

          UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
     OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), TO THE
     ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION



     OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED
     IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN
     AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR
     TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF
     DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR
     TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE &
     CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.



                                                                       EXHIBIT C

                       Form of Certificate To Be Delivered
                          in Connection with Transfers
                            Pursuant to Regulation S

                                                        [_____________], [_____]

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
Corporate Trust Services
Sixth and Marquette
MAC N9303-120
Minneapolis, MN 55479

Attention: Corporate Trust Services

               Re:  Navios Maritime Holdings Inc. (the "COMPANY") 9 1/2% Senior
                    Notes due 2014 (the "NOTES")

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          In connection with our proposed sale of $[_______] aggregate principal
amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and
in accordance with Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "SECURITIES ACT"), and, accordingly, we represent that:

          (1) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United
     States;

          (2) either (a) at the time the buy offer was originated, the
     transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our
     behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United
     States, or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the
     facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither we nor
     any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been
     prearranged with a buyer in the United States;

          (3) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in
     contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of
     Regulation S, as applicable;

          (4) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the
     registration requirements of the Securities Act; and

          (5) we have advised the transferee of the transfer restrictions
     applicable to the Notes.


                                      C-1



          You, as Trustee, the Company, counsel for the Company and others are
entitled to conclusively rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to
produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any
administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the
matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set
forth in Regulation S under the Securities Act.

                                        Very truly yours,

                                        [Name of Transferor]


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Authorized Signatory


                                       C-2



                                                                       EXHIBIT D

                         FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

                    TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

          SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this "SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE"), dated as of
_________________, 20__, among _______________________ (the "GUARANTEEING
SUBSIDIARY"), a subsidiary of Navios Maritimes Holdings Inc. (or its permitted
successor), a Marshall Islands corporation (the "COMPANY"), the Company, the
other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and Wells
Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee (or its permitted successor) under the Indenture
referred to below (the "TRUSTEE").

          WITNESSETH

          WHEREAS, the Company and the Guarantors has heretofore executed and
delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the "INDENTURE"), dated as of December
18, 2006 providing for the issuance of 9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 (the
"NOTES");

          WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental
indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally
guarantee all of the Company's obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on
the terms and conditions set forth herein (the "NOTE GUARANTEE"); and

          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is
authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good
and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the
equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

          1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition
shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

          2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees
to provide an unconditional Guarantee, on and subject to the terms, conditions
and limitations set forth in the Notation of Guarantee and in the Indenture,
including, but not limited, to Article Ten thereof.

          4. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE
GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK,
WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES TO THE EXTENT THAT THE
APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.


                                      D-1



          5. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this
Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them
together represent the same agreement.

          6. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience
only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

          7. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner
whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental
Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which
recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company.


                                      D-2



          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental
Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above
written.

Dated: __________________, 20__

                                          [GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]


                                          By:
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                          NAVIOS MARITIME HOLDINGS INC.


                                          By:
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                          [EXISTING GUARANTORS]


                                          By:
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                          WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.,
                                              as Trustee


                                          By:
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Authorized Signatory


                                      D-3



                                                                       EXHIBIT E

                              NOTATION OF GUARANTEE

          For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor
Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally
guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the
provisions in the Indenture dated as of December 18, 2006 (the "INDENTURE"),
among Navios Maritime Holdings Inc. (the "COMPANY"), the Guarantors party
thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee (the "TRUSTEE"), (a) (x) the due
and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and
Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes when and as the same shall become due
and payable, whether at maturity, upon redemption or repurchase, by acceleration
or otherwise, (y) the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue
principal and (to the extent permitted by law) interest and Additional Interest,
if any, on the Notes and (z) the due and punctual payment and performance of all
other obligations of the Company and all other obligations of the other
Guarantors (including under the Note Guarantees). The obligations of the
Guarantors to the Holders and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and
the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and
reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note
Guarantee.

          Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given
to them in the Indenture.


                                       E-1



          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Guarantor has caused this Notation of
Guarantee to be duly executed.

Date:

                                                     [Guarantors]


                                       E-2



                                                                       EXHIBIT F

                         FORM OF INCUMBENCY CERTIFICATE

          The undersigned, __________________, being the ________________ of
________________ (the "COMPANY"), does hereby certify that the individuals
listed below are qualified and acting officers of the Company as set forth in
the right column opposite their respective names and the signatures appearing in
the extreme right column opposite the name of each such officer is a true
specimen of the genuine signature of such officer and such individuals have the
authority to execute documents to be delivered to, or upon the request of, Wells
Fargo Bank, N.A., as Trustee under the Indenture dated as of December 15, 2006,
by and between the Company, the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank,
N.A.

             Name                 Title              Signature
             ----                 -----              ---------

       _________________    _________________    ________________

       _________________    _________________    ________________

       _________________    _________________    ________________

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed and delivered
this Certificate as of the __________ day of __________, 20__.

                                               Name:
                                               Title:


                                       F-1




















================================================================================

                          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                          DATED AS OF DECEMBER 18, 2006

                                      AMONG

                          NAVIOS MARITIME HOLDINGS INC.

                                       AND

                      MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
                                  INCORPORATED,

                          J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.,

                         BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC

                                       AND

                             S. GOLDMAN ADVISORS LLC

================================================================================



                          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

          THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and
entered into as of December 18, 2006 by and among NAVIOS MARITIME HOLDINGS INC.,
a Marshall Islands corporation (the "Company"), each of the guarantors listed in
Schedule A attached hereto (the "Guarantors"), and MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER
& SMITH INCORPORATED ("Merrill Lynch") and J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.
("JPMorgan" and each other Initial Purchaser set forth on Schedule B attached
hereto collectively, the "Initial Purchasers"), for whom Merrill Lynch and
JPMorgan are acting as representatives (the "Representatives").

          This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated as of
December 13, 2006, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers
(the "Purchase Agreement"), which provides for the sale by the Company to the
Initial Purchasers of an aggregate of $300,000,000 principal amount of the
Company's 9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 (the "Securities"), unconditionally
guaranteed on a senior basis by each of the Guarantors. In order to induce the
Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Company and the
Guarantors have agreed to provide to the Initial Purchasers and their direct and
indirect transferees the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The
execution of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Purchase
Agreement.

          In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as
follows:

          1.   Definitions.

          As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms
shall have the following meanings:

          "1933 Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time
to time.

          "1934 Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
from time to time.

          "Closing Date" shall mean the day of the Closing Time as defined in
the Purchase Agreement.

          "Company" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall
also include the Company's successors.

          "Depositary" shall mean The Depository Trust Company, or any other
depositary appointed by the Company, provided, however, that such depositary
must have an address in the Borough of Manhattan, in the City of New York.

          "Exchange Offer" shall mean the exchange offer by the Company and the
Guarantors of Exchange Securities for Registrable Securities pursuant to Section
2.1 hereof.



          "Exchange Offer Registration" shall mean a registration under the 1933
Act effected pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof.

          "Exchange Offer Registration Statement" shall mean an exchange offer
registration statement on Form F-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate
form), and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement,
including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all
documents incorporated by reference therein. For the avoidance of doubt, all
guarantors in respect of the Securities (regardless of whether each such person
is a Guarantor on the date hereof) shall be included as registrants in any
Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

          "Exchange Period" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1
hereof.

          "Exchange Securities" shall mean the 9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014,
issued by the Company under the Indenture containing terms identical to the
Securities in all material respects (except that the additional interest rate,
restrictions on transfers and restrictive legends provisions thereof shall be
eliminated), to be offered to Holders of Securities in exchange for Securities
pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

          "Holder" shall mean an Initial Purchaser, for so long as it owns any
Registrable Securities, and each of its successors, assigns and direct and
indirect transferees who become registered owners of Registrable Securities
under the Indenture and each Participating Broker-Dealer that holds Exchange
Securities for so long as such Participating Broker-Dealer is required to
deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with
any resale of such Exchange Securities.

          "Indenture" shall mean the Indenture relating to the Securities, dated
as of December 18, 2006, among the Company, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank,
N.A., as trustee, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise
modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

          "Initial Purchaser" or "Initial Purchasers" shall have the meaning set
forth in the preamble.

          "Majority Holders" shall mean the Holders of a majority of the
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Registrable Securities; provided that
whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of
Registrable Securities is required hereunder, Registrable Securities held by the
Company, the Guarantors and any other guarantors of the Securities or any
Affiliate (as defined in the Indenture) of the Company or the Guarantors (or any
other guarantor of the Securities) shall be disregarded in determining whether
such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage
amount.

          "Participating Broker-Dealer" shall mean any of Merrill Lynch,
JPMorgan, Banc of America Securities LLC, S. Goldman Advisors LLC, and any other
broker-dealer which makes a market in the Securities and exchanges Registrable
Securities in the Exchange Offer for Exchange Securities.


                                        2



          "Person" shall mean an individual, partnership (general or limited),
corporation, limited liability company, trust or unincorporated organization, or
a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

          "Private Exchange" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1
hereof.

          "Private Exchange Securities" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2.1 hereof.

          "Prospectus" shall mean the prospectus included in a Registration
Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as
amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including any such
prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion
of the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by
all other amendments and supplements to a prospectus, including post-effective
amendments, and in each case including all material incorporated by reference
therein.

          "Purchase Agreement" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

          "Registrable Securities" shall mean the Securities and, if issued, the
Private Exchange Securities; provided, however, that Securities and, if issued,
the Private Exchange Securities, shall cease to be Registrable Securities when
(i) a Registration Statement with respect to such Securities or Private Exchange
Securities shall have been declared effective under the 1933 Act and such
Securities or Private Exchange Securities shall have been disposed of pursuant
to such Registration Statement, (ii) such Securities or Private Exchange
Securities have become eligible to be sold to the public pursuant to Rule l44(k)
(or any similar provision then in force, but not Rule 144A) under the 1933 Act,
(iii) such Securities or Private Exchange Securities shall have ceased to be
outstanding or (iv) the Exchange Offer is consummated (except in the case of
Private Exchange Securities and Securities purchased from the Company and
continued to be held by the Initial Purchasers).

          "Registration Expenses" shall mean any and all expenses incident to or
incurred in connection with the performance by the Company and the Guarantors
of, or compliance by the Company and the Guarantors with, this Agreement,
including without limitation: (i) all SEC, stock exchange or National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") registration and filing
fees, including, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any "qualified
independent underwriter" (and its counsel) that is required to be retained by
any holder of Registrable Securities in accordance with the rules and
regulations of the NASD, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with
compliance with state securities or blue sky laws and compliance with the rules
of the NASD (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for any
underwriters or Holders in connection with blue sky qualification of any of the
Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities and any filings with the NASD),
(iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in preparing, word
processing, printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any
Prospectus, any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements,
securities sales agreements and other documents relating to the performance of
and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all fees and expenses incurred in
connection with the listing, if any, of any of the Registrable Securities on any
securities exchange


                                       3



or exchanges, (v) all rating agency fees, (vi) the fees and disbursements of
counsel for the Company and the Guarantors and of the independent public
accountants of the Company and the Guarantors, including the expenses of any
special audits or "cold comfort" letters required by or incident to such
performance and compliance, (vii) the fees and expenses of the Trustee, and any
escrow agent or custodian, (viii) the reasonable fees and expenses of the
Initial Purchasers in connection with the Exchange Offer, (ix) in the case of a
Shelf Registration Statement, the reasonable fees and disbursements of one
special counsel (and any reasonably requested local counsel) representing the
Holders of Registrable Securities (which counsel shall be elected by the
Majority Holders and which counsel may also be the counsel for the Initial
Purchasers) and (x) any fees and disbursements of the underwriters customarily
required to be paid by issuers or sellers of securities and the fees and
expenses of any special experts retained by the Company and the Guarantors in
connection with any Registration Statement, but excluding underwriting discounts
and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition
of Registrable Securities by a Holder.

          "Registration Statement" shall mean any registration statement of the
Company which covers any of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities
pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, and all amendments and supplements
to any such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, in each
case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all
material incorporated by reference therein.

          "SEC" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any
successor agency or government body performing the functions currently performed
by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

          "Shelf Registration" shall mean a registration effected pursuant to
Section 2.2 hereof.

          "Shelf Registration Statement" shall mean a "shelf" registration
statement of the Company and the Guarantors pursuant to the provisions of
Section 2.2 of this Agreement which covers all of the Registrable Securities or
all of the Private Exchange Securities on an appropriate form under Rule 415
under the 1933 Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all
amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including
post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained
therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference
therein. For the avoidance of doubt, all guarantors in respect of the Securities
(regardless of whether each such person is a Guarantor on the date hereof) shall
be included as registrants in any Shelf Registration Statement.

          "Trustee" shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under
the Indenture.

          2.   Registration Under the 1933 Act.

          2.1. Exchange Offer. The Company and the Guarantors shall, for the
benefit of the Holders, at the Company and the Guarantors' cost, (A) prepare and
file with the SEC not later than June 29, 2007, an Exchange Offer Registration
Statement on an appropriate form under the 1933 Act with respect to a proposed
Exchange Offer and the issuance and delivery to the


                                       4



Holders, in exchange for the Registrable Securities (other than Private Exchange
Securities), of a like principal amount of Exchange Securities, (B) use their
commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement to be declared effective under the 1933 Act not later than October 1,
2007, (C) use their commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement effective until the closing of the Exchange Offer and (D)
use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer to be
consummated not later than November 1, 2007, and (E) upon the effectiveness of
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, promptly commence the Exchange Offer,
it being the objective of such Exchange Offer to enable each Holder eligible and
electing to exchange Registrable Securities for Exchange Securities (assuming
that such Holder (a) is not an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of
Rule 405 under the 1933 Act, (b) is not a broker-dealer tendering Registrable
Securities acquired directly from the Company for its own account, (c) acquired
the Exchange Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder's business and (d)
has no arrangements or understandings with any Person to participate in the
Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing the Exchange Securities) to
transfer such Exchange Securities from and after their receipt without any
limitations or restrictions under the 1933 Act and under state securities or
blue sky laws.

          In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors
shall:

          (a) mail as promptly as reasonably practicable to each Holder a copy
     of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration
     Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related
     documents;

          (b) keep the Exchange Offer open for acceptance for a period of not
     less than 30 calendar days after the date notice thereof is mailed to the
     Holders (or longer if required by applicable law) (such period referred to
     herein as the "Exchange Period");

          (c) utilize the services of the Depositary for the Exchange Offer;

          (d) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Registrable Securities at any
     time prior to 5:00 p.m. (Eastern time), on the last business day of the
     Exchange Period, by sending to the institution specified in the notice, a
     telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of
     such Holder, the principal amount of Registrable Securities delivered for
     exchange, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing such Holder's
     election to have such Securities exchanged;

          (e) notify each Holder that any Registrable Security not tendered will
     remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest, but will not retain any
     rights under this Agreement (except in the case of the Initial Purchasers
     and Participating Broker-Dealers as provided herein); and

          (f) otherwise comply in all respects with all applicable laws relating
     to the Exchange Offer.

          A Holder that wishes to exchange Registrable Securities in the
Exchange Offer shall be required (a) to represent that (i) all Exchange
Securities to be received by it shall be


                                       5



acquired in the ordinary course of its business and (ii) at the time of the
consummation of the Exchange Offer it shall have no arrangement or understanding
with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the
Securities Act) of the Exchange Securities and (b) make such other
representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules,
regulations or interpretations.

          If such Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange
Securities for its own account in exchange for Registrable Securities that were
acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, such
broker-dealer will be required to acknowledge that it will deliver a Prospectus
in connection with any resale of the Exchange Securities (and the Company hereby
agrees and undertake to provide any such broker-dealer with such number of
Prospectuses as such broker-dealer may reasonably request for such purpose).

          If, prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer, the Initial
Purchasers hold any Securities acquired by them and having the status of an
unsold allotment in the initial distribution, the Company upon the request of
any Initial Purchaser shall, simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange
Securities in the Exchange Offer, issue and deliver to such Initial Purchaser in
exchange (the "Private Exchange") for the Securities held by such Initial
Purchaser, a like principal amount of debt securities of the Company on a senior
basis, that are identical to the Exchange Securities, except that such
securities shall bear appropriate transfer restrictions (the "Private Exchange
Securities").

          The Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Securities shall be
issued under (i) the Indenture or (ii) an indenture identical in all material
respects to the Indenture and which, in either case, has been qualified under
the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "TIA"), or is exempt from such
qualification and shall provide that the Exchange Securities shall not be
subject to the transfer restrictions or "Additional Interest" provisions set
forth in the Indenture but that the Private Exchange Securities shall be subject
to such transfer restrictions. The Indenture or such indenture shall provide
that the Exchange Securities, the Private Exchange Securities and the Securities
shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class and that none of the
Exchange Securities, the Private Exchange Securities or the Securities will have
the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter. The Private
Exchange Securities shall be of the same series as and the Company shall use all
commercially reasonable efforts to have the Private Exchange Securities bear the
same CUSIP number as the Exchange Securities. The Company shall not have any
liability under this Agreement solely as a result of such Private Exchange
Securities not bearing the same CUSIP number as the Exchange Securities.

          As soon as reasonably practicable after the close of the Exchange
Offer and/or the Private Exchange, as the case may be, the Company shall:

               (i) accept for exchange all Registrable Securities duly tendered
          and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance
          with the terms of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and the
          letter of transmittal which shall be an exhibit thereto;


                                       6



               (ii) accept for exchange all Securities properly tendered
          pursuant to the Private Exchange;

               (iii) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for
          cancellation all Registrable Securities so accepted for exchange; and

               (iv) cause the Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver
          Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities, as the case may
          be, to each Holder of Registrable Securities so accepted for exchange
          in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Registrable
          Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange.

          Interest on each Exchange Security and Private Exchange Security will
accrue from the last date on which interest was paid on the Registrable
Securities surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid on
the Registrable Securities, from the date of original issuance. The Exchange
Offer and the Private Exchange shall not be subject to any conditions, other
than (i) that the Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange, or the making of any
exchange by a Holder, does not violate applicable law or any applicable
interpretation of the staff of the SEC, (ii) the due tendering of Registrable
Securities in accordance with the Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange, (iii)
that each Holder of Registrable Securities exchanged in the Exchange Offer shall
have represented that all Exchange Securities to be received by it shall be
acquired in the ordinary course of its business and that at the time of the
consummation of the Exchange Offer it shall have no arrangement or understanding
with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the
1933 Act) of the Exchange Securities and shall have made such other
representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules,
regulations or interpretations to render the use of Form F-4 or other
appropriate form under the 1933 Act available and (iv) that no action or
proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened in any court or by or before
any governmental agency with respect to the Exchange Offer or the Private
Exchange which, in the Company's judgment, would reasonably be expected to
impair the ability of the Company to proceed with the Exchange Offer or the
Private Exchange. If the Company determines in its reasonable judgment that
either of the foregoing conditions is not satisfied, the Company may (a) refuse
to accept any Registrable Securities and return all tendered Registrable
Securities to the tendering Holders, (b) extend the Exchange Offer and retain
all Registrable Securities tendered before the expiration of the Exchange Offer,
subject, however, to the rights of holders to withdraw those Registrable
Securities, or (c) waive the unsatisfied conditions with respect to the Exchange
Offer and accept all properly tendered Registrable Securities that have not been
withdrawn (unless to do so could reasonably be expected to materially and
adversely affect one or more tendering Holders in its capacity as such);
provided that the foregoing shall not limit the right of Holders to receive, or
the obligation of the Company to pay, Additional Interest as provided by Section
2.5. The Company shall inform the Initial Purchasers of the names and addresses
of the Holders to whom the Exchange Offer is made, and the Initial Purchasers
shall have the right to contact such Holders and otherwise facilitate the tender
of Registrable Securities in the Exchange Offer.

          2.2. Shelf Registration. (i) If, because of any changes in law, SEC
rules or regulations or applicable interpretations thereof by the staff of the
SEC, the Company is not


                                       7



permitted to effect the Exchange Offer as contemplated by Section 2.1 hereof,
(ii) if for any other reason the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not
declared effective on or prior to October 1, 2007, or the Exchange Offer is not
consummated on or prior to November 1, 2007, (iii) upon the request of any of
the Initial Purchasers that hold Securities or (iv) if a Holder is not permitted
to participate in the Exchange Offer or does not receive fully tradeable
Exchange Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then in case of each of
clauses (i) through (iv) the Company and the Guarantors shall, at their cost:

          (a) file with the SEC, and thereafter shall use their commercially
     reasonable efforts to cause to be declared effective not later than
     December 1, 2007, a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the offer and
     sale of the Registrable Securities by the Holders from time to time in
     accordance with the methods of distribution elected by the Majority Holders
     participating in the Shelf Registration and set forth in such Shelf
     Registration Statement.

          (b) Use their commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf
     Registration Statement continuously effective in order to permit the
     Prospectus forming part thereof to be usable by Holders for a period of two
     years from the date the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective
     by the SEC, or for such shorter period that will terminate when all
     Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have
     been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement or cease to be
     outstanding or otherwise to be Registrable Securities (the "Effectiveness
     Period"); provided, however, that the Effectiveness Period in respect of
     the Shelf Registration Statement shall be extended to the extent required
     to permit dealers to comply with the applicable prospectus delivery
     requirements of Rule 174 under the 1933 Act and as otherwise provided
     herein. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, at any
     time, the Company and the Guarantors may delay the filing of the Shelf
     Registration Statement or delay or suspend the effectiveness thereof, for a
     reasonable period of time, but not in excess of 90 consecutive days nor
     more than three (3) times during any twelve-month period (each, a "Shelf
     Suspension Period"), if (x) the Company's board of directors determines
     reasonably and in good faith that because of valid business reasons (not
     including avoidance of the Company's and the Guarantors' obligations
     hereunder), including without limitation proposed or pending corporate
     developments and similar events or because of filings with the SEC, it is
     in the best interests of the Company and the Guarantors to delay such
     filing or suspend such effectiveness and (y) the Company provides prior
     written notice of such suspension to the Holders (which notice shall not be
     required to specify the nature of the event giving rise to the suspension).

          (c) Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, use their
     commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that (i) any Shelf Registration
     Statement and any amendment thereto and any Prospectus forming part thereof
     and any supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the 1933
     Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, (ii) any Shelf Registration
     Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective,
     contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
     fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
     therein not misleading and (iii) any Prospectus forming part of any Shelf
     Registration Statement, and any supplement to such Prospectus (as amended
     or supplemented from time to time), does not include an untrue


                                       8



     statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in
     order to make the statements, in light of the circumstances under which
     they were made, not misleading.

          The Company and the Guarantors shall not permit any securities other
than Registrable Securities (and any Additional Notes issued under (and as
defined in) the Indenture) to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement.
The Company and the Guarantors further agree, if necessary, to supplement or
amend the Shelf Registration Statement, as required by Section 3(b) below, and
to furnish to the Holders of Registrable Securities copies of any such
supplement or amendment promptly after its being used or filed with the SEC.

          2.3. Expenses. The Company and the Guarantors shall pay all
Registration Expenses in connection with the registration pursuant to Section
2.1 or 2.2. Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions and
transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder's
Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.

          2.4. Effectiveness. (a) For purposes of Section 5.7, subject to the
right of the Company to effect a Suspension Period as set forth in Section 3,
the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed not have used their commercially
reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the
Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, to become, or to remain,
effective during the requisite period if the Company or any Guarantor
voluntarily takes any action that would, or omits to take any commercially
practicable action which omission would, result in any such Registration
Statement not being declared effective or in the Holders of Registrable
Securities covered thereby not being able to exchange or offer and sell such
Registrable Securities during that period as and to the extent contemplated
hereby, unless such action is required by applicable law.

          (b) An Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2.1
hereof or a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof will not
be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the
SEC; provided, however, that if, after it has been declared effective, the
offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration
Statement or a Shelf Registration Statement is interfered with by any stop
order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other
governmental agency or court, such Registration Statement will be deemed not to
have become effective during the period of such interference, until the offering
of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement may legally
resume.

          2.5. Additional Interest. The Indenture executed in connection with
the Securities will provide that in the event that either (a) the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement is not filed with the SEC on or prior to June 29, 2007,
(b) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has not been declared effective on
or prior to October 1, 2007, or (c) the Exchange Offer is not consummated and a
Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective, in both cases, on or
prior to November 1, 2007 (each such event referred to in clauses (a) through
(c) above, a "Registration Default"), the interest rate borne by the Securities
shall be increased ("Additional Interest") by 0.25% per annum upon the
occurrence of each Registration Default, which rate will increase by 0.25% per
annum each 90-day period that such Additional Interest continues to accrue under
any such circumstance, provided that the maximum aggregate increase in the


                                       9



interest rate will in no event exceed 1.00% per annum. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, a Holder of Registrable Securities who participated or could have
participated in a consummated Exchange Offer shall not, subsequent to the
consummation of such Exchange Offer in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement, be entitled to Additional Interest with respect to any failure with
respect to a Shelf Registration Statement. Following the cure of all
Registration Defaults the accrual of Additional Interest will cease and the
interest rate will revert to the original rate.

          If the Shelf Registration Statement is unusable by the Holders for any
reason, and the aggregate number of days in any consecutive twelve-month period
for which the Shelf Registration Statement shall not be usable exceeds 45 days
in the aggregate (other than as part of a permitted Shelf Suspension Period),
then the interest rate borne by the Securities will be increased by 0.25% per
annum of the principal amount of the Securities for the first 90-day period (or
portion thereof) beginning on the 45th such date that such Shelf Registration
Statement ceases to be usable in such twelve-month period (other than as part of
a permitted Shelf Suspension Period), which rate shall be increased by an
additional 0.25% per annum of the principal amount of the Securities at the
beginning of each subsequent 90-day period, provided that the maximum aggregate
increase in the interest rate will in no event exceed 1.00% per annum. Any
amounts payable under this paragraph shall also be deemed "Additional Interest"
for purposes of this Agreement. Upon the Shelf Registration Statement once again
becoming usable, the interest rate borne by the Securities will be reduced to
the original interest rate if the Company is otherwise in compliance with this
Agreement at such time. Additional Interest shall be computed based on the
actual number of days elapsed in each 90-day period in which the Shelf
Registration Statement is unusable.

          The Company shall notify the Trustee within three business days after
each and every date on which an event occurs in respect of which Additional
Interest is required to be paid (an "Event Date"). Additional Interest shall be
paid by depositing with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of
Registrable Securities, on or before the applicable semiannual interest payment
date, immediately available funds in sums sufficient to pay the Additional
Interest then due. The Additional Interest due shall be payable on each interest
payment date to the record Holder of Registrable Securities entitled to receive
the interest payment to be paid on such date as set forth in the Indenture. Each
obligation to pay Additional Interest shall be deemed to accrue from and
including the day following the applicable Event Date.

          3.   Registration Procedures.

          In connection with the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors
with respect to Registration Statements pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.2 hereof,
the Company and the Guarantors shall:

          (a) prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement, within the
     relevant time period specified in Section 2, on the appropriate form under
     the 1933 Act, which form (i) shall be selected by the Company, (ii) shall,
     in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the
     Registrable Securities by the selling Holders thereof, (iii) shall comply
     as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable
     form and


                                       10



     include or incorporate by reference all financial statements required by
     the SEC to be filed therewith or incorporated by reference therein, and
     (iv) shall comply in all respects with the requirements of Regulation S-T
     under the 1933 Act, and use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause
     such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective in
     accordance with Section 2 hereof;

          (b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective
     amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary under
     applicable law to keep such Registration Statement effective for the
     applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof; and cause each
     Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement, and as
     so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar provision
     then in force) under the 1933 Act and comply with the provisions of the
     1933 Act, the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable
     to them with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by each
     Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the
     intended method or methods of distribution by the selling Holders thereof
     (including sales by any Participating Broker-Dealer);

          (c) in the case of a Shelf Registration, (i) notify each Holder of
     Registrable Securities for which the Company has information, at least five
     business days prior to filing, that a Shelf Registration Statement with
     respect to the Registrable Securities is being filed and advising such
     Holders that the distribution of Registrable Securities will be made in
     accordance with the method selected by the Majority Holders participating
     in the Shelf Registration; (ii) furnish to each Holder of Registrable
     Securities and to each underwriter of an underwritten offering of
     Registrable Securities, if any, without charge, as many copies of each
     Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus, and any amendment or
     supplement thereto and such other documents as such Holder or underwriter
     may reasonably request, including financial statements and schedules and,
     if the Holder so requests, all exhibits in order to facilitate the public
     sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities (for the avoidance
     of doubt, any such supplement or amendment electronically filed with the
     SEC on the EDGAR system shall be deemed furnished to the Holders of
     Registrable Securities); and (iii) hereby consent to the use of the
     Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling
     Holders of Registrable Securities in accordance with applicable law in
     connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered
     by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto;

          (d) use their commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify
     the Registrable Securities under all applicable state securities or "blue
     sky" laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder of Registrable Securities
     covered by a Registration Statement and each underwriter of an underwritten
     offering of Registrable Securities shall reasonably request by the time the
     applicable Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC, and do
     any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or
     advisable to enable each such Holder and underwriter to consummate the
     disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Registrable Securities owned
     by such Holder; provided, however, that neither the Company nor any
     Guarantor shall be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or as a
     dealer in securities in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified
     or would not otherwise be required to


                                       11



     qualify but for this Section 3(d), or (ii) take any action which would
     subject it to general service of process or taxation in any such
     jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

          (e) notify promptly each Holder of Registrable Securities under a
     Shelf Registration for which the Company has information, or any
     Participating Broker-Dealer who has notified the Company that it is
     utilizing the Exchange Offer Registration Statement as provided in
     paragraph (f) below, and, if requested by such Holder or Participating
     Broker-Dealer, confirm such advice in writing promptly (i) when a
     Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective
     amendments and supplements thereto become effective, (ii) of any request by
     the SEC or any state securities authority for post-effective amendments and
     supplements to a Registration Statement and Prospectus or for additional
     information after the Registration Statement has become effective, (iii) of
     the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order
     suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation
     of any proceedings for that purpose, (iv) in the case of a Shelf
     Registration, if, between the effective date of a Registration Statement
     and the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities covered thereby, the
     representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantors contained
     in any underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other similar
     agreement, if any, relating to the offering cease to be true and correct in
     all material respects (or, in the case of any representation or warranty
     that by its terms is qualified by reference to materiality, a material
     adverse effect or any term or concept of similar import, such
     representation or warranty ceases to be true in all respects), (v) of the
     happening of any event or the discovery of any facts during the period a
     Shelf Registration Statement is effective which makes any statement made in
     such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus untrue in any
     material respect or which requires the making of any changes in such
     Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to make the statements
     therein not misleading, (vi) of the receipt by the Company of any
     notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the
     Registrable Securities or the Exchange Securities, as the case may be, for
     sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding
     for such purpose and (vii) of any determination by the Company that a
     post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement would be
     appropriate;

          (f) (A) in the case of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (i)
     include in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement a section entitled
     "Plan of Distribution" which section shall be reasonably acceptable to
     Merrill Lynch and JPMorgan on behalf of the Participating Broker-Dealers,
     and which shall contain a summary statement of the positions taken or
     policies made by the staff of the SEC with respect to the potential
     "underwriter" status of any broker-dealer that holds Registrable Securities
     acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or
     other trading activities and that will be the beneficial owner (as defined
     in Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act) of Exchange Securities to be received by
     such broker-dealer in the Exchange Offer, whether such positions or
     policies have been publicly disseminated by the staff of the SEC or such
     positions or policies, in the reasonable judgment of Merrill Lynch and
     JPMorgan on behalf of the Participating Broker-Dealers and their counsel,
     represent the prevailing views of the staff of the SEC, including a
     statement that any such broker-dealer who receives Exchange Securities for
     Registrable Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be deemed a
     statutory underwriter and must deliver a


                                       12



     prospectus meeting the requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with any
     resale of such Exchange Securities, (ii) furnish to each Participating
     Broker-Dealer who has delivered to the Company the notice referred to in
     Section 3(e), without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus included in
     the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, including any preliminary
     prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, as such Participating
     Broker-Dealer may reasonably request, (iii) hereby consent to the use of
     the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or
     any amendment or supplement thereto, by any Person subject to the
     prospectus delivery requirements of the SEC, including all Participating
     Broker-Dealers, in connection with the sale or transfer of the Exchange
     Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement
     thereto, and (iv) include in the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange
     Offer Registration Statement (and in any transmittal letter or similar
     document to be executed by an exchange offerree in order to participate in
     the Exchange Offer): (x) the following provision:

          "If the exchange offeree is a broker-dealer holding Registrable
          Securities acquired for its own account as a result of market-making
          activities or other trading activities, it will deliver a prospectus
          meeting the requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with any resale
          of Exchange Securities received in respect of such Registrable
          Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer"; and

(y) a statement to the effect that by a broker-dealer making the acknowledgment
described in clause (x) and by delivering a Prospectus in connection with the
exchange of Registrable Securities, the broker-dealer will not be deemed to
admit that it is an underwriter within the meaning of the 1933 Act;

             (B) to the extent any Participating Broker-Dealer participates in
          the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors (to the
          extent customary for such a transaction) shall use their reasonable
          best efforts to cause to be delivered at the request of an entity
          representing the Participating Broker-Dealers (which entity shall be
          one of the Initial Purchasers, unless it elects not to act as such
          representative) only one, if any, "cold comfort" letter with respect
          to the Prospectus in the form existing on the last date for which
          exchanges are accepted pursuant to the Exchange Offer and with respect
          to each subsequent amendment or supplement, if any, effected during
          the period specified in clause (C) below; and

             (C) to the extent any Participating Broker-Dealer participates in
          the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall
          use their best efforts to maintain the effectiveness of the Exchange
          Offer Registration Statement for a period of 180 days following the
          closing of the Exchange Offer;

          (g) (i) in the case of an Exchange Offer, furnish counsel for the
     Initial Purchasers and (ii) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish
     counsel for the Holders of Registrable Securities copies of any comment
     letters received from the SEC or any other request by the SEC or any state
     securities authority for amendments or supplements to a Registration
     Statement and Prospectus or for additional information;


                                       13



          (h) make commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of
     any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement at the
     earliest possible moment;

          (i) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Holder of
     Registrable Securities, and each underwriter, if any, without charge, at
     least one conformed copy (or one electronically reproducible conformed
     copy) of each Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment
     thereto, including financial statements and schedules (without documents
     incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits thereto, unless
     requested);

          (j) in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the selling
     Holders of Registrable Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and
     delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and
     not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Registrable Securities
     to be in such denominations (consistent with the provisions of the
     Indenture) and registered in such names as the selling Holders or the
     underwriters, if any, may reasonably request at least three business days
     prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities;

          (k) in the case of a Shelf Registration, upon the occurrence of any
     event or the discovery of any facts, each as contemplated by Sections
     3(e)(v) and 3(e)(vi) hereof, as promptly as practicable after the
     occurrence of such an event, use their commercially reasonable efforts to
     prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration
     Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by
     reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter
     delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities or Participating
     Broker-Dealers, such Prospectus will not contain at the time of such
     delivery any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
     material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the
     circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or will remain so
     qualified. At such time as such public disclosure is otherwise made or the
     Company determines that such disclosure is not necessary, in each case to
     correct any misstatement of a material fact or to include any omitted
     material fact, the Company agrees as promptly as practicable to notify each
     Holder of such determination and to furnish each Holder such number of
     copies of the Prospectus as amended or supplemented, as such Holder may
     reasonably request;

          (l) in the case of a Shelf Registration, a reasonable time prior to
     the filing of any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendment to
     a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a Prospectus,
     provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers on behalf of such
     Holders (without documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits
     thereto, unless so requested by any Initial Purchaser); and make
     representatives of the Company as shall be reasonably requested by the
     Holders of Registrable Securities, or the Initial Purchasers on behalf of
     such Holders, available for discussion of such document;

          (m) obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities, Private
     Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, not
     later than the effective date of a Registration Statement, and provide the
     Trustee with printed certificates for the Exchange Securities, Private
     Exchange Securities or the Registrable Securities, as the case may be, in a
     form eligible for deposit with the Depositary;


                                       14



          (n) (i) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the TIA in
     connection with the registration of the Exchange Securities or Registrable
     Securities, as the case may be, (ii) cooperate with the Trustee and the
     Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for the
     Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA and
     (iii) execute, and use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the
     Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such
     changes, and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the
     SEC to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;

          (o) in the case of a Shelf Registration, enter into underwriting
     agreements and take all other customary and appropriate actions in order to
     expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities and
     in such connection therewith:

               (i) to the extent practicable, make such representations and
          warranties to the Holders of such Registrable Securities and the
          underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily
          made by issuers and guarantors to Holders or underwriters, as the case
          may be, in similar underwritten offerings as may be reasonably
          requested by them;

               (ii) if requested by any Holder or Holders of Securities being
          sold, obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and the Guarantors and
          updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and
          substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the managing
          underwriters, if any, and the holders of a majority in principal
          amount of the Registrable Securities being sold) addressed to each
          selling Holder (to the extent customary) and the underwriters, if any,
          covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in
          sales of securities or underwritten offerings and such other matters
          as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and underwriters;

               (iii) in the case of an underwritten offering, obtain "cold
          comfort" letters and updates thereof from the Company's independent
          certified public accountants (and, if necessary, any other independent
          certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of
          any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements
          are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement)
          addressed to the underwriters, if any, and use reasonable efforts to
          have such letter addressed to the selling Holders of Registrable
          Securities (to the extent consistent with Statement on Auditing
          Standards No. 72 of the American Institute of Certified Public
          Accountants), such letters to be in customary form and covering
          matters of the type customarily covered in "cold comfort" letters to
          underwriters in connection with similar underwritten offerings;

               (iv) enter into a securities sales agreement with the Holders and
          an agent of the Holders providing for, among other things, the
          appointment of such agent for the selling Holders for the purpose of
          soliciting purchases of Registrable Securities, which agreement shall
          be in form, substance and scope customary for similar offerings;


                                       15



               (v) if an underwriting agreement is entered into, cause the same
          to set forth indemnification provisions and procedures substantially
          equivalent to the indemnification provisions and procedures set forth
          in Section 4 hereof with respect to the underwriters and all other
          parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section or, at the request
          of any underwriters, in the form customarily provided to such
          underwriters in similar types of transactions; and

               (vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably
          requested and as are customarily delivered in similar offerings to the
          Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable
          Securities being sold and the managing underwriters, if any.

The above shall be done at (i) the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration
Statement (and each post-effective amendment thereto) and (ii) each closing
under any underwriting agreement as and to the extent required thereunder;

          (p) in the case of a Shelf Registration or if a Prospectus is required
     to be delivered by any Participating Broker-Dealer in the case of an
     Exchange Offer, make available for inspection by representatives of the
     Holders of the Registrable Securities, any lead managing underwriters
     participating in any disposition pursuant to a Shelf Registration
     Statement, any Participating Broker-Dealer and any counsel or accountant
     retained by any of the foregoing, at reasonable times and in a reasonable
     manner, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and
     properties of the Company and the Guarantors reasonably requested by any
     such persons, and cause the respective officers, directors, employees, and
     any other agents of the Company and the Guarantors to supply all
     information reasonably requested by any such representative, underwriter,
     special counsel or accountant in connection with a Registration Statement,
     and make such representatives of the Company and the Guarantors available
     for discussion of such documents as shall be reasonably requested by the
     Initial Purchasers or any underwriter; provided that if any such
     information is reasonably identified by the Company and the Guarantors as
     being confidential or proprietary, each person receiving such information
     shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary to protect the
     confidentiality of such information to the extent such action is otherwise
     not inconsistent with, an impairment of or a derogation of the rights,
     interests or duties of any underwriter;

          (q) (i) in the case of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement, a
     reasonable time prior to the filing of any Exchange Offer Registration
     Statement, any Prospectus forming a part thereof, any amendment to an
     Exchange Offer Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to such
     Prospectus, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers and
     to counsel to the Holders of Registrable Securities and make such changes
     in any such document prior to the filing thereof as the Initial Purchasers
     or counsel to the Holders of Registrable Securities may reasonably request
     in a timely manner under the circumstances and, except as otherwise
     required by applicable law, not file any such document in a form to which
     the Initial Purchasers on behalf of the Holders of Registrable Securities
     and counsel to the Holders of Registrable Securities shall not have
     previously been advised and furnished a copy of or to which the Initial
     Purchasers on behalf of the


                                       16



     Holders of Registrable Securities or counsel to the Holders of Registrable
     Securities shall reasonably object within three business days of receipt of
     the applicable document, and make the representatives of the Company and
     the Guarantors available for discussion of such documents as shall be
     reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers; and

               (ii) in the case of a Shelf Registration, a reasonable time prior
to filing any Shelf Registration Statement, any Prospectus forming a part
thereof, any amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or amendment or
supplement to such Prospectus, provide copies of such document to the Holders of
Registrable Securities, to the Initial Purchasers, to counsel for the Holders
and to the underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering of
Registrable Securities, if any, make such changes in any such document prior to
the filing thereof as the Initial Purchasers, the counsel to the Holders or the
underwriter or underwriters reasonably request and, except as otherwise required
by applicable law, not file any such document in a form to which the Majority
Holders, the Initial Purchasers on behalf of the Holders of Registrable
Securities, counsel for the Holders of Registrable Securities or any underwriter
shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy of or to which the
Majority Holders, the Initial Purchasers of behalf of the Holders of Registrable
Securities, counsel to the Holders of Registrable Securities or any underwriter
shall reasonably object within three business days of receipt of the applicable
document, and make the representatives of the Company and the Guarantors
available for discussion of such document as shall be reasonably requested by
the Holders of Registrable Securities, the Initial Purchasers on behalf of such
Holders, counsel for the Holders of Registrable Securities or any underwriter.

          (r) in the case of a Shelf Registration, use its commercially
     reasonable efforts to cause all Registrable Securities to be listed on any
     securities exchange on which similar debt securities issued by the Company
     or any Guarantor are then listed if requested by the Majority Holders, or
     if requested by the underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering
     of Registrable Securities, if any;

          (s) in the case of a Shelf Registration, use their commercially
     reasonable efforts to cause the Registrable Securities to be rated by the
     appropriate rating agencies, if so requested by the Majority Holders, or if
     requested by the underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering of
     Registrable Securities, if any;

          (t) otherwise comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the
     SEC and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably
     practicable, an earnings statement covering at least 12 months which shall
     satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act and Rule 158
     thereunder;

          (u) reasonably cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made
     with the NASD and, in the case of a Shelf Registration, in the performance
     of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter and its counsel
     (including any "qualified independent underwriter" that is required to be
     retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of the NASD); and


                                       17



          (v) upon consummation of an Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange,
     obtain a customary opinion of counsel to the Company and the Guarantors
     addressed to the Trustee as so may be required under the Indenture.

          In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company may (as a
condition to such Holder's participation in the Shelf Registration) require each
Holder of Registrable Securities to furnish to the Company such information
regarding the Holder (including, without limitation, a customary selling holder
questionnaire) and the proposed distribution by such Holder of such Registrable
Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

          In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder agrees
that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event
or the discovery of any facts, each of the kind described in Section 3(e)(v)
hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable
Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement until such Holder's receipt of
the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section
3(k) hereof, and, if so directed by the Company, such Holder will deliver to the
Company (at its expense) all copies in such Holder's possession, other than
permanent file copies then in such Holder's possession, of the Prospectus
covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such
notice.

          In the event that the Company and the Guarantors fail to effect the
Exchange Offer or file any Shelf Registration Statement and maintain the
effectiveness of any Shelf Registration Statement as provided herein, neither
the Company nor any Guarantor shall file any Registration Statement with respect
to any securities (within the meaning of Section 2(1) of the 1933 Act) of the
Company or any Guarantor, other than Registrable Securities.

          If any of the Registrable Securities covered by any Shelf Registration
Statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the underwriter or
underwriters and manager or managers that will manage such offering will be
selected by the Majority Holders of such Registrable Securities included in such
offering and shall be acceptable to the Company. No Holder of Registrable
Securities may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless
such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder's Registrable Securities on the basis
provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled
hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all
questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and
other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

          4.   Indemnification; Contribution.

          (a) The Company and the Guarantors agree jointly and severally to
     indemnify and hold harmless the Initial Purchasers, each Holder, each
     Participating Broker-Dealer, each Person who participates as an underwriter
     (any such Person being an "Underwriter") and each Person, if any, who
     controls any Holder or Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the
     1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:


                                       18



               (i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and
          expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement
          or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any
          Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto)
          pursuant to which Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities were
          registered under the 1933 Act, including all documents incorporated
          therein by reference, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of
          a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
          statements therein not misleading, or arising out of any untrue
          statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in
          any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or the
          omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in
          order to make the statements therein, in the light of the
          circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

               (ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and
          expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount
          paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or
          proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or
          threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue
          statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or
          omission; provided that (subject to Section 4(d) below) any such
          settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company; and

               (iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred
          (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by
          any indemnified party), reasonably incurred in investigating,
          preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or
          proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or
          threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue
          statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or
          omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under
          subparagraph (i) or (ii) above;

provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss,
liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue
statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance
upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by the
Holder or Underwriter expressly for use in a Registration Statement (or any
amendment thereto) or any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto).

          (b) Each Holder severally, but not jointly, agrees to indemnify and
     hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors, the Initial Purchasers, each
     Underwriter and the other selling Holders, and each of their respective
     directors and officers, and each Person, if any, who controls the Company,
     a Guarantor, the Initial Purchasers, any Underwriter or any other selling
     Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of
     the 1934 Act, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and
     expense described in the indemnity contained in Section 4(a) hereof, as
     incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or
     alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Shelf Registration
     Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any Prospectus included therein (or
     any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity
     with written


                                       19



     information with respect to such Holder furnished to the Company by such
     Holder expressly for use in the Shelf Registration Statement (or any
     amendment thereto) or such Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement
     thereto); provided, however, that no such Holder shall be liable for any
     claims hereunder in excess of the amount of net proceeds received by such
     Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf
     Registration Statement.

          (c) Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably
     practicable to each indemnifying party of any action or proceeding
     commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder,
     but failure so to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such
     indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not
     materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not
     relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account
     of this indemnity agreement. An indemnifying party may participate at its
     own expense in the defense of such action; provided, however, that counsel
     to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the
     indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event
     shall the indemnifying party or parties be liable for the reasonable fees
     and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel)
     separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection
     with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same
     jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances.
     No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the
     indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any
     judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding
     by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim
     whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be
     sought under this Section 4 (whether or not the indemnified parties are
     actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or
     consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party
     from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation,
     proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an
     admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any
     indemnified party.

          (d) If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an
     indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for reasonable fees
     and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be
     liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 4(a)(ii)
     effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into
     more than 60 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid
     request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the
     terms of such settlement at least 45 days prior to such settlement being
     entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed
     such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of
     such settlement.

          (e) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 4 is for any
     reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party
     in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred
     to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate
     amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred
     by such indemnified party, as incurred, in such proportion as is
     appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors
     on the one hand and the Holders and the Initial Purchasers on the other
     hand in connection with the


                                       20



     statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims,
     damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable
     considerations.

          The relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand
and the Holders and the Initial Purchasers on the other hand shall be determined
by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material
fact relates to information supplied by the Company and/or the Guarantors, the
Holders or the Initial Purchasers and the parties' relative intent, knowledge,
access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or
omission.

          The Company, the Guarantors, the Holders and the Initial Purchasers
agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this
Section 4 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders and/or
Initial Purchasers were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other
method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations
referred to above in this Section 4. The aggregate amount of losses,
liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and
referred to above in this Section 4 shall be deemed to include any legal or
other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating,
preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or
proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any
claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or
omission or alleged omission.

          Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4, no Initial Purchaser
shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the
total discount received by it in connection with its purchase of the Securities
exceeds the amount of any damages which such Initial Purchaser has otherwise
been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or
omission or alleged omission.

          No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning
of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any
Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

          For purposes of this Section 4, each Person, if any, who controls an
Initial Purchaser or Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or
Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such
Initial Purchaser or Holder, and each director of the Company or any Guarantor,
and each Person, if any, who controls the Company or any Guarantor within the
meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have
the same rights to contribution as the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable.
The Initial Purchasers' respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this
Section 7 are several in proportion to the principal amount of Securities set
forth opposite their respective names in Schedule A to the Purchase Agreement
and not joint.

          5.   Miscellaneous.

          5.1. Rule 144 and Rule 144A. If the Company ceases to be required to
file reports under the 1934 Act, the Company covenants that it will upon the
request of any Holder of


                                       21



Registrable Securities (a) make publicly available such information as is
necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144 under the 1933 Act if Rule 144 is
applicable to a sale by such Holder, (b) deliver such information to a
prospective purchaser as is necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144A
under the 1933 Act, and (c) take such further action that is reasonable in the
circumstances, in each case, to the extent required from time to time to enable
such Holder to sell its Registrable Securities without registration under the
1933 Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (i) Rule 144 under
the 1933 Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time if Rule 144 is
applicable to the sale, (ii) Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, as such Rule may be
amended from time to time, or (iii) any similar rules or regulations hereafter
adopted by the SEC. Upon the request of any Holder of Registrable Securities,
the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has
complied with such requirements.

          5.2. No Inconsistent Agreements. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor
has entered into, and neither the Company nor any Guarantor will after the date
of this Agreement enter into, any agreement which is inconsistent with the
rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or
otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The rights granted to the
Holders hereunder do not and will not for the term of this Agreement in any way
conflict with the rights granted to the holders of the Company's or any
Guarantor's other issued and outstanding securities under any such agreements.

          5.3. Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement,
including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or
supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof
may not be given unless the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders
of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding
Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement,
waiver or departure.

          5.4. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or
permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand delivery, registered
first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight
delivery (a) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to
the Company by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this
Section 5.4, which address initially is the address set forth in the Purchase
Agreement with respect to the Initial Purchasers; and (b) if to the Company or
any Guarantor, initially at the Company's address set forth in the Purchase
Agreement, and thereafter at such other address of which notice is given in
accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.4.

          All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly
given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; two business days
after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered
back, if telexed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next
business day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight
delivery.

          Copies of all such notices, demands, or other communications shall be
concurrently delivered by the person giving the same to the Trustee under the
Indenture, at the address specified in such Indenture.


                                       22



          5.5. Successor and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit
of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the
parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express
assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to
permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities
in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any
transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Securities, in any manner,
whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be
held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding
such Registrable Securities such person shall be conclusively deemed to have
agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this
Agreement, including the restrictions on resale set forth in this Agreement and,
if applicable, the Purchase Agreement, and such person shall be entitled to
receive the benefits hereof.

          5.6. Third Party Beneficiaries. The Initial Purchasers (even if the
Initial Purchasers are not Holders of Registrable Securities) shall be third
party beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder between the Company and the
Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, and shall have
the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent they deem such
enforcement necessary or advisable to protect their rights or the rights of
Holders hereunder. Each Holder of Registrable Securities shall be a third party
beneficiary to the agreements made hereunder between the Company and the
Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and
shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems
such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights hereunder.

          5.7. Specific Enforcement. Without limiting the remedies available to
the Initial Purchasers and the Holders, the Company acknowledges that any
failure by the Company to comply with its obligations under Sections 2.1 through
2.4 hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Initial Purchasers
or the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it would not
be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the
event of any such failure, the Initial Purchasers or any Holder may obtain such
relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Company's obligations
under Sections 2.1 through 2.4 hereof.

          5.8. Restriction on Resales. Until the expiration of two years after
the original issuance of the Securities and the Guarantees, the Company and the
Guarantor will not, and will cause their "affiliates" (as such term is defined
in Rule 144(a)(1) under the 1933 Act) not to, resell any Securities that are
"restricted securities" (as such term is defined under Rule 144(a)(3) under the
1933 Act) that have been reacquired by any of them and shall immediately upon
any purchase of any such Securities submit such Securities to the Trustee for
cancellation.

          5.9. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which
when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken
together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

          5.10. Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of
reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.


                                       23



          5.11. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO THE
PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS THEREOF.

          5.12. Severability. In the event that any one or more of the
provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is
held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and
enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining
provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

          5.13. [Reserved].

          5.14. Consent to Jurisdiction. Each of the Company and the Guarantors
irrevocably consents and agrees that any legal action, suit or proceeding
brought against it with respect to its obligations, liabilities or any other
matter arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the transactions
contemplated hereby may be brought in the courts of the State of New York or the
courts of the United States of America located in the County of New York and,
until all amounts due and to become due hereunder, if any, have been paid, or
until any such legal action, suit or proceeding commenced prior to such payment
has been concluded, hereby irrevocably consents and irrevocably submits to the
non-exclusive jurisdiction of each such court in person and, generally and
unconditionally with respect to any action, suit or proceeding for themselves.

          5.15. Appointment of Agent for Service of Process.

          (a) The Company and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably consent and
     agree to the service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and
     documents in any such action, suit or proceeding brought against them with
     respect to their obligations, liabilities or any other matter arising out
     of or in connection with this Agreement, by serving a copy thereof upon any
     employee of any of the Company or any Guarantor (in such capacity, the
     "Company Process Agent") at any business location that the Company or any
     Guarantor may maintain from time to time in the United States including,
     without limitation, at the offices of Navios Corporation located at 20
     Marshall Street, Suite 200, South Norwalk, Connecticut 06854.

          (b) If at any time the Company or any Guarantor has or maintains a
     business location in the State of New York (such Person, the "New York
     Presence Obligor"), then the Company and the Guarantors shall, within 30
     days after such location is opened, is acquired or otherwise exists,
     irrevocably designate, appoint and empower the New York Presence Obligor as
     their designee, appointee and agent to receive, accept and acknowledge for
     and on their behalf service of any and all legal process, summons, notices
     and documents that may be served in any action, suit or proceeding brought
     against them in any United States or state court located in the County of
     New York with respect to their obligations, liabilities or any other matter
     arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and that may be made on
     such designee, appointee and agent in accordance with legal procedures
     prescribed for such courts (the "New York Process Agent").


                                       24



          (c) If at any time either (i) neither the Company nor any Guarantor
     maintains a bona fide business location in the State of Connecticut or the
     State of New York or (ii) a New York Presence Obligor exists but the
     Company or any Guarantor fails to satisfy its obligations under the
     foregoing paragraph (b), then the Company and the Guarantors shall promptly
     (and in any event within 10 days) irrevocably designate, appoint and
     empower CT Corporation System, with offices currently at 111 Eighth Avenue,
     New York, New York 10011 (or such other third party corporate service
     provider of national standing as may be reasonably acceptable to the
     Representatives), as their designee, appointee and agent to receive, accept
     and acknowledge for and on their behalf service of any and all legal
     process, summons, notices and documents that may be served in any action,
     suit or proceeding brought against them in any such United States or state
     court located in the County of New York with respect to their obligations,
     liabilities or any other matter arising out of or in connection with this
     Agreement and that may be made on such designee, appointee and agent in
     accordance with legal procedures prescribed for such courts (the "Third
     Party Process Agent"; each of the Company Process Agent, the New York
     Process Agent or the Third Party Process Agent, a "Process Agent") and pay
     all fees and expenses required by the Third Party Process Agent in
     connection therewith. If for any reason such Third Party Process Agent
     hereunder shall cease to be available to act as such, each of the Company
     and the Guarantors agrees to designate a new Third Party Process Agent in
     the County of New York on the terms and for the purposes of this Section
     15.15 reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

          (d) Each of the Company and the Guarantors further hereby irrevocably
     consents and agrees to the service of any and all legal process, summons,
     notices and documents in any such action, suit or proceeding against them
     arising out of or in connection with this Agreement by (i) serving a copy
     thereof upon any of the relevant Process Agents specified in clauses (a)
     through (c) above, or (ii) or by mailing copies thereof by registered or
     certified air mail, postage prepaid, to the Company, at its address
     specified in or designated pursuant to this Agreement (including by
     reference pursuant to Section 5.4). Each of the Company and the Guarantors
     agrees that the failure of any Process Agent, to give any notice of such
     service to it shall not impair or affect in any way the validity of such
     service or any judgment rendered in any action or proceeding based thereon.

          (e) Nothing herein shall in any way be deemed to limit the ability of
     any Initial Purchaser (or Holder or other third party beneficiary
     hereunder) to serve any such legal process, summons, notices and documents
     in any other manner permitted by applicable law or to obtain jurisdiction
     over the Company or the Guarantors or bring actions, suits or proceedings
     against them in such other jurisdictions, and in such manner, as may be
     permitted by applicable law.

          (f) Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably and
     unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any
     objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any
     of the aforesaid actions, suits or proceedings arising out of or in
     connection with this Agreement brought in the United States federal courts
     located in the County of New York or the courts of the State of New York
     located in the County of New York and hereby further irrevocably and
     unconditionally waives and


                                       25



     agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit
     or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient
     forum.

          (g) The provisions of this Section 5.15 shall survive any termination
     of this Agreement, in whole or in part.

          5.16. Waiver of Immunities. To the extent that the Company, a
Guarantor or any of their respective properties, assets or revenues may have or
may hereafter become entitled to, or have attributed to them, any right of
immunity, on the grounds of sovereignty, from any legal action, suit or
proceeding, from set-off or counterclaim, from the jurisdiction of any court,
from service of process, from attachment upon or prior to judgment, or from
attachment in aid of execution of judgment, or from execution of judgment, or
other legal process or proceeding for the giving of any relief or for the
enforcement of any judgment, in any jurisdiction in which proceedings may at any
time be commenced, with respect to their obligations, liabilities or any other
matter under or arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, each of the
Company and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably and unconditionally, to the extent
permitted by applicable law, waives and agrees not to plead or claim any such
immunity and consents to such relief and enforcement.

          5.17. Foreign Taxes. All payments by the Company or a Guarantor shall
be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on
account of, any and all present and future income, stamp or other taxes, levies,
imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings, now or hereinafter
imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any jurisdiction of
formation of the Company and the Guarantors (each a "Relevant Jurisdiction") and
any political subdivision thereof or any other jurisdiction in which the Company
or a Guarantor has an office from which payment is made or deemed to be made
(all such taxes, "Foreign Taxes"). If the Company or a Guarantor is prevented by
operation of law or otherwise from paying, causing to be paid or remitting that
portion of amounts payable hereunder represented by Foreign Taxes withheld or
deducted, then amounts payable under this Agreement shall, to the extent
permitted by law, be increased to such amount as is necessary to yield and remit
an amount which, after deduction of all Foreign Taxes (including all Foreign
Taxes payable on such increased payments) equals the amount that would have been
payable if no Foreign Taxes applied.

          5.18. Judgment Currency. Each of the Company and the Guarantors agrees
to indemnify the Initial Purchasers (or any third party beneficiary hereunder)
against any loss incurred by any such person as a result of any judgment or
order being given or made against the Company or a Guarantor for any amount due
hereunder and such judgment or order being expressed and paid in a currency (the
"Judgment Currency") other than United States dollars and as a result of any
variation as between (i) the rate of exchange at which the United States dollar
amount is converted into the Judgment Currency for the purpose of such judgment
or order, and (ii) the rate of exchange in The City of New York at which such
party on the date of payment of such judgment or order is able to purchase
United States dollars with the amount of the Judgment Currency actually received
by such party if such party had utilized such amount of Judgment Currency to
purchase United States dollars as promptly as practicable upon such party's
receipt thereof. The foregoing indemnity shall constitute a separate and
independent obligation of the


                                       26



Company and the Guarantors and shall continue in full force and effect
notwithstanding any such judgment or order as aforesaid. The term "rate of
exchange" shall include any premiums and costs of exchange payable in connection
with the purchase of, or conversion into, the relevant currency.


                                       27



          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
date first written above.

                                        NAVIOS MARITIME HOLDINGS INC.

                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:

                                        NAVIOS CORPORATION
                                        NAVIOS INTERNATIONAL INC.
                                        NAVIMAX CORPORATION
                                        NAVIOS HANDYBULK INC.
                                        HESTIA SHIPPING LTD.
                                        ANEMOS MARITIME HOLDINGS INC.
                                        ACHILLES SHIPPING CORPORATION
                                        AEGEAN SHIPPING CORPORATION
                                        ALEGRIA SHIPPING CORPORATION
                                        APOLLON SHIPPING CORPORATION
                                        ARC SHIPPING CORPORATION
                                        FELICITY SHIPPING CORPORATION
                                        GALAXY SHIPPING CORPORATION
                                        GEMINI SHIPPING CORPORATION
                                        HERAKLES SHIPPING CORPORATION
                                        HIOS SHIPPING CORPORATION
                                        HORIZON SHIPPING ENTERPRISES CORPORATION
                                        HYPERION ENTERPRISES INC.
                                        IONIAN SHIPPING CORPORATION
                                        KYPROS SHIPPING CORPORATION
                                        LIBRA SHIPPING ENTERPRISES CORPORATION
                                        NAVIOS SHIPMANAGEMENT INC.
                                        MAGELLAN SHIPPING CORPORATION
                                        MERIDIAN SHIPPING ENTERPRISES INC.
                                        MERCATOR SHIPPING CORPORATION
                                        STAR MARITIME ENTERPRISES CORPORATION


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                       28



Confirmed and accepted as
   of the date first above
   written:

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
        INCORPORATED
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.
BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC
S. GOLDMAN ADVISORS LLC


BY: MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
                 INCORPORATED

    By:
        --------------------------------
        Name:
        Title:


BY: J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.


    By:
        --------------------------------
        Name:
        Title:


                                       29



                                                                      Schedule A

                                   GUARANTORS

Navios Corporation
Navios International Inc.
Navimax Corporation
Navios Handybulk Inc.
Hestia Shipping Ltd.

Anemos Maritime Holdings Inc.
Achilles Shipping Corporation
Aegean Shipping Corporation
Alegria Shipping Corporation
Apollon Shipping Corporation
Arc Shipping Corporation
Felicity Shipping Corporation
Galaxy Shipping Corporation
Gemini Shipping Corporation
Herakles Shipping Corporation
Hios Shipping Corporation
Horizon Shipping Enterprises Corporation
Hyperion Enterprises Inc.
Ionian Shipping Corporation
Kypros Shipping Corporation
Libra Shipping Enterprises Corporation
Navios ShipManagement Inc.
Magellan Shipping Corporation
Meridian Shipping Enterprises Inc.
Mercator Shipping Corporation
Star Maritime Enterprises Corporation



                                                                      Schedule B

                               INITIAL PURCHASERS

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

Banc of America Securities LLC

S. Goldman Advisors LLC














PRESS RELEASE

FINAL RELEASE — FOR DISTRIBUTION

Navios Maritime Holdings Inc. Announces
Long-Term Time Charter for new Ultra-Handymax

PIRAEUS, GREECE, December 4, 2006 — Navios Maritime Holdings Inc. (‘‘Navios’’) (NASDAQ: BULK, BULKU, BULKW), a large, global, vertically integrated seaborne shipping company transporting a wide range of drybulk commodities including iron ore, coal and grain, announced today that it has secured a three year time charter-out for a new Ultra-Handymax, the Navios Primavera, for $20,046 per day.

The Navios Primavera is a 53,500 DWT vessel that is currently under construction and is expected to be delivered in May 2007. Navios also has a purchase option on the vessel as part of its long term charter-in agreement.

’’We have capitalized on our long term charter-in fleet by locking in charter hire before the physical delivery of the vessel. This arrangement demonstrates the flexibility of our business model and our ability to capitalize on the current healthy market environment,’’ said Ms. Angeliki Frangou, Chairman and CEO of Navios.

As a result of this latest charter, Navios has extended the coverage of its long term fleet to 76% for 2007 and 40% for 2008.

Navios has grown its owned fleet over the last 15 months from six vessels to 16 vessels, a increase of 167%, of which five vessels were acquired in 2006. As of November 29, 2006, the Company had eight remaining purchase options on its 17 chartered-in vessels, including purchase options on four of the six vessels still to be delivered, and many of these purchase options are at prices below the current market value for the vessels. In August and November of 2006, Navios exercised the option to purchase two of its chartered-in vessels, which will bring the Company’s owned fleet to 18 vessels by March 2007.

About Navios Maritime Holdings Inc.

Navios Maritime Holdings Inc. is a large, global, vertically integrated seaborne shipping company transporting a wide range of drybulk commodities including iron ore, coal and grain. For over 50 years, Navios has worked with raw materials producers, agricultural traders and exporters, industrial end-users, ship owners, and charterers. Navios also owns and operates a port/storage facility in Uruguay and has in-house technical ship management expertise. Navios maintains offices in Piraeus, Greece, South Norwalk, Connecticut and Montevideo, Uruguay. Navios’ stock is listed in the NASDAQ’s National Market System where its Common Shares, Units and Warrants trade under the symbols ‘‘BULK’’, ‘‘BULKU’’, ‘‘BULKW’’, respectively. Risks and uncertainties are described in reports filed by Navios Maritime Holdings Inc. with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Safe Harbor

This press release may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 about Navios Maritime Holdings Inc. (Navios). Forward looking statements are statements that are not historical facts. Such forward-looking statements, based upon the current beliefs and expectations of Navios’s management, are subject to risks and uncertainties, which could cause actual results to differ from the forward looking statements. The information set forth herein should be read in light of such risks. Navios does not assume any obligation to update the information contained in this press release.

Public & Investor Relations Contact:
Navios Maritime Holdings Inc.
Investor Relations
212-279-8820
investors@navios.com

# # #




PRESS RELEASE

Navios Maritime Holdings Inc. Announces Delivery of the
Panamax Navios Star

PIRAEUS, GREECE, December 7, 2006 − Navios Maritime Holdings Inc. (‘‘Navios’’) (NASDAQ: BULK, BULKU, BULKW), a large, global, vertically integrated seaborne shipping company, transporting a wide range of drybulk commodities including iron ore, coal and grain, announced today the delivery of its latest owned vessel, the Navios Star, a 76,662 dwt panamax vessel. The Navios Star was built at the Imabari Shipyard in Japan in April of 2002.

Navios received ownership of the Star through the exercise of a purchase option that Navios had obtained in connection with the long-term charter in agreement of the vessel. This exercise was previously announced in August of 2006 and is being fully financed by HSH Nordbank with a term facility of $19.5M. The current market value of the Navios Star is approximately $48.0 million. The Navios Star is currently employed under a long-term charter out agreement through January of 2010.

‘‘We are pleased to add the Navios Star to our owned fleet given the value of the vessel and its efficient operating profile,’’ said Ms. Angeliki Frangou, Chairman and CEO of Navios. ‘‘We will continue to exercise options on our chartered-in fleet, as market conditions permit. We also will continue to maximize the benefit of our flexible business model that includes an owned fleet as well as a chartered-in fleet.’’

Having exercised the option on the Navios Hyperion earlier this year, as of November 29, 2006, the Company had eight remaining purchase options on its 17 chartered-in vessels of which two are expected to be exercised in 2007. The company also maintains options on four of the six vessels still to be delivered. Many of these purchase options are at prices below the current market value for the vessels. Following the delivery of the Navios Hyperion, the company’s owned fleet will total 18 vessels.

About Navios Maritime Holdings Inc.

Navios Maritime Holdings Inc. is a large, global, vertically integrated seaborne shipping company transporting a wide range of drybulk commodities including iron ore, coal and grain. For over 50 years, Navios has worked with raw materials producers, agricultural traders and exporters, industrial end-users, ship owners, and charterers. Navios also owns and operates a port/storage facility in Uruguay and has in-house technical ship management expertise. Navios maintains offices in Piraeus, Greece, South Norwalk, Connecticut and Montevideo, Uruguay. Navios’ stock is listed in the NASDAQ’s National Market System where its Common Shares, Units and Warrants trade under the symbols ‘‘BULK’’, ‘‘BULKU’’, ‘‘BULKW’’, respectively. Risks and uncertainties are described in reports filed by Navios Maritime Holdings Inc. with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Safe Harbor

This press release may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 about Navios Maritime Holdings Inc. (Navios). Forward looking statements are statements that are not historical facts. Such forward-looking statements, based upon the current beliefs and expectations of Navios’s management, are subject to risks and uncertainties, which could cause actual results to differ from the forward looking statements. The information set forth herein should be read in light of such risks. Navios does not assume any obligation to update the information contained in this press release.

Public & Investor Relations Contact:
Navios Maritime Holdings Inc.
Investor Relations
212-279-8820
investors@navios.com

# # #







Private & Confidential

                                 LOAN AGREEMENT
                               FOR A LOAN OF UP TO
                                  US$19,500,000
                                       TO
                      STAR MARITIME ENTERPRISES CORPORATION

                                   PROVIDED BY
                                 HSH NORDBANK AG

                                                              [NORTON ROSE LOGO]



                                    CONTENTS

CLAUSE                                                                      PAGE
- ------                                                                      ----
1    Purpose and definitions................................................   1

2    The Commitment and the Loan............................................   9

3    Interest and Interest Periods..........................................  10

4    Repayment and prepayment...............................................  12

5    Commitment commission, fees and expenses...............................  13

6    Payments and taxes; accounts and calculations..........................  14

7    Representations and warranties.........................................  15

8    Undertakings...........................................................  19

9    Conditions.............................................................  26

10   Events of Default......................................................  27

11   Indemnities............................................................  31

12   Unlawfulness and increased costs.......................................  32

13   Security and set-off...................................................  33

14   Accounts...............................................................  34

15   Assignment, transfer and lending office................................  35

16   Notices and other matters..............................................  36

17   Governing law and jurisdiction.........................................  37

Schedule 1 Form of Drawdown Notice..........................................  39

Schedule 2 Documents and evidence required as conditions precedent to the
           Loan being made..................................................  40

Schedule 3 Form of Corporate Guarantee......................................  44

Schedule 4 Form of Mortgage.................................................  45

Schedule 5 Form of General Assignment.......................................  46

Schedule 6 Form of Manager's Undertaking....................................  47



THIS AGREEMENT is dated 30 November 2006 and made BETWEEN:

(1)       STAR MARITIME ENTERPRISES CORPORATION as Borrower; and

(2)       HSH NORDBANK AG as Bank.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

1         PURPOSE AND DEFINITIONS

1.1       PURPOSE

          This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions upon and subject to
          which the Bank agrees to make available to the Borrower a loan of up
          to Nineteen million five hundred thousand Dollars ($19,500,000) to be
          used for the purpose of (a) financing part of the cost of the purchase
          of the Ship and (b) providing the Borrower with working capital.

1.2       DEFINITIONS

          In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

          "ACCOUNTS" means, together, the Operating Account and the Retention
          Account and "ACCOUNT" means either of them;

          "ACCOUNT PLEDGES" means, together, the Operating Account Pledge and
          the Retention Account Pledge and "ACCOUNT PLEDGE" means either of
          them;

          "ANEMOS" means Anemos Maritime Holdings Inc. of Trust Company Complex,
          Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960 and
          includes its successors in title;

          "APPROVED BROKER" means each of Astrup Fearnley A/S of Oslo, Norway, H
          Clarkson & Company Ltd. of London, England and Simpson Spence & Young
          Ltd. of London, England and any other shipbrokers nominated by the
          Bank from time to time and includes their respective successors in
          title and "APPROVED BROKERS" means any or all of them;

          "ASSIGNEE" has the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 15.3;

          "AUDITORS" means the auditors for the time being of the Group being
          PricewaterhouseCoopers or such other firm of auditors approved in
          advance by the Bank (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or
          delayed).

          "BALLOON INSTALMENT" has the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 4.1;

          "BANK" means HSH Nordbank AG whose registered office is at
          Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, 20095 Hamburg, Federal Republic of Germany
          (or of such other address as may last have been notified to the
          Borrower pursuant to clause 15.6) and includes its successors in
          title, Assignees or Transferees;

          "BANKING DAY" means a day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are
          carried on in the London Interbank Market and (other than Saturday or
          Sunday) on which banks are open for business in Athens, Hamburg,
          London and New York City (or any other relevant place of payment under
          clause 6);

          "BORROWED MONEY" means Indebtedness incurred in respect of (i) money
          borrowed or raised and debit balances at banks, (ii) any bond, note,
          loan stock, debenture or similar debt instrument, (iii) acceptance or
          documentary credit facilities, (iv) receivables sold or discounted
          (otherwise than on a non-recourse basis), (v) deferred payments for
          assets or services acquired, (vi) leases and hire purchase contracts,
          (vii) swaps, forward exchange contracts, futures and other
          derivatives, (viii) any other transaction (including without
          limitation forward sale or


                                       1



          purchase agreements) having the commercial effect of a borrowing or
          raising of money or of any of (ii) to (vii) above and (ix) guarantees
          in respect of Indebtedness of any person falling within any of (i) to
          (vii) above;

          "BORROWER" means Star Maritime Enterprises Corporation of Trust
          Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall
          Islands MH96960 and includes its successors in title;

          "BORROWER'S SECURITY DOCUMENTS" means, at any relevant time, such of
          the Security Documents as shall have been executed by the Borrower at
          such time;

          "CHARTER" means the "NYPE 1946 Form" time charter to be made between
          the Borrower and the Charterer in respect of the charter of the Ship
          by the Charterer, such charter to be in form and substance acceptable
          to the Bank in its sole discretion;

          "CHARTERER" means Deiulemar Compagnia de Navigazione Spa of Italy and
          includes its successors in title;

          "CHARTER ASSIGNMENT" means an assignment of any charterparty or other
          employment contract in respect of the Ship executed or (as the context
          may require) to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Bank
          pursuant to clause 8.1.14, in such form as the Bank may require in its
          sole discretion;

          "CLASSIFICATION" means "NS* (Bulk Carrier, Strengthened for Heavy
          Cargies Nos. 2, 4 & 6 Holds may be empty) (ESP), MNS*" or such other
          classification as the Bank shall, at the request of the Borrower, have
          agreed in writing shall be treated as the Classification for the
          purposes of the Security Documents;

          "CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY" means Nippon Kaiji Kyokai or such other
          classification society which the Bank shall, at the request of the
          Borrower, have agreed in writing shall be treated as the
          Classification Society for the purposes of the Security Documents;

          "CODE" means the International Management Code for the Safe Operation
          of Ships and for Pollution Prevention constituted pursuant to
          Resolution A.741(18) of the International Maritime Organisation and
          incorporated into the International Convention for the Safety of Life
          at Sea 1974 (as amended) and includes any amendments or extensions
          thereto and any regulation issued pursuant thereto;

          "COMMITMENT" means the amount which the Bank has agreed to lend to the
          Borrower under clause 2.1 as reduced by any relevant term of this
          Agreement;

          "COMPULSORY ACQUISITION" means requisition for title or other
          compulsory acquisition, requisition, appropriation, expropriation,
          deprivation, forfeiture or confiscation for any reason of the Ship by
          any Government Entity or other competent authority, whether de jure or
          de facto, but shall exclude requisition for use or hire not involving
          requisition of title;

          "CONSOLIDATION DATE" means the date falling on the earlier of (i) the
          Hyperion Delivery Date and (ii) the date falling four (4) months after
          the Drawdown Date;

          "CONTRACT" means the memorandum of agreement dated 11 August 2006 and
          addendum no. 1 thereto dated 24 October 2006 as may be further amended
          and supplemented from time to time with the prior written consent of
          the Bank, made between the Seller and the Borrower relating to the
          sale by the Seller, and the purchase by the Borrower, of the Ship;

          "CONTRACT PRICE" means the purchase price payable by the Borrower to
          the Seller for the Ship in accordance with the Contract, being the sum
          of Nineteen million four hundred seventy seven thousand two hundred
          and sixty Dollars and twenty seven cents ($19,477,260.27) or such
          other sum as is determined in accordance with the terms and conditions
          of the Contract to be the purchase price for the Ship thereunder;


                                       2



          "CORPORATE GUARANTEE" means the corporate guarantee executed or (as
          the context may require) to be executed by the Corporate Guarantor in
          favour of the Bank in the form or substantially the form set out in
          schedule 3;

          "CORPORATE GUARANTOR" means Navios Maritime Holdings Inc. of Trust
          Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall
          Islands MH96960 and includes its successors in title;

          "DEFAULT" means any Event of Default or any event or circumstance
          which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or the satisfaction
          of any other condition (or any combination thereof) would constitute
          an Event of Default;

          "DELIVERY" means the delivery of the Ship by the Seller to the
          Borrower, and the acceptance of the Ship by the Borrower, pursuant to
          the Contract;

          "DELIVERY DATE" means the date upon which Delivery occurs;

          "DOC" means a document of compliance issued to an Operator in
          accordance with rule 13 of the Code;

          "DOLLARS" and "$" mean the lawful currency of the United States of
          America and in respect of all payments to be made under any of the
          Security Documents mean funds which are for same day settlement in the
          New York Clearing House Interbank Payments System (or such other U.S.
          dollar funds as may at the relevant time be customary for the
          settlement of international banking transactions denominated in U.S.
          dollars);

          "DRAWDOWN DATE" means the date, being a Banking Day falling not later
          than the Termination Date, on which the Loan is, or is to be, drawn
          down;

          "DRAWDOWN NOTICE" means a notice substantially in the form of schedule
          1;

          "ENCUMBRANCE" means any mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating),
          pledge, lien, hypothecation, assignment, trust arrangement or security
          interest or other encumbrance of any kind securing any obligation of
          any person or any type of preferential arrangement (including without
          limitation title transfer and/or retention arrangements having a
          similar effect);

          "ENVIRONMENTAL AFFILIATE" means any agent or employee of the Borrower
          or any other Relevant Party or any person having a contractual
          relationship with the Borrower or any other Relevant Party in
          connection with any Relevant Ship or its operation or the carriage of
          cargo and/or passengers thereon and/or the provision of goods and/or
          services on or from any Relevant Ship;

          "ENVIRONMENTAL APPROVAL" means any consent, authorisation, licence or
          approval of any governmental or public body or authorities or courts
          applicable to any Relevant Ship or its operation or the carriage of
          cargo and/or passengers thereon and/or the provision of goods and/or
          services on or from any Relevant Ship required under any Environmental
          Law;

          "ENVIRONMENTAL CLAIM" means any and all enforcement, clean-up, removal
          or other governmental or regulatory actions or orders instituted or
          completed pursuant to any Environmental Law or any Environmental
          Approval together with claims made by any third party relating to
          damage, contribution, loss or injury, resulting from any actual or
          threatened emission, spill, release or discharge of a Material of
          Environmental Concern from any Relevant Ship;

          "ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS" means all national, international and state laws,
          rules, regulations, treaties and conventions applicable to any
          Relevant Ship pertaining to the pollution or protection of human
          health or the environment including, without limitation, the carriage
          of Materials of Environmental Concern and actual or threatened
          emissions, spills, releases or discharges of Materials of
          Environmental Concern;

          "EVENT OF DEFAULT" means any of the events or circumstances described
          in clause 10.1;


                                       3



          "EXISTING LOAN AGREEMENT" means the facilities agreement dated 21
          December 2005 and made between (1) the Corporate Guarantor, as
          borrower, (2) the financial institutions listed in Part II of Schedule
          1 thereto, as lenders and (3) the Bank in its capacity as agent,
          security agent, hedge counterparty and mandated lead arranger, in
          respect of facilities of (originally) up to $649,000,000;

          "FLAG STATE" means the Republic of Panama or such other state or
          territory designated in writing by the Bank, at the request of the
          Borrower, as being the "FLAG STATE" of the Ship for the purposes of
          the Security Documents;

          "GENERAL ASSIGNMENT" means the first priority general assignment
          collateral to the Mortgage executed or (as the context may require) to
          be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Bank in the form or
          substantially the form set out in schedule 5;

          "GOVERNMENT ENTITY" means and includes (whether having a distinct
          legal personality or not) any national or local government authority,
          board, commission, department, division, organ, instrumentality, court
          or agency and any association, organisation or institution of which
          any of the foregoing is a member or to whose jurisdiction any of the
          foregoing is subject or in whose activities any of the foregoing is a
          participant;

          "GROUP" means the Corporate Guarantor and each of its Subsidiaries
          from time to time during the term of this Agreement (which for the
          avoidance of doubt include the Borrower) and "MEMBER OF THE GROUP"
          shall be construed accordingly;

          "HYPERION" means the motor vessel Navios Hyperion, a 2004-built,
          (approximately) 75,500 dwt bulk carrier, owned on the date of this
          Agreement by the Hyperion Seller and registered under the laws and
          flag of the Flag State with IMO Number 9260627;

          "HYPERION BUYER" means any member of the Group which shall become the
          registered owner of Hyperion after the date of this Agreement and
          includes its successors in title;

          "HYPERION CONTRACT" means the memorandum of agreement to be made
          between the Hyperion Seller and the Hyperion Buyer relating to the
          sale by the Hyperion Seller, and the purchase by the Hyperion Buyer,
          of Hyperion;

          "HYPERION DELIVERY" means the delivery of Hyperion by the Hyperion
          Seller to the Hyperion Buyer, and the acceptance of Hyperion by the
          Hyperion Buyer, pursuant to the Hyperion Contract;

          "HYPERION DELIVERY DATE" means the date upon which the Hyperion
          Delivery occurs;

          "HYPERION SELLER" means the registered owner of Hyperion on the date
          of this Agreement and includes its successors in title;

          "INDEBTEDNESS" means any obligation for the payment or repayment of
          money, whether as principal or as surety and whether present or
          future, actual or contingent;

          "INTEREST PAYMENT DATE" means the last day of an Interest Period;

          "INTEREST PERIOD" means each period for the calculation of interest in
          respect of the Loan ascertained in accordance with clauses 3.2 and
          3.3;

          "ISPS CODE" means the International Ship and Port facility Security
          Code constituted pursuant to resolution A.924(22) of the International
          Maritime Organization now set out in Chapter XI-2 of the International
          Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea 1974 (as amended) as adopted
          by a Diplomatic Conference of the International Maritime Organisation
          on Maritime Security in December 2002 and includes any amendments or
          extensions thereto and any regulation issued pursuant thereto;


                                       4



          "ISSC" means an International Ship Security Certificate issued in
          respect of the Ship pursuant to the ISPS Code;

          "LIBOR" means in relation to a particular period:

          (a)  the rate per annum for deposits of dollars for a period
               equivalent to such period at 11:00 am on the Quotation Day for
               such period as displayed on Reuters BBA page LIBOR01 (and, for
               the purposes of this Agreement, "REUTERS BBA PAGE LIBOR01" means
               the display designated as "Reuters BBA page LIBOR01" on the
               Reuters Screen or such other page as may replace "Reuters BBA
               page LIBOR01" on the Reuters Screen for the purpose of displaying
               rates comparable to that rate or on such other service as may be
               nominated by the British Bankers' Association for the purpose of
               displaying BBA Interest Settlement Rates (as defined in the
               British Bankers' Association's Recommended Terms and Conditions
               ("BBAIRS" terms) dated August, 1996) for dollars); or

          (b)  for any period over twelve (12) months or if on such date no such
               rate is displayed, LIBOR for such period shall be the rate per
               annum (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest one sixteenth
               (1/16th) of one per cent) quoted by the Bank as the Bank's
               offered rate for deposits in dollars in an amount comparable with
               the amount in relation to which LIBOR is to be determined and for
               a period equal to the relevant period to prime banks in the
               London interbank market at or about 11:00 am on the Quotation Day
               for such period;

          "LOAN" means the principal amount borrowed by the Borrower on the
          Drawdown Date or (as the context may require) the principal amount
          owing to the Bank under this Agreement at any relevant time;

          "MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT" means the management agreement dated _______
          December 2006 made between the Borrower and the Manager in respect of
          the Ship or any other agreement previously approved in writing by the
          Bank between the Borrower and the Manager providing for the Manager to
          manage the Ship;

          "MANAGER" means Navios ShipManagement Inc. of Trust Company Complex,
          Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960 or
          any other person appointed by the Borrower, with the prior written
          consent of the Bank, as the manager of the Ship, and includes its
          successors in title;

          "MANAGER'S UNDERTAKING" means the first priority manager's undertaking
          and assignment executed or (as the context may require) to be executed
          by the Manager in favour of the Bank in the form or substantially the
          form set out in schedule 6;

          "MARGIN" means one point fifty per cent (1.50%) per annum;

          "MATERIAL OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERN" means and includes pollutants,
          contaminants, toxic substances, oil as defined in the United States
          Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and all hazardous substances as defined in
          the United States Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation
          and Liability Act 1980;

          "MONTH" means a period beginning in one calendar month and ending in
          the next calendar month on the day numerically corresponding to the
          day of the calendar month on which it started, provided that (i) if
          the period started on the last Banking Day in a calendar month or if
          there is no such numerically corresponding day, it shall end on the
          last Banking Day in such next calendar month and (ii) if such
          numerically corresponding day is not a Banking Day, the period shall
          end on the next following Banking Day in the same calendar month but
          if there is no such Banking Day it shall end on the preceding Banking
          Day and "MONTHS" and "MONTHLY" shall be construed accordingly;

          "MORTGAGE" means the first preferred Panamanian mortgage of the Ship
          executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the
          Borrower in favour of the Bank in the form or substantially the form
          set out in schedule 4;


                                       5



          "NAVIOS CORPORATION" means Navios Corporation of Trust Company
          Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands
          MH96960 and includes its successors in title;

          "OPERATING ACCOUNT" means the interest bearing Dollar account of the
          Borrower opened or (as the context may require to be opened) by the
          Borrower with the Bank and includes any sub-accounts thereof and any
          other account designated in writing by the Bank to be an Operating
          Account for the purposes of this Agreement;

          "OPERATING ACCOUNT PLEDGE" means a first priority pledge of the
          Operating Account executed or (as the context may require) to be
          executed by the Borrower in favour of the Bank in such form as the
          Bank may in it sole discretion require;

          "OPERATOR" means any person who is from time to time during the
          Security Period concerned in the operation of the Ship and falls
          within the definition of "Company" set out in rule 1.1.2 of the Code;

          "PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCE" means any Encumbrance in favour of the Bank
          created pursuant to the Security Documents, any Encumbrance in favour
          of the Bank created pursuant to the Existing Loan Agreement and
          Permitted Liens;

          "PERMITTED LIENS" means any lien on the Ship for master's, officer's
          or crew's wages outstanding in the ordinary course of trading, any
          lien for salvage and any ship repairer's or outfitter's possessory
          lien, in each case for a sum not (except with the prior written
          consent of the Bank) exceeding the Casualty Amount (as defined in the
          Ship Security Documents);

          "QUOTATION DAY" means, in relation to any period for which an interest
          rate is to be determined two (2) Banking Days before the first day of
          that period, unless market practice differs in the London Interbank
          Market, in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Bank
          in accordance with market practice in the London Interbank Market (and
          if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the London
          Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the
          last of those days);

          "REGISTRY" means such registrar, commissioner or representative of the
          Flag State who is duly authorised and empowered to register the Ship,
          the Borrower's title to the Ship and the Mortgage under the laws and
          flag of the Flag State;

          "RELATED COMPANY" of a person means any Subsidiary of such person, any
          company or other entity of which such person is a Subsidiary and any
          Subsidiary of any such company or entity;

          "RELEVANT JURISDICTION" means any jurisdiction in which or where any
          Security Party is incorporated, resident, domiciled, has a permanent
          establishment, carries on, or has a place of business or is otherwise
          effectively connected;

          "RELEVANT PARTY" means the Borrower, the Borrower's Related Companies,
          any other Security Party or any Security Party's Related Companies;

          "RELEVANT SHIP" means the Ship and any other vessel owned, operated,
          managed or crewed by any member of the Group;

          "REPAYMENT DATES" means, subject to clause 6.3, 31 March 2007 and each
          of the dates falling at three (3) monthly intervals thereafter up to
          and including the date falling on the earlier of (i) one hundred and
          eight (108) months after the Drawdown Date and (ii) 31 December 2015;

          "RETENTION ACCOUNT" means a Dollar account of the Borrower opened or
          (as the context may require) to be opened by the Borrower with the
          Bank and includes any sub-accounts thereof and any other account
          designated in writing by the Bank to be a Retention Account for the
          purposes of this Agreement;


                                       6



          "RETENTION ACCOUNT PLEDGE" means a first priority pledge of the
          Retention Account executed or (as the context may require) to be
          executed by the Borrower in favour of the Bank, in such form as the
          Bank may in it sole discretion require;

          "RETENTION AMOUNT" means, in relation to any Retention Date, such sum
          as shall be the aggregate of:

          (a)  one-third (1/3rd) of the repayment instalment falling due for
               payment pursuant to clause 4.1 (as the same may have been reduced
               by any prepayment) on the next Repayment Date after the relevant
               Retention Date; and

          (b)  the applicable fraction (as hereinafter defined) of the aggregate
               amount of interest falling due for payment in respect of each
               part of the Loan during and at the end of each Interest Period
               current at the relevant Retention Date and, for this purpose, the
               expression "APPLICABLE FRACTION" in relation to each Interest
               Period shall mean a fraction having a numerator of one and a
               denominator equal to the number of Retention Dates falling within
               the relevant Interest Period;

          "RETENTION DATE" means:

          (a)  in relation to the first Repayment Date, the date falling thirty
               (30) days after the Drawdown Date and each of the dates falling
               at monthly intervals thereafter up to the first Repayment Date;
               and

          (b)  in relation to a Repayment Date (other than the last Repayment
               Date), each of:

               (i)   the date falling ten (10) Banking Days after the first day
                     of the first month commencing immediately after such
                     Repayment Date;

               (ii)  the first day of the second month commencing immediately
                     after such Repayment Date; and

               (iii) the first day of the third month commencing immediately
                     after such Repayment Date,

          and "RETENTION DATES" means any or all of them. For the purposes of
          this definition, clause 6.3 shall not apply to the expression
          "Repayment Date";

          "SECURITY DOCUMENTS" means this Agreement, the Corporate Guarantee,
          the Mortgage, the General Assignment, the Manager's Undertaking, the
          Charter Assignment, the Account Pledges, the Sub-manager's Undertaking
          and any other documents as may have been or shall from time to time
          after the date of this Agreement be executed to secure all or any part
          of the Loan, interest thereon and other moneys from time to time owing
          by the Borrower or any other Security Party pursuant to this Agreement
          or any other Security Documents (whether or not any such document also
          secures moneys from time to time owing pursuant to any other document
          or agreement);

          "SECURITY PARTY" means the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, the
          Manager, the Sub-manager or any other person who may at any time be a
          party to any of the Security Documents (other than the Bank);

          "SECURITY PERIOD" means the period commencing on the date of this
          Agreement and terminating upon discharge of the security created by
          the Security Documents by payment of all moneys payable thereunder;

          "SECURITY REQUIREMENT" means the amount in Dollars (as certified by
          the Bank whose certificate shall, in the absence of manifest error, be
          conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Bank) which is at any
          relevant time One hundred and twenty five per cent (125%) of the Loan;


                                       7



          "SECURITY VALUE" means the amount in Dollars (as certified by the Bank
          whose certificate shall, in the absence of manifest error, be
          conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Bank) which is at any
          relevant time the aggregate of (i) the market value of the Ship as
          most recently determined in accordance with clause 8.3.2 and (ii) the
          market value of any additional security for the time being actually
          provided to the Bank pursuant to clause 8.3 as most recently
          determined in accordance with clause 8.3.5;

          "SELLER" means, together, Sun Lanes Shipping S.A. of Panama and Nikko
          Kisen Co., Ltd. of Japan and includes its successors in title;

          "SHIP" means the motor vessel Navios Star, a 2002 Imabari built,
          (approximately) 76,662 dwt bulk carrier, owned on the date of this
          Agreement by the Seller and registered under the laws and flag of the
          Flag State, and to be registered on the Delivery Date in the ownership
          of the Borrower through the Registry under the laws and flag of the
          Flag State with the same name and with IMO Number 9243502;

          "SHIP SECURITY DOCUMENTS" means the Mortgage, the General Assignment,
          any Charter Assignment, the Sub-manager's Undertaking and the
          Manager's Undertaking;

          "SMC" means a safety management certificate issued in respect of the
          Ship in accordance with rule 13 of the Code;

          "SUB-MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT" means the agreement dated as of 2 June 2004
          made between the Manager as head manager and the Sub-manager as
          commercial sub-manager in respect of the Ship;

          "SUB-MANAGER" means Navimax Corporation of Trust Company Complex,
          Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960 or
          any other person appointed by the Manager, with the prior written
          consent of the Bank, as the commercial sub-manager of the Ship, and
          includes its successors in title;

          "SUB-MANAGER'S UNDERTAKING" means the first priority undertaking and
          assignment executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by
          the Sub-manager in favour of the Bank in such form as the Bank shall
          require in its sole discretion;

          "SUBSIDIARY" of a person means any company or entity directly or
          indirectly controlled by such person, and for this purpose "CONTROL"
          means either the ownership of more than fifty per cent (50%) of the
          voting share capital (or equivalent rights of ownership) of such
          company or entity or the power to direct its policies and management,
          whether by contract or otherwise;

          "TAXES" includes all present and future taxes, levies, imposts,
          duties, fees or charges of whatever nature together with interest
          thereon and penalties in respect thereof and "TAXATION" shall be
          construed accordingly;

          "TERMINATION DATE" means 30 December 2006 or such later date as the
          Bank may in its absolute discretion agree in writing;

          "TOTAL LOSS" means:

          (a)  the actual, constructive, compromised or arranged total loss of
               the Ship; or

          (b)  the Compulsory Acquisition of the Ship; or

          (c)  the hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest,
               detention or confiscation of the Ship (other than where the same
               amounts to the Compulsory Acquisition of the Ship) by any
               Government Entity, or by persons acting or purporting to act on
               behalf of any Government Entity, unless the Ship be released and
               restored to the Borrower from such hijacking, theft,
               condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation
               within forty-five (45) days after the occurrence thereof;

          "TRANSFEREE" has the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 15.4;


                                       8



          "TREASURY TRANSACTION" means any derivative entered into in connection
          with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or
          price (including any forward freight derivative transaction); and

          "UNDERLYING DOCUMENTS" means, together, the Contract, the
          Sub-management Agreement and the Management Agreement.

1.3       HEADINGS

          Clause headings and the table of contents are inserted for convenience
          of reference only and shall be ignored in the interpretation of this
          Agreement.

1.4       CONSTRUCTION OF CERTAIN TERMS

          In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

1.4.1     references to clauses and schedules are to be construed as references
          to clauses of, and schedules to, this Agreement and references to this
          Agreement include its schedules;

1.4.2     references to (or to any specified provision of) this Agreement or any
          other document shall be construed as references to this Agreement,
          that provision or that document as in force for the time being and as
          amended in accordance with terms thereof, or, as the case may be, with
          the agreement of the relevant parties;

1.4.3     references to a "REGULATION" include any present or future regulation,
          rule, directive, requirement, request or guideline (whether or not
          having the force of law) of any agency, authority, central bank or
          government department or any self-regulatory or other national or
          supra-national authority;

1.4.4     words importing the plural shall include the singular and vice versa;

1.4.5     references to a time of day are to Central European time (CET);

1.4.6     references to a person shall be construed as references to an
          individual, firm, company, corporation, unincorporated body of persons
          or any Government Entity;

1.4.7     references to a "GUARANTEE" include references to an indemnity or
          other assurance against financial loss including, without limitation,
          an obligation to purchase assets or services as a consequence of a
          default by any other person to pay any Indebtedness and "GUARANTEED"
          shall be construed accordingly; and

1.4.8     references to any enactment shall be deemed to include references to
          such enactment as re-enacted, amended or extended.

2         THE COMMITMENT AND THE LOAN

2.1       AGREEMENT TO LEND

          The Bank, relying upon each of the representations and warranties in
          clause 7, agrees to lend to the Borrower, upon and subject to the
          terms of this Agreement, the principal sum of up to the lower of (i)
          Nineteen million five hundred thousand Dollars ($19,500,000) and (ii)
          an amount in Dollars equal to Sixty-eight percent (68%) of the market
          value of the Ship as determined in accordance with paragraph 11 of
          Part 1, schedule 2.

2.2       DRAWDOWN

          Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Loan shall
          be advanced in full in one amount on the Drawdown Date following
          receipt by the Bank from the Borrower of a Drawdown Notice not later
          than 10:00 a.m. on the second Banking Day before the proposed Drawdown


                                       9



          Date. A Drawdown Notice shall be effective on actual receipt by the
          Bank and, once given, shall, subject as provided in clause 3.6.1, be
          irrevocable.

2.3       AMOUNT

          The principal amount specified in the Drawdown Notice for borrowing on
          the Drawdown Date shall, subject to the terms and conditions of this
          Agreement, not exceed the lower of (i) Nineteen million five hundred
          thousand Dollars ($19,500,000) and (ii) an amount in Dollars equal to
          Sixty-eight percent (68%) of the market value of the Ship as
          determined in accordance with paragraph 11 of Part 1, schedule 2.

2.4       AVAILABILITY

          Upon receipt of a Drawdown Notice complying with the terms of this
          Agreement the Bank shall, subject to the provisions of clause 9, on
          the Drawdown Date make the Loan available to the Borrower in
          accordance with clause 6.2. The Borrower acknowledges that payment of
          the Loan or part thereof to the Seller in accordance with clause 6.2
          shall satisfy the obligation of the Bank to lend the Commitment to the
          Borrower under this Agreement.

2.5       TERMINATION OF COMMITMENT

          Any part of the Commitment which is undrawn by the Termination Date
          shall thereupon be automatically cancelled.

2.6       APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS

          Without prejudice to the Borrower's obligations under clause 8.1.3,
          the Bank shall have no responsibility for the application of the
          proceeds of the Loan or any part thereof by the Borrower.

3         INTEREST AND INTEREST PERIODS

3.1       NORMAL INTEREST RATE

          The Borrower shall pay interest on the Loan in respect of each
          Interest Period relating thereto on each Interest Payment Date (or, in
          the case of Interest Periods of more than three (3) months, by
          instalments, the first such instalment being payable three (3) months
          from the commencement of the Interest Period and the subsequent
          instalments at intervals of three (3) months or, if shorter, the
          period from the date of the preceding instalment until the Interest
          Payment Date relative to such Interest Period) at the rate per annum
          determined by the Bank to be the aggregate of (a) the Margin and (b)
          LIBOR for such Interest Period.

3.2       SELECTION OF INTEREST PERIODS

          The Borrower may by notice received by the Bank not later than 10:00
          a.m. on the second Banking Day before the beginning of each Interest
          Period specify whether such Interest Period shall have a duration of
          one (1) month, three (3) months, six (6) months or twelve (12) months
          or such other period as the Borrower may select and the Bank may, in
          its absolute discretion, agree.

3.3       DETERMINATION OF INTEREST PERIODS

          Every Interest Period shall be of the duration specified by the
          Borrower pursuant to clause 3.2 but so that:

3.3.1     the initial Interest Period shall commence on the Drawdown Date and
          each subsequent Interest Period shall commence on the last day of the
          previous Interest Period;

3.3.2     if any Interest Period would otherwise overrun a Repayment Date, then,
          in the case of the last Repayment Date, such Interest Period shall end
          on such Repayment Date, and, in the


                                       10



          case of any other Repayment Date or Repayment Dates, the Loan shall be
          divided into parts so that there is one part in the amount of the
          repayment instalment due on each Repayment Date falling during that
          Interest Period and having an Interest Period ending on the relevant
          Repayment Date and another part in the amount of the balance of the
          Loan having an Interest Period ascertained in accordance with clause
          3.2 and the other provisions of this clause 3.3; and

3.3.3     if the Borrower fails to specify the duration of an Interest Period in
          accordance with the provisions of clause 3.2 and this clause 3.3 such
          Interest Period shall have a duration of three (3) months or such
          other period as shall comply with this clause 3.3.

3.4       DEFAULT INTEREST

          If the Borrower fails to pay any sum (including, without limitation,
          any sum payable pursuant to this clause 3.4) on its due date for
          payment under any of the Security Documents, the Borrower shall pay
          interest on such sum on demand from the due date up to the date of
          actual payment (as well after as before judgement) at a rate
          determined by the Bank pursuant to this clause 3.4. The period
          beginning on such due date and ending on such date of payment shall be
          divided into successive periods of not more than six (6) months as
          selected by the Bank each of which (other than the first, which shall
          commence on such due date) shall commence on the last day of the
          preceding such period. The rate of interest applicable to each such
          period shall be the aggregate (as determined by the Bank) of (a) two
          per cent (2%) per annum, (b) the Margin and (c) LIBOR for such period.
          Such interest shall be due and payable on the last day of each such
          period as determined by the Bank and each such day shall, for the
          purposes of this Agreement, be treated as an Interest Payment Date,
          provided that if such unpaid sum is an amount of principal which
          became due and payable by reason of a declaration by the Bank under
          clause 10.2.2 or a prepayment pursuant to clauses 4.3, 8.3.1(a), 8.4
          or 12.1, on a date other than an Interest Payment Date relating
          thereto, the first such period selected by the Bank shall be of a
          duration equal to the period between the due date of such principal
          sum and such Interest Payment Date and interest shall be payable on
          such principal sum during such period at a rate of two per cent (2%)
          above the rate applicable thereto immediately before it shall have
          become so due and payable. If, for the reasons specified in clause
          3.6.1, the Bank is unable to determine a rate in accordance with the
          foregoing provisions of this clause 3.4, interest on any sum not paid
          on its due date for payment shall be calculated at a rate determined
          by the Bank to be two per cent (2%) per annum above the aggregate of
          the Margin and the cost of funds to the Bank.

3.5       NOTIFICATION OF INTEREST PERIODS AND INTEREST RATE

          The Bank shall notify the Borrower promptly of the duration of each
          Interest Period and of each rate of interest determined by it under
          this clause 3.

3.6       MARKET DISRUPTION; NON-AVAILABILITY

3.6.1     If and whenever, at any time prior to the commencement of any Interest
          Period, the Bank shall have determined (which determination shall, in
          the absence of manifest error, be conclusive):

          (a)  that adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining LIBOR
               during such Interest Period; or

          (b)  that deposits in Dollars are not available to the Bank in the
               London Interbank Market in the ordinary course of business in
               sufficient amounts to fund the Loan for such Interest Period,

          the Bank shall forthwith give notice (a "DETERMINATION NOTICE")
          thereof to the Borrower. A Determination Notice shall contain
          particulars of the relevant circumstances giving rise to its issue.
          After the giving of any Determination Notice the undrawn amount of the
          Commitment shall not be borrowed until notice to the contrary is given
          to the Borrower by the Bank.

3.6.2     During the period of ten (10) days after any Determination Notice has
          been given by the Bank under clause 3.6.1, the Bank shall certify an
          alternative basis (the "SUBSTITUTE BASIS") for


                                       11



          maintaining the Loan. The Substitute Basis may (without limitation)
          include alternative interest periods, alternative currencies or
          alternative rates of interest but shall include a margin above the
          cost of funds to the Bank equivalent to the Margin. Each Substitute
          Basis so certified shall be binding upon the Borrower and shall take
          effect in accordance with its terms from the date specified in the
          Determination Notice until such time as the Bank notifies the Borrower
          that none of the circumstances specified in clause 3.6.1 continues to
          exist whereupon the normal interest rate fixing provisions of the
          Agreement shall apply.

4         REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT

4.1       REPAYMENT

          The Borrower shall repay the Loan by thirty six (36) instalments, one
          such instalment to be repaid on each of the Repayment Dates. Subject
          to the provisions of this Agreement, the amount of each instalment
          (other than the final instalment) shall be Three hundred twenty-five
          thousand Dollars ($325,000) and the amount of the thirty-sixth and
          final instalment shall be Eight million one hundred twenty-five
          thousand Dollars ($8,125,000) (comprising a repayment instalment of
          Three hundred and twenty-five thousand Dollars ($325,000) and a
          balloon payment of Seven million eight hundred thousand Dollars
          ($7,800,000) (the "BALLOON INSTALMENT")). If the Commitment is not
          drawn down in full, the amount of the repayment instalments (including
          the Balloon Instalment) shall be reduced proportionately.

4.2       VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENT

          The Borrower may prepay the Loan in whole or part (being Three hundred
          twenty-five thousand Dollars ($325,000) or any larger sum which is an
          integral multiple of Three hundred twenty-five thousand Dollars
          ($325,000)) on any Interest Payment Date relating to the part of the
          Loan to be repaid without premium or penalty.

4.3       PREPAYMENT ON TOTAL LOSS

          On the Ship becoming a Total Loss (or suffering damage or being
          involved in an incident which, in the opinion of the Bank, may result
          in the Ship subsequently being determined to be a Total Loss) or being
          sold to a person other than the Borrower, before the Loan is drawn
          down, the obligation of the Bank to advance the Loan shall immediately
          cease and the Commitment shall be reduced to zero.

          After the Drawdown Date, on the date falling one hundred and twenty
          (120) days after that on which the Ship became a Total Loss or, if
          earlier, on the date upon which the insurance proceeds are, or
          Requisition Compensation (as defined in the Ship Security Documents)
          is, received by the Borrower (or the Bank pursuant to the Security
          Documents), the Borrower shall prepay the Loan in full.

          For the purpose of this Agreement, a Total Loss shall be deemed to
          have occurred:

4.3.1     in the case of an actual total loss of the Ship on the actual date and
          at the time the Ship was lost or, if such date is not known, on the
          date on which the Ship was last reported;

4.3.2     in the case of a constructive total loss of the Ship, upon the date
          and at the time notice of abandonment of the Ship is given to the
          insurers of the Ship for the time being;

4.3.3     in the case of a compromised or arranged total loss, on the date upon
          which a binding agreement as to such compromised or arranged total
          loss has been entered into by the insurers of the Ship;

4.3.4     in the case of Compulsory Acquisition, on the date upon which the
          relevant requisition of title or other compulsory acquisition occurs;
          and

4.3.5     in the case of hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure,
          arrest, detention or confiscation of the Ship (other than where the
          same amounts to Compulsory Acquisition of the Ship) by any Government
          Entity, or by persons purporting to act on behalf of any Government
          Entity, which deprives the Borrower of the use of the Ship for more
          than thirty


                                       12



          (30) days, upon the expiry of the period of thirty (30) days after the
          date upon which the relevant hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture,
          seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation occurred.

4.4       AMOUNTS PAYABLE ON PREPAYMENT

          Any prepayment of all or part of the Loan under this Agreement shall
          be made together with (a) accrued interest on the Loan, (b) any
          additional amount payable under clauses 6.6 or 12.2 and (c) all other
          sums payable by the Borrower to the Bank under this Agreement or any
          of the other Security Documents including, without limitation, any
          accrued commitment commission payable under clause 5.1.2 and any
          amounts payable under clause 11.

4.5       NOTICE OF PREPAYMENT; REDUCTION OF REPAYMENT INSTALMENTS

          No prepayment may be effected under clause 4.2 unless the Borrower
          shall have given the Bank at least fifteen (15) days' notice in
          writing of its intention to make such prepayment. Every notice of
          prepayment shall be effective only on actual receipt by the Bank,
          shall be irrevocable, shall specify the amount to be prepaid and shall
          oblige the Borrower to make such prepayment on the date specified. No
          amount prepaid under this Agreement may be re-borrowed and any amount
          prepaid pursuant to clauses 4.2 or 8.3.1(a) shall be applied in
          reducing the repayment instalments under clause 4.1 (including the
          Balloon Instalment) proportionately. The Borrower may not prepay the
          Loan or any part thereof save as expressly provided in this Agreement.

5         COMMITMENT COMMISSION, FEES AND EXPENSES

5.1       FEES

          The Borrower shall pay to the Bank on the earlier of (a) the Drawdown
          Date and (b) the Termination Date:

5.1.1     an arrangement fee of One hundred seventeen thousand Dollars
          ($117,000), and

5.1.2     commitment commission computed from the date of this Agreement at the
          rate of zero point forty-five per cent (0.45%) per annum on the daily
          undrawn amount of the Commitment.

          The fee referred to in this clause 5.1.1 and the commitment commission
          referred to in clause 5.1.2 shall be payable by the Borrower to the
          Bank whether or not any part of the Commitment is ever advanced and
          shall, in either case, be non-refundable.

5.2       EXPENSES

          The Borrower shall pay to the Bank on a full indemnity basis on demand
          all expenses (including legal, printing and out-of-pocket
          expenses(which legal expenses, for the avoidance of doubt, shall in
          turn include any expenses incurred by the Bank in obtaining any legal
          opinions)) incurred by the Bank (whether or not any part of the
          Commitment is ever advanced):

5.2.1     in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and, where
          relevant, registration of the Security Documents and of any amendment
          or extension of or the granting of any waiver or consent under, any of
          the Security Documents or the syndication of the Loan; and

5.2.2     in contemplation of, or otherwise in connection with, the enforcement
          of, or preservation of any rights under, any of the Security Documents
          or otherwise in respect of the moneys owing under any of the Security
          Documents,

          together with interest at the rate referred to in clause 3.4 from the
          date on which such expenses were incurred to the date of payment (as
          well after as before judgement).

5.3       VALUE ADDED TAX

          All fees and expenses payable pursuant to this clause 5 shall be paid
          together with value added tax or any similar tax (if any) properly
          chargeable thereon.


                                       13



5.4       STAMP AND OTHER DUTIES

          The Borrower shall pay all stamp, documentary, registration or other
          like duties or taxes (including any such duties or taxes payable by
          the Bank) imposed on or in connection with any of the Underlying
          Documents, the Security Documents or the Loan and shall indemnify the
          Bank against any liability arising by reason of any delay or omission
          by the Borrower to pay such duties or taxes.

6         PAYMENTS AND TAXES; ACCOUNTS AND CALCULATIONS

6.1       NO SET-OFF OR COUNTERCLAIM

          The Borrower acknowledges that in performing its obligations under
          this Agreement, the Bank will be incurring liabilities to third
          parties in relation to the funding of amounts to the Borrower, such
          liabilities matching the liabilities of the Borrower to the Bank and
          that it is reasonable for the Bank to be entitled to receive payments
          from the Borrower gross on the due date in order that the Bank is put
          in a position to perform its matching obligations to the relevant
          third parties. Accordingly, all payments to be made by the Borrower
          under any of the Security Documents shall be made in full, without any
          set-off or counterclaim whatsoever and, subject as provided in clause
          6.6, free and clear of any deductions or withholdings, in Dollars on
          the due date to such account of the Bank at such bank in such place as
          the Bank may from time to time specify for this purpose.

6.2       PAYMENT BY THE BANK

          All sums to be advanced by the Bank to the Borrower under this
          Agreement in respect of the Loan shall be remitted in Dollars on the
          Drawdown Date to the account specified in the Drawdown Notice.

6.3       NON-BANKING DAYS

          When any payment under any of the Security Documents would otherwise
          be due on a day which is not a Banking Day, the due date for payment
          shall be extended to the next following Banking Day unless such
          Banking Day falls in the next calendar month in which case payment
          shall be made on the immediately preceding Banking Day.

6.4       CALCULATIONS

          All interest and other payments of an annual nature under any of the
          Security Documents shall accrue from day to day and be calculated on
          the basis of actual days elapsed and a three hundred and sixty (360)
          day year.

6.5       CERTIFICATES CONCLUSIVE

          Any certificate or determination of the Bank as to any rate of
          interest or any other amount pursuant to and for the purposes of any
          of the Security Documents shall, in the absence of manifest error, be
          conclusive and binding on the Borrower.

6.6       GROSSING-UP FOR TAXES

          If at any time the Borrower is required to make any deduction or
          withholding in respect of Taxes from any payment due under any of the
          Security Documents, the sum due from the Borrower in respect of such
          payment shall be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that,
          after the making of such deduction or withholding, the Bank receives
          on the due date for such payment (and retains, free from any liability
          in respect of such deduction or withholding), a net sum equal to the
          sum which it would have received had no such deduction or withholding
          been required to be made and the Borrower shall indemnify the Bank
          against any losses or costs incurred by it by reason of any failure of
          the Borrower to make any such deduction or withholding or by reason of
          any increased payment not being made on the due date for such payment.
          The Borrower shall promptly deliver to the Bank any receipts,
          certificates or other proof evidencing the amounts (if any) paid or
          payable in respect of any deduction or withholding as aforesaid.


                                       14



6.7       LOAN ACCOUNT

          The Bank shall maintain, in accordance with its usual practice, an
          account evidencing the amounts from time to time lent by, owing to and
          paid to it under the Security Documents. Such account shall, in the
          absence of manifest error, be conclusive as to the amount from time to
          time owing by the Borrower under the Security Documents.

7         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

7.1       CONTINUING REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

          The Borrower represents and warrants to the Bank that:

7.1.1     Due incorporation

          the Borrower and each of the other Security Parties are duly
          incorporated and validly existing in good standing under the laws of
          their respective countries of incorporation, each as a Marshall
          Islands corporation, and have power to carry on their respective
          businesses as they are now being conducted and to own their respective
          property and other assets;

7.1.2     Corporate power

          the Borrower has power to execute, deliver and perform its obligations
          under the Underlying Documents and the Borrower's Security Documents
          and to borrow the Commitment and each of the other Security Parties
          has power to execute and deliver and perform its obligations under the
          Security Documents and the Underlying Documents to which it is or is
          to be a party; all necessary corporate, shareholder and other action
          has been taken to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of
          the same and no limitation on the powers of the Borrower to borrow
          will be exceeded as a result of borrowing the Loan;

7.1.3     Binding obligations

          the Security Documents and the Underlying Documents constitute or
          will, when executed, constitute valid and legally binding obligations
          of the relevant Security Parties enforceable in accordance with their
          respective terms;

7.1.4     No conflict with other obligations

          the execution and delivery of, the performance of their obligations
          under, and compliance with the provisions of the Underlying Documents
          and the Security Documents by the relevant Security Parties will not
          (i) contravene any existing applicable law, statute, rule or
          regulation or any judgement, decree or permit to which the Borrower or
          any other Security Party is subject, (ii) conflict with, or result in
          any breach of any of the terms of, or constitute a default under, any
          agreement or other instrument to which the Borrower or any other
          Security Party is a party or is subject or by which it or any of its
          property is bound, (iii) contravene or conflict with any provision of
          the constitutional documents of the Borrower or any other Security
          Party or (iv) result in the creation or imposition of or oblige the
          Borrower or any of its Related Companies or any other Security Party
          to create any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) on the
          undertakings, assets, rights or revenues of the Borrower or any of its
          Related Companies or any other Security Party;

7.1.5     No litigation

          no litigation, arbitration or administrative proceeding is taking
          place, pending or, to the knowledge of the officers of the Borrower,
          threatened against the Borrower or any of its Related Companies or any
          other Security Party which could have a material adverse effect on the
          business, assets or financial condition of the Borrower or any other
          Security Party;


                                       15



7.1.6     No filings required

          save for the registration of the Mortgage with the Registry, it is not
          necessary to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or
          admissibility in evidence of any of the Underlying Documents or any of
          the Security Documents that they or any other instrument be notarised,
          filed, recorded, registered or enrolled in any court, public office or
          elsewhere in any Relevant Jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration
          or similar tax or charge be paid in any Relevant Jurisdiction on or in
          relation to the Underlying Documents or the Security Documents and the
          Underlying Documents and each of the Security Documents is in proper
          form for its enforcement in the courts of each Relevant Jurisdiction;

7.1.7     Choice of law

          the choice of English law to govern the Underlying Documents and the
          Security Documents (other than the Mortgage and the Account Pledges),
          the choice of (i) Panamanian law to govern the Mortgage and (ii)
          German law to govern the Account Pledges, and the submissions by the
          Security Parties to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the English
          courts or, as the case may be, the German courts, are valid and
          binding;

7.1.8     No immunity

          neither the Borrower nor any other Security Party nor any of their
          respective assets is entitled to immunity on the grounds of
          sovereignty or otherwise from any legal action or proceeding (which
          shall include, without limitation, suit, attachment prior to
          judgement, execution or other enforcement);

7.1.9     Consents obtained

          every consent, authorisation, licence or approval of, or registration
          with or declaration to, governmental or public bodies or authorities
          or courts required by any Security Party to authorise, or required by
          any Security Party in connection with, the execution, delivery,
          validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of each of the
          Underlying Documents and each of the Security Documents or the
          performance by each Security Party of its obligations under the
          Underlying Documents and the Security Documents to which it is a party
          has been obtained or made and is in full force and effect and there
          has been no default in the observance of any of the conditions or
          restrictions (if any) imposed in, or in connection with, any of the
          same; and

7.1.10    Shareholdings

          (a)  each of the Borrower and the Manager is a wholly-owned Subsidiary
               of Anemos;

          (b)  the Sub-manager is a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Navios
               Corporation;

          (c)  each of Anemos and Navios Corporation is a wholly-owned
               Subsidiary of the Corporate Guarantor; and

          (d)  a minimum of twenty per cent. (20%) of the issued share capital
               of the Corporate Guarantor is legally and ultimately beneficially
               owned by Mrs. Angeliki Frangou.

7.2       INITIAL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

          The Borrower further represents and warrants to the Bank that:

7.2.1     Pari passu

          the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement are direct,
          general and unconditional obligations of the Borrower and rank at
          least pari passu with all other present and future unsecured and
          unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Borrower except for obligations
          which are mandatorily preferred by law and not by contract;


                                       16



7.2.2     No default under other Indebtedness

          neither the Borrower nor any other Security Party nor any other
          Relevant Party is (nor would with the giving of notice or lapse of
          time or the satisfaction of any other condition or combination thereof
          be) in breach of or in default under any agreement relating to
          Indebtedness to which it is a party or by which it may be bound;

7.2.3     Information

          the information, exhibits and reports furnished by any Security Party
          to the Bank in connection with the negotiation and preparation of each
          of the Security Documents are true and accurate in all material
          respects and not misleading, do not omit material facts and all
          reasonable enquiries have been made to verify the facts and statements
          contained therein; there are no other facts the omission of which
          would make any fact or statement therein misleading;

7.2.4     No withholding Taxes

          no Taxes are imposed by withholding or otherwise on any payment to be
          made by any Security Party under the Underlying Documents or the
          Security Documents or are imposed on or by virtue of the execution or
          delivery by the Security Parties of the Underlying Documents or the
          Security Documents or any other document or instrument to be executed
          or delivered under any of the Security Documents;

7.2.5     No Default

          no Default has occurred and is continuing;

7.2.6     The Ship

          the Ship will, on the Delivery Date, be:

          (a)  in the absolute ownership of the Borrower who will on and after
               the Delivery Date be the sole, legal and beneficial owner of the
               Ship;

          (b)  provisionally registered in the name of the Borrower through the
               offices of the Registry as a ship under the laws and flag of the
               Flag State;

          (c)  operationally seaworthy and in every way fit for service; and

          (d)  classed with the Classification free of all requirements and
               recommendations of the Classification Society;

7.2.7     Ship's employment

          the Ship is not and will not, on or before the Delivery Date, be
          subject to any charter or contract or to any agreement to enter into
          any charter or contract which, if entered into after the date of the
          Ship Security Documents would have required the consent of the Bank
          and, on or before the Delivery Date, there will not be any agreement
          or arrangement whereby the Earnings (as defined in the Ship Security
          Documents) may be shared with any other person;

7.2.8     Freedom from Encumbrances

          neither the Ship, nor her Earnings, Insurances or Requisition
          Compensation (each as defined in the Ship Security Documents) nor the
          Accounts nor any other properties or rights which are, or are to be,
          the subject of any of the Security Documents nor any part thereof will
          be, on the Drawdown Date, subject to any Encumbrance;


                                       17



7.2.9     Compliance with Environmental Laws and Approvals

          except as may already have been disclosed by the Borrower in writing
          to, and acknowledged in writing by, the Bank:

          (a)  the Borrower and the other Relevant Parties and, to the best of
               the Borrower's knowledge and belief (having made due enquiry),
               their respective Environmental Affiliates have complied with the
               provisions of all Environmental Laws;

          (b)  the Borrower and the other Relevant Parties and, to the best of
               the Borrower's knowledge and belief (having made due enquiry),
               their respective Environmental Affiliates have obtained all
               Environmental Approvals and are in compliance with all such
               Environmental Approvals; and

          (c)  neither the Borrower nor any other Relevant Party nor, to the
               best of the Borrower's knowledge and belief (having made due
               enquiry), any of their respective Environmental Affiliates has
               received notice of any Environmental Claim that the Borrower or
               any other Relevant Party or any such Environmental Affiliate is
               not in compliance with any Environmental Law or any Environmental
               Approval;

7.2.10    No Environmental Claims

          except as may already have been disclosed by the Borrower in writing
          to, and acknowledged in writing by, the Bank, there is no
          Environmental Claim pending or, to the best of the Borrower's
          knowledge and belief (having made due enquiry) threatened against the
          Borrower or the Ship or any other Relevant Party or any other Relevant
          Ship or, to the best of the Borrower's knowledge and belief (having
          made due enquiry), any of their respective Environmental Affiliates;

7.2.11    No potential Environmental Claims

          except as may already have been disclosed by the Borrower in writing
          to, and acknowledged in writing by, the Bank, there has been no
          emission, spill, release or discharge of a Material of Environmental
          Concern from the Ship or any other ship owned by, managed or crewed by
          or chartered to the Borrower nor, to the best of the Borrower's
          knowledge and belief (having made due enquiry), from any other
          Relevant Ship owned by, managed or crewed by or chartered to any other
          Relevant Party which could give rise to an Environmental Claim;

7.2.12    ISPS Code

          on the Delivery Date the Borrower shall have a valid and current ISSC
          in respect of the Ship and the Ship shall be in compliance with the
          ISPS Code;

7.2.13    No material adverse change

          there has been no material adverse change in the financial position of
          the Borrower or the financial position of the Corporate Guarantor and
          its Related Companies from that described by the Borrower or any other
          Security Party to the Bank in the negotiation of this Agreement; and

7.2.14    Copies true and complete

          the copies of the Underlying Documents delivered or to be delivered to
          the Bank pursuant to clause 9.1 are, or will when delivered be, true
          and complete copies of such documents; such documents constitute valid
          and binding obligations of the parties thereto enforceable in
          accordance with their respective terms and there will have been no
          amendments or variations thereof or defaults thereunder.


                                       18



7.3       REPETITION OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

          On and as of the Drawdown Date and (except in relation to the
          representations and warranties in clause 7.2) on each Interest Payment
          Date the Borrower shall (a) be deemed to repeat the representations
          and warranties in clause 7.1 as if made with reference to the facts
          and circumstances existing on such day and (b) be deemed to further
          represent and warrant to the Bank that the then latest audited
          financial statements delivered to the Bank (if any) have been prepared
          in accordance with US GAAP which have been consistently applied and
          present fairly and accurately the financial position of the Borrower
          and the consolidated financial position of the Group respectively, as
          at the end of the financial period to which the same relate and the
          results of the operations of the Borrower and the consolidated
          operations of the Group, respectively, for the financial period to
          which the same relate and, as at the end of such financial period,
          neither the Borrower nor any member of the Group had any significant
          liabilities (contingent or otherwise) or any unrealised or anticipated
          losses which are not disclosed by, or reserved against or provided for
          in, such financial statements.

8         UNDERTAKINGS

8.1       GENERAL

          The Borrower hereby undertakes with the Bank that, from the date of
          this Agreement and so long as any moneys are owing under any of the
          Security Documents and while all or any part of the Commitment remains
          outstanding, it will:

8.1.1     Notice of Default

          promptly inform the Bank of any occurrence of which it becomes aware
          which might adversely affect the ability of any Security Party to
          perform its obligations under any of the Security Documents and,
          without limiting the generality of the foregoing, will inform the Bank
          of any Default forthwith upon becoming aware thereof and will from
          time to time, if so requested by the Bank, confirm to the Bank in
          writing that, save as otherwise stated in such confirmation, no
          Default has occurred and is continuing;

8.1.2     Consents and licences

          without prejudice to clauses 7.1 and 9, obtain or cause to be
          obtained, maintain in full force and effect and comply in all material
          respects with the conditions and restrictions (if any) imposed in, or
          in connection with, every consent, authorisation, licence or approval
          of governmental or public bodies or authorities or courts and do, or
          cause to be done, all other acts and things which may from time to
          time be necessary or desirable under applicable law for the continued
          due performance of all the obligations of the Security Parties under
          each of the Security Documents;

8.1.3     Use of proceeds

          use the Loan exclusively for the purpose specified in clause 1.1;

8.1.4     Pari passu

          ensure that its obligations under this Agreement shall, without
          prejudice to clause 8.3 and the security intended to be created under
          the Security Documents, at all times rank at least pari passu with all
          its other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated Indebtedness
          with the exception of any obligations which are mandatorily preferred
          by law and not by contract;

8.1.5     Financial statements

          procure that the Corporate Guarantor shall provide the Bank with the
          consolidated financial statements referred to in clause 5.1.4 of the
          Corporate Guarantee in the form required in clause 5.1.5 of the
          Corporate Guarantee;


                                       19



8.1.6     Delivery of reports

          deliver to the Bank as many copies as the Bank may reasonably require
          at the time of issue thereof of every report, circular, notice or like
          document issued by the Borrower to its shareholders or creditors
          generally;

8.1.7     Provision of further information

          provide the Bank with such financial and other information concerning
          the Borrower, its Related Companies, the other Security Parties, their
          respective Related Companies, any other member of the Group and their
          respective affairs as the Bank may from time to time reasonably
          require including, without prejudice to the generality of the
          foregoing, their financial standing, commitments, operations, any
          vessel sales or purchases and any new borrowings;

8.1.8     Know your customer information

          deliver to the Bank such documents and evidence as the Bank shall from
          time to time require relating to the verification of identity and
          knowledge of the Bank's customers and the compliance by the Bank with
          all necessary "know your customer" or similar checks, always on the
          basis of applicable laws and regulations or the Bank's own internal
          guidelines in each case as such laws, regulations or internal
          guidelines apply from time to time;

8.1.9     Obligations under Security Documents

          duly and punctually perform each of the obligations expressed to be
          assumed by it under the Security Documents;

8.1.10    Compliance with Code

          and will procure that any Operator will, comply with and ensure that
          the Ship and any Operator complies with the requirements of the Code,
          including (but not limited to) the maintenance and renewal of valid
          certificates pursuant thereto throughout the Security Period and will
          procure that each Related Company of the Corporate Guarantor and each
          ship thereof complies with the requirements of the Code;

8.1.11    Withdrawal of DOC and SMC

          and will procure that the Manager or any Operator will, immediately
          inform the Bank if there is any threatened or actual withdrawal of its
          Operator's DOC or the SMC in respect of the Ship;

8.1.12    Issuance of DOC and SMC

          and will procure that the Manager or any Operator will, promptly
          inform the Bank upon the issue to the Borrower, the Manager or any
          Operator of a DOC and to the Ship of an SMC or the receipt by the
          Borrower, the Manager or any Operator of notification that its
          application for the same has been refused;

8.1.13    ISPS Code Compliance

          and will procure that the Manager or any Operator will:

          (a)  maintain at all times a valid and current ISSC in respect of the
               Ship;

          (b)  immediately notify the Bank in writing of any actual or
               threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification
               of the ISSC in respect of the Ship; and

          (c)  ensure that the Ship will comply at all times with the ISPS Code;


                                       20



8.1.14    Charters

          without prejudice to the rights of the Bank under clause 5.1.15 of the
          Mortgage, advise the Bank promptly of any proposed charterparty in
          respect of the Ship having a term of eleven (11) months or longer
          (taking into account any optional extensions contained therein) and
          (a) deliver a certified copy of each such charterparty to the Bank
          forthwith after its execution, (b) forthwith after the Bank's request
          (i) execute a specific assignment of such charterparty in favour of
          the Bank (in such form as the Bank may require in its discretion),
          (ii) execute a notice of assignment (in such form as the Bank may
          require in its discretion) of such charterparty, (iii) procure that
          such notice of assignment is served on the relevant charterer and that
          the relevant charterer signs an acknowledgement of such notice (in
          such form as the Bank may require in its discretion), (c) forthwith
          after the Bank's request, deliver to the Bank such documents and
          evidence of the type referred to in schedule 2 in relation to such
          charterparty, the relevant assignment, the relevant notice of
          assignment and its acknowledgment (including, but without limitation,
          legal opinions regarding the valid execution and binding effect
          thereof) as the Bank may require in its sole discretion and (d) pay on
          the Bank's demand all legal and other costs and expenses incurred by
          the Bank in connection with or in relation to any such assignment,
          notice of assignment and the acknowledgement thereof;

8.1.15    Classification Society

          without prejudice to the obligations of the Borrower under clause
          8.1.7 and clause 5.1.6 of the Mortgage, irrevocably authorise and
          instruct the Classification Society to provide the Bank from time to
          time, at the Borrower's cost, with any information whatsoever which
          the Bank may require relating to the classification of the Vessel with
          the Classification Society; and

8.1.16    Own account

          The Borrower confirms that it is the beneficiary (within the meaning
          of section 8 of the German Money Laundering Act (Gesetz uber das
          Aufspuren von Gewinnen aus schweren Straftaten (Geldwaschegesetz)) for
          the Loan made or to be made available to it. It shall promptly inform
          the Bank if it ceases to be, the beneficiary (within the meaning of
          section 8 of the German Money Laundering Act (Gesetz uber das
          Aufspuren von Gewinnen aus schweren Straftaten (Geldwaschegesetz)) for
          the Loan made or to be made available to it and shall provide in
          writing to the Bank the name and the address of the beneficiary
          (within the meaning of section 8 of the German Money Laundering Act
          (Gesetz uber das Aufspuren von Gewinnen aus schweren Straftaten
          (Geldwaschegesetz)) in respect of the Loan.

8.2       NEGATIVE UNDERTAKINGS

          The Borrower undertakes with the Bank that, from the date of this
          Agreement and so long as any moneys are owing under the Security
          Documents and while all or any part of the Commitment remains
          outstanding, it will not, without the prior written consent of the
          Bank:

8.2.1     Negative pledge

          permit any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) to
          subsist, arise or be created or extended over all or any part of its
          present or future undertaking, assets, rights or revenues to secure or
          prefer any present or future Indebtedness of any Security Party or any
          other person;

8.2.2     No merger

          merge or consolidate with any other person or enter into a demerger,
          amalgamation, corporate reconstruction or corporate redomicilation of
          any type whatsoever;


                                       21



8.2.3     Disposals

          sell, transfer, abandon, lend or otherwise dispose of or cease to
          exercise direct control over any part (being either alone or, when
          aggregated with all other disposals falling to be taken into account
          pursuant to this clause 8.2.3, material in the opinion of the Bank in
          relation to the undertaking, assets, rights and revenues of the
          Borrower) of its present or future undertaking, assets, rights or
          revenues (otherwise than by transfers, sales or disposals for full
          consideration in the ordinary course of trading, but which for the
          avoidance of doubt does not include the sale of the Ship or any of its
          assets or rights which are subject to the Security Documents) whether
          by one or a series of transactions related or not;

8.2.4     Other business

          undertake any business other than the ownership and operation of the
          Ship and the chartering of the Ship to any third parties and will
          procure that no other Security Party undertakes, without the prior
          written consent of the Bank, any business other than that conducted by
          such Security Party at the date of this Agreement;

8.2.5     Acquisitions

          acquire any further assets other than the Ship and rights arising
          under contracts entered into by or on behalf of the Borrower in the
          ordinary course of its business of owning, operating and chartering
          the Ship;

8.2.6     Other obligations

          incur any obligations except for obligations arising under the
          Underlying Documents or the Security Documents or contracts entered
          into in the ordinary course of its business of owning, operating and
          chartering the Ship and then always on arm's length terms;

8.2.7     No borrowing

          incur any Borrowed Money except for Borrowed Money pursuant to the
          Security Documents;

8.2.8     Repayment of borrowings

          repay the principal of, or pay interest on, or any other sum in
          connection with, any of its Borrowed Money except for Borrowed Money
          pursuant to the Security Documents;

8.2.9     Guarantees

          issue any guarantees or indemnities or otherwise become directly or
          contingently liable for the obligations of any person, firm, or
          corporation except pursuant to the Security Documents (except for
          guarantees or indemnities from time to time required in the ordinary
          course by any protection and indemnity or war risks association with
          which the Ship is entered, guarantees required to procure the release
          of the Ship from any arrest, detention, attachment or levy or
          guarantees or undertakings required for the salvage of the Ship);

8.2.10    Loans

          make any loans or grant any credit (save for normal trade credit in
          the ordinary course of business) to any person or agree to do so;

8.2.11    Sureties

          permit any of its Indebtedness to be guaranteed or otherwise assured
          against financial loss by any person (save for guarantees or
          indemnities from time to time required in the ordinary course by any
          protection and indemnity or war risks association with which the Ship
          is entered, guarantees required to procure the release of the Ship
          from any arrest, detention, attachment or levy or guarantees or
          undertakings required for the salvage of the Ship);


                                       22



8.2.12    Share capital and distribution

          purchase or otherwise acquire for value any shares of its capital or
          declare or pay any dividends or distribute any of its present or
          future assets, undertaking, rights or revenues to any of its
          shareholders;

8.2.13    Subsidiaries

          form or acquire any Subsidiaries;

8.2.14    Shareholdings

          change, cause, or permit any change in, the legal or ultimate
          beneficial ownership of any of the shares in any of the Borrower, the
          Corporate Guarantor or the Manager or the Sub-manager from that set
          out in clause 7.1.10;

8.2.15    Constitutional documents

          permit, cause or agree to any material amendment or variation of its
          constitutional documents;

8.2.16    Auditors and financial year end

          change the auditors or its financial year end from that of 31
          December; or

8.2.17    Treasury Transactions

          enter into any Treasury Transactions other than in accordance with
          clause 8.6.

8.3       SECURITY VALUE MAINTENANCE

8.3.1     Security shortfall

          If at any time the Security Value shall be less than the relevant
          Security Requirement, the Bank may give notice to the Borrower
          requiring that such deficiency be remedied and then the Borrower
          shall, within a period of thirty (30) days of the date of acceptance
          by the Borrower of the Bank's said notice, either:

          (a)  prepay such sum in Dollars as will result in the relevant
               Security Requirement after such prepayment (taking into account
               any other repayment of the Loan made between the date of the
               notice and the date of such prepayment) being equal to the
               Security Value; or

          (b)  constitute to the satisfaction of the Bank such further security
               for the Loan as shall be acceptable to the Bank having a value
               for security purposes (as determined by the Bank in its absolute
               discretion) at the date upon which such further security shall be
               constituted which, when added to the Security Value, shall not be
               less than the relevant Security Requirement as at such date.

          The provision of clauses 4.4 and 4.5 shall apply to prepayments made
          under clause 8.3.1(a).

8.3.2     Valuation of Ship

          The Ship shall, for the purposes of this clause 8.3, be valued in
          Dollars as and when the Bank shall require by two (2) Approved Brokers
          appointed by the Bank. Each such valuation shall be addressed to the
          Bank and shall be made without, unless required by the Bank, physical
          inspection, and on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash at
          arms length on normal commercial terms as between a willing buyer and
          a willing seller without taking into account the benefit of any
          charterparty or other engagement concerning the Ship. The arithmetic
          mean of such two (2) valuations shall constitute the value of the Ship
          for the


                                       23



          purposes of this clause 8.3 PROVIDED HOWEVER THAT if the said two (2)
          valuations differ by more than fifteen per cent (15%) the Bank, acting
          in its sole discretion, shall appoint one of the remaining Approved
          Brokers to value the Ship on the same basis as in the case of the
          other two valuations and, in that case, the arithmetic mean of the
          three (3) valuations shall constitute the value of the Ship for the
          purposes of this clause 8.3.

          The value of the Ship determined in accordance with the provisions of
          this clause 8.3 shall be binding upon the parties hereto until such
          time as any such further valuations shall be obtained.

8.3.3     Information

          The Borrower undertakes to the Bank to supply to the Bank and to any
          such shipbrokers such information concerning the Ship and its
          condition as such shipbrokers may reasonably require for the purpose
          of making any such valuations.

8.3.4     Costs

          All costs in connection with the Bank obtaining any valuation of the
          Ship referred to in clause 8.3.2 or in schedule 2, Part 1, paragraph
          11, and any valuation either of any additional security for the
          purposes of ascertaining the Security Value at any time or
          necessitated by the Borrower electing to constitute additional
          security pursuant to clause 8.3.1(b) shall be borne by the Borrower.

8.3.5     Valuation of additional security

          For the purpose of this clause 8.3, the market value of any additional
          security provided or to be provided to the Bank shall be determined by
          the Bank in its absolute discretion without any necessity for the Bank
          assigning any reason thereto.

8.3.6     Documents and evidence

          In connection with any additional security provided in accordance with
          this clause 8.3, the Bank shall be entitled to receive such evidence
          and documents of the kind referred to in schedule 2 as may in the
          Bank's opinion be appropriate and such favourable legal opinions as
          the Bank shall in its absolute discretion require.

8.4       AMENDMENT TO EXISTING LOAN AGREEMENT AND PREPAYMENT UNDERTAKING

          The Borrower undertakes with the Bank that, on the Consolidation Date,
          it shall:

8.4.1     procure that the Corporate Guarantor and the other relevant members of
          the Group enter into such amendment and/or supplement or restatement
          to the Existing Loan Agreement and to any other documents related
          thereto as may be required by the Bank in its sole discretion in order
          that an additional facility equal to the amount in Dollars required to
          refinance the Loan outstanding at the time and with terms identical to
          those contained in this Agreement, is added in the Existing Loan
          Agreement and is provided for in the other related documents;

8.4.2     procure that the Corporate Guarantor and the other relevant members of
          the Group enter into such other documents as may be required by the
          Bank in its sole discretion so that all facilities made or to be made
          available under the Existing Loan Agreement (including the said
          additional facility) be secured on a fully cross-collateral basis by
          the assets of the Group already securing the Existing Loan Agreement
          as well as the assets of the Group which are subject to the Security
          Documents;

8.4.3     procure that the Corporate Guarantor draws down such additional
          facility for the purpose of lending the proceeds of such additional
          facility to the Borrower;


                                       24



8.4.4     (i) use the moneys to be received by the Corporate Guarantor as
          described in clause 8.4.3 to prepay all of the Loan and (ii) pay at
          the same time as making such prepayment all other sums payable by the
          Borrower to the Bank under clause 4.4;

8.4.5     fully observe the provisions of clause 23.32.1 of the Existing Loan
          Agreement; and

8.4.6     procure that the Corporate Guarantor fully observes the provisions of
          clause 23.32.2 of the Existing Loan Agreement,

          The Borrower acknowledges that the Bank has agreed to:

          (a)  enter into this Agreement and make its Commitment available; and

          (b)  in its capacity as agent and, as of the date of this Agreement,
               sole lender under the Existing Loan Agreement, waive until the
               Consolidation Date the requirements of clauses 23.32.1 and
               23.36.3 of the Existing Loan Agreement,

          on the understanding that the Borrower shall provide the undertakings
          contained in this clause 8.4 and that the Existing Loan Agreement and
          all documents relevant thereto shall, on the Consolidation Date, be
          amended and/or supplemented and/or restated in the manner and for the
          purposes described in clauses 8.4.1 to 8.4.6 above, always in
          accordance with the requirements of the Bank in its sole discretion.

8.5       CHARTER

          The Borrower undertakes with the Bank that it shall:

8.5.1     and shall procure that the Charterer shall, enter into the Charter,
          not later than the date falling forty-five (45) days from the Drawdown
          Date;

8.5.2     provide the Bank with a duly executed original of the Charter
          forthwith upon its execution by the Charterer and the Borrower; and

8.5.3     take all steps and execute and/or deliver all documents provided in
          clause 8.1.14, within fifteen (15) days after the execution of the
          Charter by the parties thereto, provided however that the relevant
          notice of assignment shall be served on the Charterer only after the
          Consolidation Date.

8.6       TREASURY TRANSACTIONS

8.6.1     The Borrower shall procure that no Security Party shall enter into any
          Treasury Transaction, other than:

          (a)  with the Bank;

          (b)  for the purpose of hedging the Borrower's exposure under this
               Agreement to fluctuations of LIBOR in relation to the funding of
               the Loan (or any part thereof) for a period expiring no later
               than the final Repayment Date for the Loan (or the relevant part
               thereof);

          (c)  on the terms of the International Swaps & Derivatives
               Association, Inc. 2002 or 1992 Master Agreement
               (Multicurrency-Cross Border) under which:

               (i)   in the case of the 1992 Master, "Second Method" shall be
                     specified as the applicable payment method and "Market
                     Quotation" as the applicable payment measure;

               (ii)  the governing law is English law; and

               (iii) all other terms of the relevant master agreement and its
                     schedule thereto, shall be acceptable to the Bank in its
                     sole discretion; and


                                       25



          (d)  after providing to the Bank such Encumbrances on such assets of
               the Borrower, as in either case the Bank shall require in its
               sole discretion.

8.6.2     The Borrower undertakes to the Bank, that to the extent that the Bank
          agrees for the Borrower to enter into a Treasury Transaction in
          accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Borrower shall, at
          the Borrower's cost, promptly do all such acts or execute all such
          documents as the Bank may specify (and in such form as the Bank may
          require) and shall procure that the other Security Parties will do the
          same, in either case for the purpose of amending this Agreement and
          the other Security Documents to take into account that the Borrower or
          any other Security Party has been permitted by the Bank to enter into
          a Treasury Transaction in connection with the funding of the Loan.

9         CONDITIONS

9.1       DOCUMENTS AND EVIDENCE

          The obligation of the Bank to make the Commitment available shall be
          subject to the condition that:

9.1.1     the Bank, or its duly authorised representative, shall have received,
          not later than two (2) Banking Days before the day on which the
          Drawdown Notice for the Loan is given, the documents and evidence
          specified in Part 1 of schedule 2 in form and substance satisfactory
          to the Bank; and

9.1.2     the Bank, or its duly authorised representative, shall have received,
          on or prior to the Drawdown Date, the documents and evidence specified
          in Part 2 of schedule 2 in form and substance satisfactory to the
          Bank.

9.2       GENERAL CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

          The obligation of the Bank to advance the Loan shall be subject to the
          further condition that, at the time of the giving of the Drawdown
          Notice and at the time of the making of the Loan:

9.2.1     the representations and warranties contained in (i) clauses 7.1 and
          7.2 and (ii) clauses 4.1 and 4.2 of the Corporate Guarantee, are true
          and correct on and as of each such time as if each was made with
          respect to the facts and circumstances existing at such time; and

9.2.2     no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from
          the making of the Loan.

9.3       WAIVER OF CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

          The conditions specified in this clause 9 are inserted solely for the
          benefit of the Bank and may be waived by the Bank in whole or in part
          and with or without conditions.

9.4       FURTHER CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

          Not later than five (5) Banking Days prior to the Drawdown Date and
          not later than five (5) Banking Days prior to each Interest Payment
          Date, the Bank may request and the Borrower shall, not later than two
          (2) Banking Days prior to such date, deliver to the Bank on such
          request further favourable certificates and/or opinions as to any or
          all of the matters which are the subject of clauses 7, 8, 9 and 10 of
          this Agreement.


                                       26



10        EVENTS OF DEFAULT

10.1      EVENTS

          There shall be an Event of Default if:

10.1.1    NON-PAYMENT: the Borrower or any other Security Party fails to pay any
          sum payable by it under any of the Security Documents at the time, in
          the currency and in the manner stipulated in the Security Documents
          (and so that, for this purpose, sums payable on demand shall be
          treated as having been paid at the stipulated time if paid within
          three (3) Banking Days of demand); or

10.1.2    BREACH OF INSURANCE OBLIGATIONS AND CERTAIN OTHER OBLIGATIONS: the
          Borrower or the Manager or any other person fails to obtain and/or
          maintain the Insurances (as defined in, and in accordance with the
          requirements of, the Ship Security Documents) for the Ship or if any
          insurer in respect of such Insurances cancels the Insurances or
          disclaims liability by reason, in either case, of mis-statement in any
          proposal for the Insurances or for any other failure or default on the
          part of the Borrower or any other person or the Borrower commits any
          breach of or omits to observe any of the obligations or undertakings
          expressed to be assumed by it under clauses 8.1.14, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5
          or 8.6; or

10.1.3    BREACH OF OTHER OBLIGATIONS: the Borrower or any other Security Party
          commits any breach of or omits to observe any of its obligations or
          undertakings expressed to be assumed by it under any of the Security
          Documents (other than those referred to in clauses 10.1.1 and 10.1.2
          above) and, in respect of any such breach or omission which in the
          opinion of the Bank is capable of remedy, such action as the Bank may
          require shall not have been taken within fourteen (14) days of the
          Bank notifying the relevant Security Party of such default and of such
          required action; or

10.1.4    MISREPRESENTATION: any representation or warranty made or deemed to be
          made or repeated by or in respect of the Borrower or any other
          Security Party in or pursuant to any of the Security Documents or in
          any notice, certificate or statement referred to in or delivered under
          any of the Security Documents is or proves to have been incorrect or
          misleading in any material respect; or

10.1.5    CROSS-DEFAULT: any Borrowed Money of any Security Party or any other
          member of the Group is not paid when due or any Borrowed Money of any
          Security Party or any other member of the Group becomes (whether by
          declaration or automatically in accordance with the relevant agreement
          or instrument constituting the same) due and payable prior to the date
          when it would otherwise have become due (unless as a result of the
          exercise by the relevant Security Party or, as the case may be, member
          of the Group of a voluntary right of prepayment), or any creditor of
          any Security Party or any other member of the Group becomes entitled
          to declare any such Borrowed Money due and payable being, in any such
          case in respect of any Borrowed Money of a member of the Group (other
          than the Borrower), an amount, or aggregate amount at any one time, of
          not less than $2,000,000, or any facility or commitment available to
          any Security Party or any other member of the Group relating to
          Borrowed Money being, in any such case in respect of a member of the
          Group (other than the Borrower), an amount, or aggregate amount at any
          one time, of not less than $2,000,000, is withdrawn, suspended or
          cancelled by reason of any default (however described) of the person
          concerned unless the relevant Security Party or, as the case may be,
          member of the Group shall have satisfied the Bank that such
          withdrawal, suspension or cancellation will not affect or prejudice in
          any way the relevant Security Party's or member's of the Group ability
          to pay its debts as they fall due and fund its commitments, or any
          guarantee given by any Security Party or any other member of the Group
          in respect of Borrowed Money is not honoured when due and called upon;
          or

10.1.6    CONSENTS AND AUTHORISATIONS: any consent, authorisation, licence or
          approval of, or registration with or declaration to, governmental or
          public bodies or authorities or courts required by the Borrower or any
          other Security Party to authorise, or required by the Borrower or any
          other Security Party in connection with, the execution, delivery,
          validity, enforceability


                                       27



          or admissibility in evidence of any of the Security Documents or the
          performance by the Borrower or any such Security Party of its
          obligations under any of the Security Documents is modified in a
          manner unacceptable to the Bank or is not granted or is revoked or
          terminated or expires and is not renewed or otherwise ceases to be in
          full force and effect; or

10.1.7    LEGAL PROCESS: any judgement or order made against the Borrower or any
          judgement or order for an amount in excess of $2,000,000 in aggregate
          made against any other Security Party is not stayed or complied with
          within ten (10) days or a creditor attaches or takes possession of, or
          a distress, execution, sequestration or other process is levied or
          enforced upon or sued out against, any of the undertakings, assets,
          rights or revenues of the Borrower or any of the undertakings, assets,
          rights or revenues having an aggregate value of $2,000,000 or more of
          any other Security Party and is not discharged within ten (10) days;
          or

10.1.8    INSOLVENCY: any Security Party or other member of the Group is unable
          or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due; suspends making
          payments on any of its debts or announces an intention to do so;
          becomes insolvent; has assets the value of which is less than the
          value of its liabilities (taking into account contingent and
          prospective liabilities, but not including any liabilities under the
          Intra-Group Loan Agreement (as such term is defined in the Existing
          Loan Agreement)); or suffers the declaration of a moratorium in
          respect of any of its Indebtedness (if a moratorium occurs, the ending
          of the moratorium will not remedy the Event of Default caused by that
          moratorium); or

10.1.9    REDUCTION OR LOSS OF CAPITAL: a meeting is convened by any Security
          Party or any other member of the Group for the purpose of passing any
          resolution to purchase, reduce or redeem any of its share capital; or

10.1.10   WINDING UP: an order is made or resolution passed for the winding up
          of any Security Party or any other member of the Group or a notice is
          issued convening a meeting for the purpose of passing any such
          resolution or any corporate action, legal proceedings or other
          procedure or step is taken for the purpose of winding-up any Security
          Party or any other member of the Group except any winding-up petition
          which the Borrower can demonstrate, by providing opinion of leading
          Counsel to that effect, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Bank, is
          frivolous or vexatious and such winding-up petition is discharged,
          stayed or dismissed within ten (10) days of commencement or, if
          earlier, the date on which it is advertised; or

10.1.11   ADMINISTRATION: any petition is presented, notice given or other step
          is taken for the purpose of the appointment of an administrator of any
          Security Party or any other member of the Group or the Bank believes
          that any such petition or other step is imminent or an administration
          order is made in relation to any Security Party or any other member of
          the Group; or

10.1.12   APPOINTMENT OF RECEIVERS AND MANAGERS: any administrative or other
          receiver is appointed of any other Security Party or any other member
          of the Group or any part of its assets and/or undertaking or any other
          steps are taken to enforce any Encumbrance over all or any part of the
          assets of any Security Party or any other member of the Group; or

10.1.13   COMPOSITIONS: any corporate action, legal proceedings or other
          procedures or steps are taken, or negotiations commenced, by the
          Borrower or any other Security Party or any other member of the Group
          or by any of its creditors with a view to the general readjustment or
          rescheduling of all or part of its indebtedness or to proposing any
          kind of composition, compromise or arrangement involving such company
          and any of its creditors; or

10.1.14   ANALOGOUS PROCEEDINGS: there occurs, in relation to any Security Party
          or any other member of the Group, in any country or territory in which
          any of them carries on business or to the jurisdiction of whose courts
          any part of their assets is subject, any event which, in the opinion
          of the Bank, appears in that country or territory to correspond with,
          or have an effect equivalent or similar to, any of those mentioned in
          clauses 10.1.7 to 10.1.13 (inclusive) or any Security Party or any
          other Relevant Party otherwise becomes subject, in any such country or
          territory, to the operation of any law relating to insolvency,
          bankruptcy or liquidation; or


                                       28



10.1.15   CESSATION OF BUSINESS: any Security Party or any other member of the
          Group suspends or ceases or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on
          its business except as a result of a disposal which is allowed under
          the Existing Loan Agreement for any member of the Group other than the
          Borrower, the Manager and the Corporate Guarantor; or

10.1.16   INVALIDITY: any of the Security Documents shall at any time and for
          any reason become invalid or unenforceable or otherwise cease to
          remain in full force and effect, or if the validity or enforceability
          of any of the Security Documents shall at any time and for any reason
          be contested by the Borrower or any other Security Party which is a
          party thereto, or if the Borrower or any such Security Party shall
          deny that it has any, or any further, liability thereunder; or

10.1.17   SEIZURE: all or a material part of the undertakings, assets, rights or
          revenues of, or shares or other ownership interests in, any Security
          Party or any other member of the Group are seized, nationalised,
          expropriated or compulsorily acquired by or under the authority of any
          Government Entity; or

10.1.18   UNLAWFULNESS: it becomes impossible or unlawful at any time for any
          Security Party, to fulfil any of the covenants and obligations
          expressed to be assumed by it in any of the Security Documents or for
          the Bank to exercise the rights or any of them vested in it under any
          of the Security Documents or otherwise; or

10.1.19   REPUDIATION: any Security Party repudiates any of the Security
          Documents or does or causes or permits to be done any act or thing
          evidencing an intention to repudiate any of the Security Documents; or

10.1.20   ENCUMBRANCES ENFORCEABLE: any Encumbrance in respect of any of the
          property (or part thereof) which is the subject of any of the Security
          Documents becomes enforceable; or

10.1.21   MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE: there occurs, in the reasonable opinion of
          the Bank, a material adverse change in the financial condition of any
          Security Party or any other member of the Group or the consolidated
          financial condition of the Group, in each case by reference to their
          financial condition as described by the Borrower or any other Security
          Party to the Bank in the negotiation of this Agreement or, in the case
          of the Corporate Guarantor, from that set out in the financial
          statements delivered to the Bank pursuant to clause 4.1 of the
          Corporate Guarantee; or

10.1.22   FLAG STATE: the Flag State becomes involved in hostilities or civil
          war or there is a seizure of civil power in the Flag State by
          unconstitutional means if, in any such case such event could in the
          opinion of the Bank reasonably be expected to have a material adverse
          effect on the security constituted by any of the Security Documents
          and the Borrower fails to (a) procure the registration of the Ship
          under the flag of another state which is acceptable to the Bank in its
          sole discretion, (b) procure the execution in favour of the Bank and,
          where necessary, the registration, of a new mortgage over the Ship, a
          new general assignment in respect of the Earnings, the Ship Insurances
          and the Requisition Compensation (each such terms as defined in the
          Ship Security Documents) of the Ship and a manager's undertaking from
          the Manager and the Sub-manager of the Ship, in each case in such form
          as the Bank shall in its absolute discretion require and always of the
          same priority as the previous such Encumbrance and (c) provide the
          Bank or its duly authorised representative with such documents and
          evidence as the Bank may in its sole discretion require, in each case
          within ten (10) Banking Days following the written request of the Bank
          to the Borrower to do so; or

10.1.23   ENVIRONMENTAL CLAIM: the Borrower and/or any other member of the Group
          and/or any of their respective Environmental Affiliates fails to
          comply with any Environmental Law or any Environmental Approval or the
          Ship or any other Relevant Ship is involved in any incident which
          gives rise or which may give rise to an Environmental Claim, if in any
          such case, such non compliance or incident or the consequences thereof
          could (in the opinion of the Bank) reasonably be expected to have a
          material adverse effect on the business, assets, operations, property
          or financial condition of the Borrower or any other Security Party or
          on the security created by any of the Security Documents; or


                                       29



10.1.24   P&I AND THIRD PARTY LIABILITY INSURANCES: the Borrower or any other
          person fails or omits to comply with any requirements of the
          protection and indemnity association or other insurer with which the
          Ship is entered for insurance or insured against protection and
          indemnity risks (including oil pollution risks) to the effect that any
          cover (including, without limitation, liability for Environmental
          Claims arising in jurisdictions where the Ship operates or trades) is
          or may be liable to cancellation, qualification or exclusion at any
          time; or

10.1.25   ARREST: the Ship is arrested, confiscated, seized, taken in execution,
          impounded, forfeited, detained in the exercise or purported exercise
          of any possessory lien or other claim or otherwise taken from the
          possession of the Borrower and the Borrower shall fail to procure the
          release of the Ship within a period of ten (10) Banking Days
          thereafter; or

10.1.26   REGISTRATION: the registration of the Ship under the laws and flag of
          the Flag State is cancelled or terminated; or

10.1.27   SHAREHOLDINGS: there is any change in the legal or ultimate beneficial
          ownership of any of the shares in the Borrower and/or the Corporate
          Guarantor and/or the Manager and/or the Sub-manager from that
          specified in clause 7.1.10; or

10.1.28   ACCOUNTS: any moneys are withdrawn from the Accounts other than in
          accordance with clause 14; or

10.1.29   EXISTING LOAN AGREEMENT: any of the events or circumstances set out in
          clauses 24.1 to 24.8 of the Existing Loan Agreement occurs and is
          continuing; or

10.1.30   TERMINATION OF CHARTER: the Charter is cancelled or terminated or
          becomes frustrated for any reason whatsoever other than expiry by
          effluxion of time or the Ship becoming a Total Loss; or

10.1.31   MATERIAL EVENTS: any other event occurs or circumstance arises which,
          in the opinion of the Bank, is likely materially and adversely to
          affect either (i) the ability of the Borrower or any other Security
          Party to perform all or any of their respective obligations under or
          otherwise to comply with the terms of any of the Security Documents or
          (ii) the security created by any of the Security Documents.

10.2      ACCELERATION

          The Bank may, without prejudice to any other rights of the Bank, at
          any time after the happening of an Event of Default by notice to the
          Borrower declare that:

10.2.1    the obligation of the Bank to make the Commitment available shall be
          terminated, whereupon the Commitment shall be reduced to zero
          forthwith; and/or

10.2.2    the Loan and all interest and commitment commission accrued and all
          other sums payable under the Security Documents have become due and
          payable, whereupon the same shall, immediately or in accordance with
          the terms of such notice, become due and payable.

10.3      DEMAND BASIS

          If, pursuant to clause 10.2.2, the Bank declares the Loan to be due
          and payable on demand, the Bank may by written notice to the Borrower
          (a) call for repayment of the Loan on such date as may be specified
          whereupon the Loan shall become due and payable on the date so
          specified together with all interest and commitment commission accrued
          and all other sums payable under this Agreement or (b) withdraw such
          declaration with effect from the date specified in such notice.


                                       30



11        INDEMNITIES

11.1      MISCELLANEOUS INDEMNITIES

          The Borrower shall on demand indemnify the Bank, without prejudice to
          any of the Bank's other rights under any of the Security Documents
          against any loss (including loss of Margin) or expense which the Bank
          shall certify as sustained or incurred by it as a consequence of:

11.1.1    any default in payment by the Borrower of any sum under any of the
          Security Documents when due; or

11.1.2    the occurrence of any other Event of Default; or

11.1.3    any prepayment of the Loan or part thereof being made under clauses
          4.3, 8.3.1(a), 8.4 or 12.1, or any other repayment or prepayment of
          the Loan or part thereof being made otherwise than on an Interest
          Payment Date relating to the part of the Loan prepaid or repaid; or

11.1.4    the Loan not being made for any reason (excluding any default by the
          Bank) after the Drawdown Notice for the Loan has been given,
          including, in any such case, but not limited to, any loss or expense
          sustained or incurred in maintaining or funding the Loan or any part
          thereof or in liquidating or re-employing deposits from third parties
          acquired to effect or maintain the Loan or any part thereof.

11.2      CURRENCY INDEMNITY

          If any sum due from the Borrower under any of the Security Documents
          or any order or judgement given or made in relation thereto has to be
          converted from the currency (the "FIRST CURRENCY") in which the same
          is payable under the relevant Security Document or under such order or
          judgement into another currency (the "SECOND CURRENCY") for the
          purpose of (a) making or filing a claim or proof against the Borrower,
          (b) obtaining an order or judgement in any court or other tribunal or
          (c) enforcing any order or judgement given or made in relation to any
          of the Security Documents, the Borrower shall indemnify and hold
          harmless the Bank from and against any loss suffered as a result of
          any difference between (i) the rate of exchange used for such purpose
          to convert the sum in question from the first currency into the second
          currency and (ii) the rate or rates of exchange at which the Bank may
          in the ordinary course of business purchase the first currency with
          the second currency upon receipt of a sum paid to it in satisfaction,
          in whole or in part, of any such order, judgement, claim or proof. Any
          amount due from the Borrower under this clause 11.2 shall be due as a
          separate debt and shall not be affected by judgement being obtained
          for any other sums due under or in respect of any of the Security
          Documents and the term "RATE OF EXCHANGE" includes any premium and
          costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of the first
          currency with the second currency.

11.3      ENVIRONMENTAL INDEMNITY

          The Borrower shall indemnify the Bank on demand and hold the Bank
          harmless from and against all costs, expenses, payments, charges,
          losses, demands, liabilities, actions, proceedings (whether civil or
          criminal), penalties, fines, damages, judgements, orders, sanctions or
          other outgoings of whatever nature which may be suffered, incurred or
          paid by, or made or asserted against the Bank at any time, whether
          before or after the repayment in full of principal and interest under
          this Agreement, relating to, or arising directly or indirectly in any
          manner or for any cause or reason whatsoever out of an Environmental
          Claim made or asserted against the Bank if such Environmental Claim
          would not have been, or been capable of being, made or asserted
          against the Bank if it had not entered into any of the Security
          Documents and/or exercised any of its rights, powers and discretions
          thereby conferred and/or performed any of its obligations thereunder
          and/or been involved in any of the transactions contemplated by the
          Security Documents.


                                       31



11.4      CENTRAL BANK OR EUROPEAN CENTRAL BANK RESERVE REQUIREMENTS INDEMNITY

          The Borrower shall on demand promptly indemnify the Bank against any
          cost incurred or loss suffered by it as a result of its complying with
          the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank and/or
          with respect to maintaining required reserves with the relevant
          national Central Bank to the extent that such compliance relates to
          the Commitment or the Loan or deposits obtained by it to fund or
          maintain the whole or part of the Loan and such cost or loss is not
          recoverable by the Bank under clause 12.2.

12        UNLAWFULNESS AND INCREASED COSTS

12.1      UNLAWFULNESS

          If it is or becomes contrary to any law or regulation for the Bank to
          advance the Loan or to maintain the Commitment or fund the Loan, the
          Bank shall promptly give notice to the Borrower whereupon (a) the
          Commitment shall be reduced to zero and (b) the Borrower shall be
          obliged to prepay the Loan either (i) forthwith or (ii) on a future
          specified date not being earlier than the latest date permitted by the
          relevant law or regulation together with interest accrued to the date
          of prepayment and all other sums payable by the Borrower under this
          Agreement.

12.2      INCREASED COSTS

          If the result of any change in, or in the interpretation or
          application of, or the introduction of, any law or any regulation,
          request or requirement (whether or not having the force of law, but,
          if not having the force of law, with which the Bank or, as the case
          may be, its holding company habitually complies), including (without
          limitation) those relating to Taxation, capital adequacy, liquidity,
          reserve assets, cash ratio deposits and special deposits, is to:

12.2.1    subject the Bank to Taxes or change the basis of Taxation of the Bank
          with respect to any payment under any of the Security Documents (other
          than Taxes or Taxation on the overall net income, profits or gains of
          the Bank imposed in the jurisdiction in which its principal or lending
          office under this Agreement is located); and/or

12.2.2    increase the cost to, or impose an additional cost on, the Bank or its
          holding company in making or keeping the Commitment available or
          maintaining or funding all or part of the Loan; and/or

12.2.3    reduce the amount payable or the effective return to the Bank under
          any of the Security Documents; and/or

12.2.4    reduce the Bank's or its holding company's rate of return on its
          overall capital by reason of a change in the manner in which it is
          required to allocate capital resources to the Bank's obligations under
          any of the Security Documents; and/or

12.2.5    require the Bank or its holding company to make a payment or forego a
          return on or calculated by reference to any amount received or
          receivable by the Bank under any of the Security Documents; and/or

12.2.6    require any Bank or its holding company to incur or sustain a loss
          (including a loss of future potential profits) by reason of being
          obliged to deduct all or part of its Commitment or the Loan from its
          capital for regulatory purposes;

          then and in each such case:

          (a)  the Bank shall notify the Borrower in writing of such event
               promptly upon its becoming aware of the same; and

          (b)  the Borrower shall on demand pay to the Bank the amount which the
               Bank specifies (in a certificate setting forth the basis of the
               computation of such amount but not including any matters which
               the Bank or its holding company regards as confidential) is
               required


                                       32



               to compensate the Bank and/or (as the case may be) its holding
               company for such liability to Taxes, cost, reduction, payment,
               foregone return or loss.

          For the purposes of this clause 12.2 (a) the Bank may in good faith
          allocate or spread costs and/or losses among its assets and
          liabilities (or any class thereof) on such basis as it considers
          appropriate and (b) "HOLDING COMPANY" means the company or entity (if
          any) which the consolidated supervision of which a Bank is included.

12.3      EXCEPTION

          Nothing in clause 12.2 shall entitle the Bank to receive any amount in
          respect of compensation for any such liability to Taxes, increased or
          additional cost, reduction, payment, foregone return or loss to the
          extent that the same is the subject of an additional payment under
          clause 6.6.

13        SECURITY AND SET-OFF

13.1      APPLICATION OF MONEYS

          All moneys received by the Bank under or pursuant to any of the
          Security Documents and expressed to be applicable in accordance with
          the provisions of this clause 13.1 shall be applied by the Bank in the
          following manner:

13.1.1    first in or toward payment of all unpaid fees, commissions and
          expenses which may be owing to the Bank under any of the Security
          Documents;

13.1.2    secondly in or towards payment of any arrears of interest owing in
          respect of the Loan or any part thereof;

13.1.3    thirdly in or towards repayment of the Loan (whether the same is due
          and payable or not);

13.1.4    fourthly in or towards payment to the Bank for any loss suffered by
          reason of any such payment in respect of principal not being effected
          on an Interest Payment Date relating to the part of the Loan repaid;

13.1.5    fifthly in or towards payment to the Bank of any other sums owing to
          it under any of the Security Documents; and

13.1.6    sixthly the surplus (if any) shall be paid to the Borrower or to
          whomsoever else may be entitled to receive such surplus.

13.2      SET-OFF

13.2.1    The Borrower authorises the Bank (without prejudice to any of the
          Bank's rights at law, in equity or otherwise), at any time and without
          notice to the Borrower, to apply any credit balance to which the
          Borrower is then entitled standing upon any account of the Borrower
          with any branch of the Bank in or towards satisfaction of any sum due
          and payable from the Borrower to the Bank under any of the Security
          Documents. For this purpose, the Bank is authorised to purchase with
          the moneys standing to the credit of such account such other
          currencies as may be necessary to effect such application.

13.2.2    The Bank shall not be obliged to exercise any right given to it by
          this clause 13.2. The Bank shall notify the Borrower forthwith upon
          the exercise or purported exercise of any right of set-off giving full
          details in relation thereto.

13.2.3    Nothing in this clause 13.2 shall be effective to create a charge or
          other security interest.

13.3      FURTHER ASSURANCE

          The Borrower undertakes that the Security Documents shall both at the
          date of execution and delivery thereof and so long as any moneys are
          owing under any of the Security Documents be


                                       33



          valid and binding obligations of the respective parties thereto and
          rights of the Bank enforceable in accordance with their respective
          terms and that it will, at its expense, execute, sign, perfect and do,
          and will procure the execution, signing, perfecting and doing by each
          of the other Security Parties of, any and every such further
          assurance, document, act or thing as in the reasonable opinion of the
          Bank may be necessary or desirable for perfecting the security
          contemplated or constituted by the Security Documents.

13.4      CONFLICTS

          In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and any of the
          other Borrower's Security Documents, the provisions of this Agreement
          shall prevail.

14        ACCOUNTS

14.1      GENERAL

          The Borrower undertakes with the Bank that it will:

14.1.1    on or before the Drawdown Date, open each of the Accounts; and

14.1.2    procure that all moneys payable to the Borrower in respect of the
          Earnings (as defined in the General Assignment) of the Ship shall,
          unless and until the Bank directs to the contrary pursuant to clause
          2.1.1 of the General Assignment, be paid to the Operating Account
          Provided however that if any of the moneys paid to the Operating
          Account are payable in a currency other than Dollars, the Bank shall
          convert such moneys into Dollars at the Bank's spot rate of exchange
          at the relevant time for the purchase of Dollars with such currency
          and the term "SPOT RATE OF EXCHANGE" shall include any premium and
          costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of Dollars
          with such currency.

14.2      OPERATING ACCOUNT: WITHDRAWALS

          Unless the Bank otherwise agrees in writing, the Borrower shall not be
          entitled to withdraw any moneys from the Operating Account at any time
          from the date of this Agreement and so long as any moneys are owing
          under the Security Documents save that, unless and until a Default
          shall occur and the Bank shall direct to the contrary, the Borrower
          may withdraw moneys from the Operating Account for the following
          purposes:

14.2.1    to transfer to the Retention Account on each Retention Date all or
          part of the Retention Amount for such Retention Date;

14.2.2    to pay any amount to the Bank in or towards payments of any
          instalments of interest or principal or any other amounts then payable
          pursuant to the Security Documents;

14.2.3    to pay the proper and reasonable operating expenses of the Ship; and

14.2.4    to pay the proper and reasonable expenses of administering its
          affairs.

14.3      RETENTION ACCOUNT: CREDITS AND WITHDRAWALS

14.3.1    The Borrower hereby undertakes with the Bank that it will, from the
          date of this Agreement and so long as any moneys are owing under the
          Security Documents, on each Retention Date pay to the Bank for credit
          to the Retention Account, the Retention Amount for such Retention Date
          provided however that, to the extent that there are moneys standing to
          the credit of the Operating Account such moneys shall, up to an amount
          equal to the Retention Amount be transferred to the Retention Account
          on that Retention Date (and the Borrower hereby irrevocably authorises
          the Bank to effect each such transfer) and to that extent the
          Borrower's obligations to make the payments referred to in this clause
          14.3.1 shall have been fulfilled upon such transfer being effected.

14.3.2    Unless and until there shall occur an Event of Default (whereupon the
          provisions of clause 14.4 shall apply), all Retention Amounts credited
          to the Retention Account together with


                                       34



          interest from time to time accruing or at any time accrued thereon
          shall be applied by the Bank (and the Borrower hereby irrevocably
          authorises the Bank so to apply the same) upon each Repayment Date,
          and on each day that interest is payable pursuant to clause 3.1, in or
          towards payment to the Bank of the instalment then falling due for
          repayment or (as the case may be) the amount of interest then due.
          Each such application by the Bank shall constitute a payment in or
          towards satisfaction of the Borrower's corresponding payment
          obligations under this Agreement but shall be strictly without
          prejudice to the obligations of the Borrower to make any such payment
          to the extent that the aforesaid application by the Bank is
          insufficient to meet the same.

14.3.3    Unless the Bank otherwise agrees in writing, the Borrower shall not be
          entitled to withdraw any moneys from the Retention Account at any time
          from the date of this Agreement and so long as any moneys are owing
          under the Security Documents.

14.4      APPLICATION OF ACCOUNTS

          At any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Bank may,
          without notice to the Borrower, apply all moneys then standing to the
          credit of the Accounts (together with interest from time to time
          accruing or accrued thereon) in or towards satisfaction of any sums
          due to the Bank under the Security Documents in the manner specified
          in clause 13.1.

14.5      ACCOUNT TERMS

          The Accounts are to be managed under, and pursuant to, the Bank's
          electronic banking system. Amounts standing to the credit of the
          Accounts shall (unless otherwise agreed between the Bank and the
          Borrower) bear interest at the rates from time to time offered by the
          Bank to its customers for Dollar deposits in comparable amounts for
          comparable periods. Interest shall accrue on the Accounts from day to
          day and be calculated on the basis of actual days elapsed and a three
          hundred and sixty (360) day year and shall be credited to the Accounts
          at such times as the Bank and the Borrower shall agree.

14.6      PLEDGING OF ACCOUNTS

          The Accounts and all amounts from time to time standing to the credit
          thereof shall be subject to the security constituted and the rights
          conferred by the Account Pledges.

15        ASSIGNMENT, TRANSFER AND LENDING OFFICE

15.1      BENEFIT AND BURDEN

          This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall enure for the benefit
          of, the Bank and the Borrower and their respective successors in
          title.

15.2      NO ASSIGNMENT BY BORROWER

          The Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or
          obligations under this Agreement.

15.3      ASSIGNMENT BY BANK

          The Bank may assign all or any part of its rights under this Agreement
          or under any of the other Security Documents to any other bank or
          financial institution (an "ASSIGNEE") without the prior consent of the
          Borrower.

15.4      TRANSFER

          The Bank may transfer all or any part of its rights, benefits and/or
          obligations under this Agreement and/or any of the other Security
          Documents to any one or more banks or other financial institutions (a
          "TRANSFEREE"), without the prior consent of the Borrower; provided the
          Transferee, by delivery of such undertaking as the Bank may approve,
          becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement and agrees to perform all
          or, as the case may be, part of the Bank's obligations under this
          Agreement.


                                       35



15.5      DOCUMENTING ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS

          If the Bank assigns all or any part of its rights or transfers all or
          any part of its rights, benefits and/or obligations as provided in
          clause 15.3 or clause 15.4, the Borrower undertakes, immediately on
          being requested to do so by the Bank and at the cost of the Borrower,
          to enter into, and procure that the other Security Parties shall enter
          into, such documents as may be necessary or desirable to transfer to
          the Assignee or Transferee all or the relevant part of the Bank's
          interest in the Security Documents and all relevant references in this
          Agreement to the Bank shall thereafter be construed as a reference to
          the Bank and/or its Assignee or Transferee (as the case may be) to the
          extent of their respective interests PROVIDED HOWEVER that if either
          the Bank or a Transferee, prior to any transfer or assignment under
          this clause 15 taking place, requires that this Agreement and the
          Security Documents are amended in order to be in a syndicated form
          (namely with an agent, security agent, majority banks and other
          clauses relevant to a loan agreement where a syndicate of banks acts
          as lender), then the Borrower hereby undertakes, at the Borrower's
          cost, to promptly do all such acts or execute all such documents
          (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices and
          instructions) as the Bank may specify (and in such form as the Bank
          may require) and to procure that the Corporate Guarantor and the
          Manager shall promptly do all such acts or execute all such documents
          (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices and
          instructions) as the Bank may specify (and in such form as the Bank
          may require), in either case for the purpose of amending this
          Agreement and the other Security Documents accordingly.

15.6      LENDING OFFICE

          The Bank shall lend through its office at the address specified in the
          definition of "Bank" in clause 1.2 or through any other office of the
          Bank selected from time to time by it through which the Bank wishes to
          lend for the purposes of this Agreement. If the office through which
          the Bank is lending is changed pursuant to this clause 15.6, the Bank
          shall notify the Borrower promptly of such change.

15.7      SYNDICATION

          Without prejudice to any of the provisions of this clause 15, the
          Borrower shall provide assistance to the Bank in the primary
          syndication of the Loan (including, without limitation, by making
          appropriate personnel available for the purpose of making
          presentations to, or meeting, potential lending institutions) and
          shall comply with all reasonable requests for information from
          potential syndicate members prior to completion of syndication.

15.8      DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION

          The Bank may disclose to a prospective assignee, transferee or to any
          other person who may propose entering into contractual relations with
          the Bank in relation to this Agreement such information about the
          Borrower and any other Security Party as the Bank shall consider
          appropriate.

16        NOTICES AND OTHER MATTERS

16.1      NOTICES

          Every notice, request, demand or other communication under this
          Agreement or (unless otherwise provided therein) under any of the
          other Security Documents shall:

16.1.1    be in writing delivered personally or by first-class prepaid letter
          (airmail if available) or facsimile transmission or other means of
          telecommunication in permanent written form;

16.1.2    be deemed to have been received, subject as otherwise provided in the
          relevant Security Document, in the case of a letter, when delivered
          personally or three (3) days after it has been put in the post and, in
          the case of a facsimile transmission or other means of
          telecommunication in permanent written form, at the time of despatch
          (provided that if the date of despatch is not a business day in the
          country of the addressee or if the time of


                                       36



          despatch is after the close of business in the country of the
          addressee it shall be deemed to have been received at the opening of
          business on the next such business day); and

16.1.3    be sent:

          (a)  if to the Borrower at:

               c/o Navios ShipManagement Inc.
               85 Akti Miaouli
               185 38 Piraeus
               Hellenic Republic

               Fax No: +30 210 45 31 984
               Attention: Mrs Vasiliki Papaefthymiou

          (b)  if to the Bank at:

               HSH Nordbank AG
               Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50
               20095 Hamburg
               Federal Republic of Germany

               Fax No: +49 40 3333 34 118
               Attention: Shipping; Greek Clients

          or to such other address and/or numbers as is notified by one party to
          the other party under this Agreement.

16.2      NO IMPLIED WAIVERS, REMEDIES CUMULATIVE

          No failure or delay on the part of the Bank to exercise any power,
          right or remedy under any of the Security Documents shall operate as a
          waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise by the Bank
          of any power, right or remedy preclude any other or further exercise
          thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy. The
          remedies provided in the Security Documents are cumulative and are not
          exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

16.3      ENGLISH LANGUAGE

          All certificates, instruments and other documents to be delivered
          under or supplied in connection with any of the Security Documents
          shall be in the English language or shall be accompanied by a
          certified English translation upon which the Bank shall be entitled to
          rely.

17        GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

17.1      LAW

          This Agreement is governed by, and shall be construed in accordance
          with, English law.

17.2      SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION

          The Borrower agrees, for the benefit of the Bank, that any legal
          action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this
          Agreement against the Borrower or any of its assets may be brought in
          the English courts. The Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally
          submits to the jurisdiction of such courts and irrevocably designates,
          appoints and empowers Holman, Fenwick & Willan at present of Marlow
          House, Lloyd's Avenue, London EC3N 3AL, England to receive for it and
          on its behalf, service of process issued out of the English courts in
          any such legal action or proceedings. The submission to such
          jurisdiction shall not (and shall not be construed so as to) limit the
          right of the Bank to take proceedings against the Borrower in the
          courts of any other competent jurisdiction nor shall the taking of
          proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of
          proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.
          The


                                       37



          parties further agree that only the Courts of England and not those of
          any other State shall have jurisdiction to determine any claim which
          the Borrower may have against the Bank arising out of or in connection
          with this Agreement.

17.3      CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999

          No term of this Agreement is enforceable under the Contracts (Rights
          of Third Parties) Act 1999 by a person who is not a party to this
          Agreement.

IN WITNESS whereof the parties to this Agreement have caused this Agreement to
be duly executed on the date first above written.


                                       38



                                   SCHEDULE 1

                             FORM OF DRAWDOWN NOTICE

                           (referred to in clause 2.2)

To:  HSH NORDBANK AG
     Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50
     20095 Hamburg
     Federal Republic of Germany

                                                                        [o] 2006

U.S.$19,500,000 LOAN
LOAN AGREEMENT DATED [o] 2006 (THE "LOAN AGREEMENT")

We refer to the Loan Agreement and hereby give you notice that we wish to draw
down the Loan, namely $[19,500,000] on [o] 2006 and select a first Interest
Period in respect thereof of [o] months. The funds should be credited as
follows: [INSERT DETAILS]

We confirm that:

(a)  no event or circumstance has occurred and is continuing which constitutes a
     Default;

(b)  the representations and warranties contained in (i) clauses 7.1 and 7.2 of
     the Loan Agreement and (ii) clauses 4.1 and 4.2 of the Corporate Guarantee,
     are true and correct at the date hereof as if made with respect to the
     facts and circumstances existing at such date;

(c)  the borrowing to be effected by the drawdown of the Loan will be within our
     corporate powers, has been validly authorised by appropriate corporate
     action and will not cause any limit on our borrowings (whether imposed by
     statute, regulation, agreement or otherwise) to be exceeded; and

(d)  there has been no material adverse change in our financial position nor in
     the consolidated financial position of the Corporate Guarantor from that
     described by us or any other Security Party to the Bank in the negotiation
     of the Loan Agreement.

Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same meanings
where used herein.


- -------------------------------------
For and on behalf of
STAR MARITIME ENTERPRISES CORPORATION


                                       39



                                   SCHEDULE 2
         DOCUMENTS AND EVIDENCE REQUIRED AS CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE
                                 LOAN BEING MADE

                           (referred to in clause 9.1)

                                     PART 1

1    CONSTITUTIONAL DOCUMENTS

     Copies, certified by an officer of each Security Party as true, complete
     and up to date copies of all documents which contain or establish or relate
     to the constitution of that Security Party;

2    CORPORATE AUTHORISATIONS

     copies of resolutions of the directors and certificates of resolutions of
     the shareholders of each Security Party approving such of the Underlying
     Documents and the Security Documents to which such Security Party is, or is
     to be, a party and authorising the signature, delivery and performance of
     such Security Party's obligations thereunder, certified (in a certificate
     dated no earlier than five (5) Banking Days prior to the date of this
     Agreement) by an officer of such Security Party as:

2.1  being true and correct;

2.2  being duly passed at meetings of the directors of such Security Party and
     of the shareholders of such Security Party each duly convened and held;

2.3  not having been amended, modified or revoked; and

2.4  being in full force and effect,

     together with originals or certified copies of any powers of attorney
     issued by any Security Party pursuant to such resolutions;

3    SPECIMEN SIGNATURES

     copies of the signatures of the persons who have been authorised on behalf
     of each Security Party to sign such of the Underlying Documents and the
     Security Documents to which such Security Party is, or is to be, party and
     to give notices and communications, including notices of drawing, under or
     in connection with the Security Documents, certified (in a certificate
     dated no earlier than five (5) Banking Days prior to the date of this
     Agreement) by an officer of such Security Party as being the true
     signatures of such persons;

4    CERTIFICATE OF INCUMBENCY

     a list of directors and officers of each Security Party specifying the
     names and positions of such persons, certified (in a certificate dated no
     earlier than five (5) Banking Days prior to the date of this Agreement) by
     an officer of such Security Party to be true, complete and up to date;

5    BORROWER'S CONSENTS AND APPROVALS

     a certificate (dated no earlier than five (5) Banking Days prior to the
     date of this Agreement) from an officer of the Borrower that no consents,
     authorisations, licences or approvals are necessary for the Borrower to
     authorise or are required by the Borrower in connection with the borrowing
     by the Borrower of the Loan pursuant to this Agreement or the other
     Borrower's Security Documents;


                                       40



6    OTHER CONSENTS AND APPROVALS

     a certificate (dated no earlier than five (5) Banking Days prior to the
     date of this Agreement) from an officer of each Security Party (other than
     the Borrower) that no consents, authorisations, licences or approvals are
     necessary for such Security Party to guarantee and/or grant security for
     the borrowing by the Borrower of the Commitment pursuant to this Agreement
     and execute, deliver and perform the Security Documents insofar as such
     Security Party is a party thereto;

7    SECURITY DOCUMENTS

     the Account Pledges and the Corporate Guarantee each duly executed;

8    CERTIFIED UNDERLYING DOCUMENTS

     a copy, certified (in a certificate dated no earlier than five (5) Banking
     Days prior to the date of this Agreement) as a true and complete copy by an
     officer of the Borrower of the Contract, the Sub-manager's Undertaking and
     the Management Agreement;

9    BORROWER'S PROCESS AGENT

     a letter from the Borrower's agent for receipt of service of proceedings
     referred to in clause 17.2 accepting its appointment under the said clause
     and under each of the other Security Documents in which it is or is to be
     appointed as the Borrower's agent;

10   SECURITY PARTIES' PROCESS AGENT

     a letter from each Security Party's agent for receipt of service of
     proceedings accepting its appointment under each of the Security Documents
     in which it is or is to be appointed as such Security Party's agent;

11   VALUATION

     two valuations of the Ship made in accordance with clause 8.3.2 and dated
     not more than five (5) Banking Days prior to the date of the Drawdown
     Notice, showing a market value of the Ship in all respects acceptable to
     the Bank;

12   ACCOUNTS

     evidence that each of the Accounts has been opened, together with duly
     completed mandate forms in respect thereof; and

13   FURTHER MATTERS OR OPINIONS

     any such other matter or further opinion as may be required by the Bank.


                                       41



                                     PART 2

1    DRAWDOWN NOTICE

     The Drawdown Notice duly executed;

2    SHIP CONDITIONS

     Evidence that the Ship:

2.1  REGISTRATION AND ENCUMBRANCES

     is registered in the name of the Borrower through the Registry under the
     laws and flag of the Flag State and that the Ship and its Earnings,
     Insurances and Requisition Compensation (each such term as defined in the
     General Assignment) are free of Encumbrances;

2.2  CLASSIFICATION

     maintains the Classification free of all requirements and recommendations
     of the Classification Society; and

2.3  INSURANCE

     is insured in accordance with the provisions of the Ship Security Documents
     and all requirements of the Ship Security Documents in respect of such
     insurance have been complied with (including without limitation,
     confirmation from the protection and indemnity association or other insurer
     with which the Ship is, or is to be, entered for insurance or insured
     against protection and indemnity risks (including oil pollution risks) that
     any necessary declarations required by the association or insurer for the
     removal of any oil pollution exclusion have been made and that any such
     exclusion does not apply to the Ship);

3    SHIP SECURITY DOCUMENTS

     the Ship Security Documents duly executed;

4    TITLE AND DELETION

     evidence that the transfer of title to the Ship from the Seller to the
     Borrower has been duly recorded at the Registry free of Encumbrances and
     that the prior registration of the Ship (if any) in the name of the Seller
     has been cancelled or will be cancelled within thirty (30) days from the
     Delivery Date;

5    MORTGAGE REGISTRATION

     evidence that the Mortgage over the Ship has been registered against the
     Ship through the Registry under the laws and flag of the Flag State;

6    NOTICES OF ASSIGNMENT

     copies of duly executed notices of assignment required by the terms of the
     Ship Security Documents and in the forms prescribed by the Ship Security
     Documents;

7    FEES AND COMMISSIONS

     evidence that the arrangement fee due under clause 5.1 and the commitment
     commission due under clause 5.1.2 have both been paid in full;


                                       42



8    SECURITY PARTIES' PROCESS AGENT

     a letter from each Security Party's agent for receipt of service of
     proceedings accepting its appointment under each of the Security Documents
     in which it is or is to be appointed as such Security Party's agent;

9    PANAMANIAN OPINION

     an opinion of Messrs. Patton, Moreno & Asvat, special legal advisers on
     matters of Panamanian law, to the Bank;

10   MARSHALL ISLANDS OPINION

     an opinion of Messrs. Reeder & Simpson P.C., special legal advisers on
     matters of Marshall Islands law, to the Bank;

11   BILL OF SALE AND DELIVERY DOCUMENTS

     a copy, certified as a true and complete copy by an officer of the
     Borrower, of a duly executed and notarised/legalised bill of sale in
     respect of the Ship evidencing the Contract Price and the other delivery
     documents duly executed and exchanged pursuant to the Contract;

12   READINESS AND PAYMENT OF CONTRACT PRICE

     evidence that the Ship is in all respects ready for Delivery and that the
     Contract Price has been paid in full;

13   SMC/DOC

     a copy, certified (in a certificate dated no earlier than five (5) Banking
     Days prior to the date of this Agreement) as a true and complete copy by an
     officer of the Borrower of the DOC issued to the Operator and the SMC for
     the Ship;

14   SURVEY REPORT

     to deliver to the Bank a report prepared by surveyors or inspectors
     acceptable to the Bank in relation to the seaworthiness and safe operation
     of the Ship, such report to be acceptable to the Bank in its sole
     discretion;

15   ISPS CODE COMPLIANCE

15.1 evidence satisfactory to the Bank that the Ship is subject to a ship
     security plan which complies with the ISPS Code; and

15.2 a copy certified (in a certificate dated no earlier than five (5) Banking
     Days prior to the Drawdown Date) as a true and complete copy by an officer
     of the Borrower of the ISSC for the Ship and the continuous synopsis record
     required by the ISPS Code in respect of the Ship; and

16   FURTHER MATTERS OR OPINIONS

     any such other matter or further opinion as may be required by the Bank.


                                       43



                                   SCHEDULE 3

                           FORM OF CORPORATE GUARANTEE


                                       44



                                   SCHEDULE 4

                                FORM OF MORTGAGE


                                       45



                                   SCHEDULE 5

                           FORM OF GENERAL ASSIGNMENT


                                       46



                                   SCHEDULE 6

                          FORM OF MANAGER'S UNDERTAKING


                                       47



SIGNED by Georgia Babanara                    )
for and on behalf of                          )         ------------------------
STAR MARITIME ENTERPRISES CORPORATION         )         Attorney-in-Fact
                                              )

SIGNED by                                     )
for and on behalf of                          )         ------------------------
HSH NORDBANK AG                               )         Attorney-in-Facty




                                       48